SocialTwist Tell-a-Friend

Unities of All Things

The Great Blunder
Introduction | Pitfalls of Globalization |  What Illuminati? | Disclosure Movement
Disinformation, Misdirection, & Fantasy | Social Scientific Analysis | Conclusion
I. Introduction

O Glory of the All-Glorious!

As a matter of definition, I have adopted the designations, intermediate angels and transterrestrials, throughout my recent writings, as an umbrella term, or a “rubric,” for alleged extraterrestrials (human beings from elsewhere in the universe), subterrestrials (human beings living underground or beneath the ocean), coterrestrials (other human beings inhabiting the surface of the Earth), transdimensionals (human beings also referred to as interdimensionals and extraterrestrials), ultraterrestrials (which may include subterrestrials, coterrestrials, and transdimensionals), or transtemporals (time-traveling human beings).

If I am correct, there can never be any meaningful “disclosure” of the angelic presence on this planet by earthly governments. I tentatively put all the pieces of that puzzle together on June 14, 2013. My conclusion, at the time, was so horrible and tragic that I literally cried for days. Fortunately, because I made the discovery during my summer vacation, I had time to ponder the issue more deeply, in solitude, and gradually come to peace with it. On the positive side, the sorrow was sweet. It reminded me of my first sensations of empathy, through meditation, back in 2011. As an Autist, I could not have had such intense feelings earlier in my life.

As an author, I realize, perhaps more than anyone, that my assumptions are highly unorthodox. Indeed, many of them may be total nonsense. I am open to that possibility. In addition, since much of the evidence I have cited throughout this book is anecdotal, the accounts of alleged angelic relations with humans on this planet are not formal histories. By the same token, I recognize that discussions of vast conspiracies generally indicate an absence of critical thinking and a fear of the spirit of the age (world unity). Therefore, my attempt is to carefully consider these issues both as a sociologist and, according to my personal understandings, as a Baháʾí.

I am certainly not, God forbid, inerrant. Furthermore, no one with access to confidential intelligence is feeding me information. I might be wrong in anything, possibly everything, I have written here. Although I am a professor of sociology, this work is, for the most part, not an academic piece. The two possible exceptions could be my examination of the historical sources of the Illuminati conspiracies and the chapter, Social Scientific Analysis. Nevertheless, none of my writing on this subject has been peer reviewed. For lack of a better term, I suppose one might refer to the book, which is an application of my methodology called Heartfulness Inquiry, as highly speculative nonfiction.

President Dwight David Eisenhower

To begin, Dwight David “Ike” Eisenhower (1890-1969), the thirty-fourth President of the United States (1953-1961), allegedly had contact experiences with intermediate angels. These accounts, which were never officially confirmed, might well be urban legends. Speculatively, however, if the U.S., the only country to have used atomic weapons on an enemy target, and perhaps other governments were asked to abandon those weapons, and they refused, more widespread warnings about nuclear and ecological catastrophes may have been required. Direct contact experiences, angelic pictographs (such as crop circles), and hijacking missiles could all be involved.

[There] ... is a story that President Eisenhower visited Edwards Air Force Base in early 1954, and either viewed the bodies of dead aliens and the wreckage of their craft, or met with live aliens on some sort of diplomatic mission to earth.
William L. Moore, Possible Extraterrestrial Incident with President Eisenhower.
... [Some] aliens demanded that we dismantle and destroy our nuclear weapons and cautioned us that we were on a path of self-destruction and that we must stop killing each other, stop polluting the earth, stop destroying the earth’s natural resources and learn to live in harmony with one another, or we would surely perish. President Dwight D. Eisenhower rejected their warnings and demands.
Discussion of Eisenhower and Extraterrestrials. August 25, 2009. Retrieved on June 11, 2013.

The request for denuclearization was reportedly made to leading political officials. Understandably, in the darkness of the Cold War and other international threats, one or more earthly governments rejected the dear angels. If the proposal was made, humanity clearly failed the test. Given the state of human affairs, these beings might well have anticipated precisely that result. Multilaterally, widespread nuclear proliferation has significantly reduced the feasibility of abandoning these weapons. Unilaterally, impoverished nations like North Korea now cling to their own weapons programs. Meanwhile, world affairs have, through disunity, fear, and materialistic greed, continued to deteriorate.

I have sometimes reflected on the possibility that we earthly humans needed to see the devastating consequences of nuclear warfare in Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Otherwise, what choice could the intermediate angels have given us? Perhaps, in the not-too-distant future, the dates February 20-23, 1954, will be annually celebrated. Speculatively, these four days would commemorate a wonderful, though declined, gift of peace with a further descent into worldwide tribulations. According to writer and publisher Brad Olsen, UFO researcher Bill Hamilton, and fellow UFO researcher Ralph Steiner:

... while on a “vacation” in Palm Springs, California, President Dwight D. Eisenhower went missing and allegedly was taken to nearby Muroc Airfield (later renamed Edwards Air Force Base) for a secret meeting. When he reappeared the next morning at a church service in Los Angeles, reporters were told that he had to have emergency dental treatment the previous evening and had visited a local dentist. The dentist later appeared at a function that evening and presented himself to reporters as the doctor who had treated Eisenhower. The missing night and morning has subsequently fueled rumors that Eisenhower was using the alleged dentist visit as a cover story for an extraordinary event. The event is possibly the most significant that any American president could have conducted, an alleged “First Contact” presidential meeting with extraterrestrials at Muroc ....
Bradford C. Olsen, Future Esoteric: The Unseen Realms The Esoteric Series. San Francisco, CA: Corsortium of Collective Consciousness Publishing™ (CCC Publishing). 2013. Kindle edition.
I know the time frame was about the middle 60s [1960s] when all of that [official contacts with extraterrestrials] kind of slowed down. And I can suggest to you, from what I’ve heard, a possible answer. And that is this: That these people who met the contactees claimed that they had also met with our leaders, and that they had made them certain offers. But the offers were not offers of technology. It was only offers of help on straightening out certain problems which we have on our planet. And that these offers were rejected because they did not offer to share their technology with us. And we were primarily interested, from a military standpoint, in their technology. They didn’t want us to go on a shooting spree throughout the universe using this kind of technology. They felt that we had already over-produced in the weapons department.... And we were already bringing on ecological damage in the early 50s [1950s], and they were very concerned about this. But they primarily told us that we had advanced our material sciences at too great a rate beyond what we had developed in our social and spiritual sciences. And that there needed to be a balance.
Bill Hamilton, “The UFO Contact Experience.” Ralph Steiner, producer. The Edge of Science. Retrieved (transcribed) on June 11, 2013.
Ralph Steiner: ... there are long-standing allegations that UFO landings occurred at Edwards Air Force Base – Muroc Air Field – in Southern California ... beginning in, say, 1954. There might have been some earlier ones at other facilities.... Landings at Air Force bases have been reported by scuttlebutt and rumor for decades. But the one that supposedly occurred in 1954 – on February 20th of 1954 – involved perhaps three extraterrestrial spacecraft .... And, at that time, President Eisenhower was golfing in Palm Springs on a vacation. The Commander at Edwards Air Force Base supposedly sent for the President who was, on an emergency basis, helicoptered out to Muroc Air Field – and, supposedly, had a face-to-face meeting with one of the occupants of the landed UFOs on the tarmac at Edwards Air Force Base.... I remember that [when Eisenhower disappeared] – when that event occurred.... We were living in Palm Springs [California] at the time; and it was all over the local media and the local television station and was in the L.A. Times – that the President had had a heart attack and had keeled over and died. And there was a great deal of confusion there for about, perhaps 24 hours. And then the President was hauled out by his press secretary with a dentist who claimed that he had simply chipped a tooth while eating a chicken dinner at a ranch. And that was that.
Whitley Strieber: ... Normally anyone who treats the President is sent a letter of thanks; and these letters are considered quite precious. I believe that [UFO researcher] Stanton Friedman discovered at the Eisenhower Library that the dentist had been sent no such letter.... Well, the dentist would not attest to ever having done it. He wouldn’t say that he had done this. And there’s no letter. So, there you go.
Ralph Steiner: Well, what there is is testimony from people who were on the base at the time, who have spoken to numerous residents and investigators who followed about events that did allegedly take place between the 20th and the 23rd [Saturday-Tuesday] of February of 1954. And it was stated that the President met with a particular group of aliens or ETs, and an offer was made to help us resolve some of the pernicious problems on our planet. But we had to first ... give up our nuclear weapons, our nuclear arsenal, our weapons of mass destruction. They would not transfer technology to our government because of the fear that we would abuse that technology and weaponize it and go out in the universe in an aggressive way and harm other civilizations. That is a frame of reference for the testimony that emerged during the era of the contactee movement in the early-to-mid 1950s when this story surfaced.... There are allegations that after the event in 1954 ..., this landing and their overture openings to the Eisenhower administration, a redaction of an offer of planetary aid in exchange for giving up weapons of mass destruction, took place. And the advisors supposedly advised the President not to accept that offer because, in essence, it would be tantamount to disarming in the face of what they perceived as an unknown potential threat from an advanced civilization.
Whitley Strieber interviewing Ralph Steiner, “The UFO Contact Experience.” Whitley Strieber’s Dreamland on Unknown Country. June 7, 2013. Retrieved (transcribed) on June 13, 2013.

Intermediate angels have, based upon popularized legends of ancient astronauts, allegedly been serving earthly humans from time immemorial. Eisenhower and other contemporary individuals are not the first contact experiencers. Taken together, the following quotations, the first from UFO researcher Grant Cameron and the second provided by UFO researcher Michael Salla, connect secrecy concerning “UFOs” with the events at Muroc Army Air Field (later renamed, Edwards Air Force Base) near Lancaster, CA:

The first [report] came only days after the event stating that Eisenhower had been spirited off to meet with a group of aliens at Muroc. In this account ... shortly thereafter Eisenhower ordered absolute secrecy about anything having to do with UFOs.
The story faded from this history books until the 1980s when research was presented supporting the idea that Eisenhower may actually have gone to Muroc arose. This happened when it was discovered that the story about the President breaking a tooth may have been a cover story given to the press to cover what had really occurred.
Grant Cameron, “Eisenhower and His Alien Contacts: Part 1. The Presidents UFO Website. November 21, 2012. Retrieved on June 21, 2013.
Any encounter with entities known to be of extra-terrestrial origin is to be considered to be a matter of national security and therefore classified TOP SECRET. Under no circumstances is the general public or the public press to learn of the existence of these entities. The official government policy is that such creatures do not exist, and that no agency of the federal government is now engaged in any study of ETs or their artifacts. Any deviation from this stated policy is absolutely forbidden.
Quoted in Michael E. Salla, Ph.D., Eisenhower’s 1954 Meeting With Extraterrestrials: The Fiftieth Anniversary of First Contact? Alleged official U.S. government document from April, 1954, two months after Eisenhower’s reported contact experience at Muroc Army Air Field. Febuary 12, 2004.
Ike Met Space Aliens

Charles Berlitz and William Moore wrote:

In the press room of the Mirador Hotel, amid a scene described by Time magazine as a “demonstration of journalistic mob hysteria,” Haggerty solemnly announced that the uproar had in fact been caused by nothing more than the President having “knocked a cap off a tooth” while chewing on a chicken leg, and that he had been taken by his host, Paul Helms, to a local dentist, to have it repaired.
The press corps accepted the story, hut the rumors persisted. Had Ike really gone to a local dentist, or was the story a cleverly concocted cover for what had really happened? At least one persistent (although generally discredited) rumor had it that there were other reasons for Ike’s [Eisenhower’s] disappearance that evening—and the reason was somewhat “out of this world.” According to this new rumor, the President’s tooth was all a cover story, and that in fact he had been taken, in strictest secrecy, to nearby Edwards Air Force Base to view the remains of the crashed disc(s) and the preserved bodies of the little men that had piloted it (them).
Meade Layne, then director of Borderland Sciences Research Associates (now Borderland Sciences Research Foundation ...), had heard these rumors too, but had paid little attention to them until about three months later when, on April 16, 1954, he received a startling letter from one of his associates, Gerald Light of Los Angeles.
Charles Berlitz and William L. Moore, The Roswell Incident. New York: Crosset & Dunlap. 1980. Retrieved on June 29, 2013.

Perhaps the Eisenhower administration wished the gauge the reaction of a broad spectrum of the public to an intimate knowledge of the angelic presence. As mentioned above, Gerald Light (a paranormal researcher and author), following his own alleged visit to Muroc Army Air Field, wrote a hopeful, but ultimately unfulfilled, letter to ufologist, parapsychologist, and, earlier in life, English professor Meade Layne (1882-1961). I love dear Mr. Light, peace be upon him, and I have welcomed him into my spiritual family. His undated letter was received by Layne on April 16, 1954:

Mr. Meade Layne
San Diego, California
My dear Friend: I have just returned from Muroc. The report is true – devastatingly true! I made the journey in company with Franklin Allen of the Hearst papers and Edwin Nourse of Brookings Institute (Truman’s erstwhile financial advisor) and Bishop MacIntyre of L.A. (confidential names, for the present, please). When we were allowed to enter the restricted section (after about six hours in which we were checked on every possible item, event, incident and aspect of our personal and public lives), I had the distinct feeling that the world had come to an end with fantastic realism. For I have never seen so many human beings in a state of complete collapse and confusion, as they realized that their own world had indeed ended with such finality as to beggar description. The reality of the “other plane” aeroforms is now and forever removed from the realms of speculation and made a rather painful part of the consciousness of every responsible scientific and political group. During my two days’ visit I saw five separate and distinct types of aircraft being studied and handled by our Air Force officials – with the assistance and permission of the Etherians!
I have no words to express my reactions. It has finally happened. It is now a matter of history. President Eisenhower, as you may already know, was spirited over to Muroc one night during his visit to Palm Springs recently. And it is my conviction that he will ignore the terrific conflict between the various “authorities” and go directly to the people via radio and television – if the impasse continues much longer. From what I could gather, an official statement to the country is being prepared for delivery about the middle of May.
I will leave it to your own excellent powers of deduction to construct a fitting picture of the mental and emotional pandemonium that is now shattering the consciousness of hundreds of our scientific “authorities” and all the pundits of the various specialized knowledges that make up our current physics. In some instance I could not stifle a wave of pity that arose in my own being as I watched the pathetic bewilderment of rather brilliant brains struggling to make some sort of rational explanation which would enable them to retain their familiar theories and concepts. And I thanked my own destiny for having long ago pushed me into the metaphysical woods and compelled me to find my way out. To watch strong minds cringe before totally irreconcilable aspects of “science” is not a pleasant thing. I had forgotten how commonplace things as dematerialization of “solid” objects had become to my own mind. The coming and going of an etheric, or spirit, body has been so familiar to me these many years I had forgotten that such a manifestation could snap the mental balance of a man not so conditioned. I shall never forget those forty-eight hours at Muroc!
Gerald Light, Postal Letter from Gerald Light to Meade Layne. Received by Layne on April 16, 1954. Retrieved on June 13, 2013.

Based on my own research, Light presumably adopted the term, Etherians, from his friend, Layne, who began writing on the subject in 1950:

Our weapons have become a menace to the Etherians themselves, and it is said that seismic disturbances are impending. Over the Pacific slope, for example, the flight of Ether ships has followed the magnetic meridians, north-and-south. It is said that the Etherians are doing this in order to observe the formation of the etheric vortexes which presage an earth quake; they are charting this area, and also the whole of the earth’s surface, for the same general purpose of scientific study.
... Let us remember that the Etherians are not ill-disposed toward us, that we should NOT fear them, should never attack them. Further phenomena are almost certain to occur – and may be of the most remarkable kind. Panic and superstitious fear may seize upon the masses. It may happen that a considerable measure of responsibility will fall upon those us who have some measure of understanding of what is taking place. Heretofore the Etherians have withdrawn quietly when their mission was completed; men thought of them as Gods or Angels, or spirits of the air or demons, embodied them in folklore and mythology, and forgot them little by little.
Meade Layne, The Ether Ship Mystery and Its Solution. San Diego, CA: self-published (mimeographed). 1950 (republished in December, 1957). Retrieved on June 22, 2013.

The reality is much worse than the imaginary grand conspiracy. Civilization, the capitalist world system, is falling apart. Economic and political stakeholders are doing all they can to hold it together and to protect their own interests. On the other hand, the following quotations express, for the most part, some common misrepresentations and distortions, in my view, concerning the possible events of 1954. Much of this information appears to have originated with the conspiracy theorists and anti-government patriots Philip “Phil” Schneider (1947-1991) and Milton William “Bill” Cooper (1943-2001):

Back in 1954, under the Eisenhower administration, the federal government decided to circumvent the Constitution of the United States and form a treaty with alien entities. It was called the 1954 Greada Treaty, which basically made the agreement that the aliens involved could take a few cows and test their implanting techniques on a few human beings, but that they had to give details about the people involved.... Slowly, the aliens altered the bargain until they decided they wouldn’t abide by it at all.
Phil Schneider, What Really Happened in the 1979 Dulce Firefight? Retrieved on June 17, 2013.
... [Dr. Michael Wolf] claims that the Eisenhower administration entered into the Treaty with an ET race and that this Greada Treaty was never ratified as Constitutionally required.
... a number of whistleblowers argue that the Greada Treaty that was signed involved some compulsion on the part of the ETs....
[Col. Phillip] Corso’s claim of a “negotiated surrender” suggests that some sort of agreement or “Treaty” was reached which he was not happy with.
According to Cooper, the Grey ETs signing the Greada Treaty were not trustworthy ....
[Philip] Schneider claimed that despite the Greada Treaty’s provisions on the number of humans who would be “abducted” for experiments, “the aliens altered the bargain until they decided they wouldn’t abide by it at all.” ...
[Dr. Michael] Wolf has described the Greys as having positive motivations in regard to their presence on Earth .... Similarly, Robert Dean believes that ETs visiting Earth are friendly.
Michael E. Salla, Ph.D., Eisenhower’s 1954 Meeting With Extraterrestrials: The Fiftieth Anniversary of First Contact? Febuary 12, 2004.
President Eisenhower met with the aliens on February 20, 1954, and a formal treaty between the alien nation and the United States of America was signed. We then received our first alien ambassador from outer space. He was the hostage that had been left at the first landing in the desert. His name and title was His Omnipotent Highness Crilll or Krilll, pronounced Crill or Krill. In the American tradition of disdain for royal titles he was secretly called Original Hostage Crlll, or Krlll. Shortly after this meeting President Eisenhower suffered a heart attack.
Bill Cooper, The Secret Government. Retrieved on July 24, 2013.

Sadly, unity has, by and large, been misinterpreted as demireality or disunity:

In general there is an axiological asymmetry between properties of the spiritual or metaReal infrastructure and the levels it sustains in that you cannot have those levels without it, but you can have it without them or the present form they take. I arrived at this sense of spirituality by reflecting on unity and identity. Unity and identity are very closely related ... to the idea of transcendence as overcoming dualism (e.g. contradiction) and to love as the chief transcending, or unifying, binding force in society. The three big realms then are the realm of identity or non-duality (absolute reality), the realm of difference or duality (relative reality) and the realm of dualism, split, antagonism and contradiction (demi-reality), which is duality grounded on falsity, on illusions. What we have to do is recognize and empower the realm of non-duality so as to get rid of the demi-real level. When we have done that we will still be living in a world of duality but not of dualism and split.
The unity or identity of metaReality, which may be seen as the seventh level of development of critical realist ontology, is essential for social life in three ways. First as a basis for it, and here the key concept is that of the ground-state. Second, as its mode of constitution or more particularly reproduction or transformation .... For instance, there has to be a level at which you just act without thinking, without doing anything dualistic. In the same way, when I am listening to you or perceiving anything, there has to be a level that involves, or just consists in, a transcendental identification in consciousness. Third, as its deep interior or fine structure. This is very interesting; there is a sense in which, if you go into anything deeply enough, you will find a deep interior that you can become one with and, in so doing, experience bliss ....
... the relative reality of duality ... [is] the battleground of dualism and unity.
Roy Bhaskar with Marvyn Hartwig, Theism, Atheism, and Meta-Reality. Mervyn Harwig and Jamie Morgan, editors. New York: Routledge (Taylor & Francis Group). 2012. Pages 205-206 and 226.
... characteristically the world of demi-reality, of dualism and split dominates the world of duality, of relative reality generally; or you could also say it is the dominant form, and also a mystifying form, in which relative reality is experienced, lived, reproduced and transformed. This demi-real form of relative reality in turn dominates and occludes its non-dual basis or ground, its non-dual mode of constitution, which depends everywhere on the spontaneous creative ingenuity, loving compassion and capacity for right-action of human agents, and its deep fine structure which reflects characteristics of the ground-state....
Relative reality is the world of becoming, and as such encompasses change and process, evolution and development, structured by difference, constituting difference, grounded in non-identity, differences which can be attractive or repulsive. Within relative reality is of course the world of dualism, of demi-reality, characterised and indeed dominated by hate, split, fear, divisiveness and above all alienation which the dominant, irrealist philosophies merely reflect. Critical realism, insofar as it isolates the deeper structures of relative reality, can indeed be an emancipatory philosophy. It is truer to the world of relative reality than the philosophies of demi-reality, because it situates the deep structures of that world, and shows how it may be transformed. But such a description is still grounded in duality ....
... [meta-Reality] is not really even a system of thought, but an intervention in the discursive [rational] process which is designed to enable agents [individuals] to reflexively [referring to oneself] situate [place] their struggles in ... not only the relative world of duality but the absolute non-dual world on which it entirely reposes [rests] ....
... We could also say that meta-Reality designates the constellational [pattern of relationships] unity of non-duality and duality ....
Roy Bhaskar, The Philosophy of MetaReality, Volume 1, Creativity, Love and Freedom. New York: Routledge (Taylor & Francis Group). 2012. Kindle edition

Later, in 1955, Mr. Eisenhower, God bless his soul, allegedly had another contact experience at Holloman Air Force Base near Alamogordo, NM:

It was with some disbelief that two UFOs had come to Holloman AFB in February of 1955....
Soon after the UFO landed in front of Air Force One, a man many assumed to be the President, came to the doorway of the plane, descended the portable stairs and approached the saucer on the ground. Some sort of a hatch had been opened a few minutes before and had folded down to become a small ramp. The man walked up the ramp, stood briefly at the opening, shook hands with someone, and went inside.
Observers thought the period of time to be about 45 minutes. When he emerged from the craft, he walked towards Air Force One. Part of this time he was facing the observers, and most were sure it was Ike. He wore no hat, and many recognized the hairline and his erect military walk.
Clark C. McClelland, President Eisenhower’s Close Encounter at Holloman AFB. December 5, 2007. Retrieved on June 17, 2013.

To be clear, I am not, God forbid, assailing President Eisenhower’s character. From one perspective, as a patriotic former five-star Army general during World War II, he may have acted, based upon an assessment of his presidential responsibilities, in the interests of U.S. national security. Nevertheless, despite the message reportedly brought by the intermediate angels, the die was seemingly cast during or before 1956. After rising to power during the middle 1950s, First Secretary (later Premier) of the former Soviet Union, Nikita Sergeyevich Khrushchyov or Khrushchev (1894-1971), might have taken the angelic warning more seriously than the United States.

At the Spring session of the U.N. Disarmament Subcommittee [March, 1956], Soviets present plan for gradual reduction of conventional forces linked to a ban on all nuclear tests.
– U.S. rejects plan on grounds that it lacks verification provisions. England, France, and Canada promote compromise plan including reduction of nuclear and conventional forces, nuclear testing limits, and provisions for international supervision. Session ends in deadlock....
Eisenhower ... [said] (April 25) that H-bombs [hydrogen bombs] are necessary element of missile-based nuclear deterrent. He says U.S. will continue to test, not to develop a more destructive bomb, but to perfect it for a variety of military uses.
Timothy J. Pounds, A Chronology of Comprehensive Test Ban Proposals, Negotiations, and Debates: 1945-1993. Prepared for the Office of Arms Control and Nonproliferation of the U.S. Department of Energy. January, 1994. Retrieved on June 19, 2013.

On the other hand, I would suggest, without any reservations, that Mr. Eisenhower was a man of peace, the greatest U.S. President, and a national hero. Of course, he ultimately stood up to the infamous tyrant, Joseph McCarthy (1908-1957). In addition, following his two alleged contact experiences, he apparently intended, according to Gerald Light, to accept the angelic offer. Speculatively, a public-private partnership, driven by the defense establishment concerns of a Cold War era, pressured him to change his mind. The interests of war won, for a time, over his desires for world peace. He famously designated a less-than-benign clandestine structure, which in its present form has developed its own global surveillance network, as the military-industrial complex.

I deeply love President Eisenhower, peace be upon him, and I consider him to be a member of my spiritual family. Although I am not a Republican, a Democrat, or a member of any other political Party, Mr. Eisenhower, especially with his condemnation of public-private imperialism, is the gold standard of my generation. No other chief American executive even comes close. Perhaps out of righteous indignation and frustration, President Eisenhower issued the following cautionary statement on that capitalist imperial bureaucracy, operating covertly with little or no checks and balances, in his farewell presidential address:

In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist.
President Dwight D. Eisenhower, Farewell Address. January 17, 1961.
The actual drafter of the speech, Ralph E. Williams, relied on guidance from Professor Moos. Milton Eisenhower explained that one of the drafts of the speech referred to the “military-industrial-Congressional complex” and said that the president himself inserted the reference to the role of the Congress, an element that did not appear in the delivery of the farewell address.
When the president’s brother asked about the dropped reference to Congress, the president replied: “It was more than enough to take on the military and private industry. I couldn’t take on the Congress as well.”
Melvin A. Goodman, Eisenhower’s Neglected Warning. January 16, 2011. Retrieved on May 3, 2013.

A slightly different scenario, beginning before the alleged 1947 incident in Roswell, NM, has been suggested by claimed contactee Jim Sparks. Perhaps the intermediate angels tried earlier. However, my impression is that President Eisenhower was sincere. Sparks, it appears, is simply offering his own opinion. He does not present any evidence to support his timeline:

Because of the intensity of the cover-up of information relating to these topics, we cannot know exactly what has gone on between the visitors and our governments. Let me speculate, based upon my experiences and perspective, about what really happened: Aliens made contact with principal Earth governments years before the Roswell crash. They explained to the Earth leaders that environmental disaster was imminent and that we had to do something about it. Our leaders, however, guessed that Earth populations were not ready for knowledge of aliens just yet. So a deal was struck: The aliens would supply certain technologies to us to help us clean up our environment, which would help ensure human survival and protect their investment in us as an inventory of biological spare parts. In return, certain time guidelines were agreed to, during which our leaders were to carefully spoon-feed all Earth populations with information about the existence and role of non-human intelligent life on Earth. The technology duly arrived, but the appropriate time to disclose never did, leading to a long period of secrecy, disinformation, incarceration and missing people, most of which was done for the sake of national security. We took the technology and made money and weapons with it, and we let the disclosure timetables lapse.
It’s also possible that the aliens may have delivered even more technology in return for Earth governments destroying all nuclear weapons. They clearly detest nuclear weapons. Once again, we failed to honor our side of the bargain, again because of international distrust and competition. Roswell and other crashes were covered up, not only to conceal the fact of offplanet life, but also to hide the depth to which our governments have been secretly involved with alien civilizations, and the reckless risks our governments have taken with the viability of continued life on Earth....
If we continue to misuse our environment as we currently do, the human race will not be long on this planet, and life will not be worth living during our exit process. The possible end of human life on Earth deeply concerns the aliens, who have a large investment in us. They have taken great invisible steps to adjust our environment, but the task is too great for them to do it alone any longer, and they respect the fact that it is still our planet. The aliens and we need each other. We need their technology to fix our environment, and they need our governments to disclose the truth so that we can all work together to preserve life on Earth. Truly, we are all in this together!
Jim Sparks, The Keepers: An Alien Message for the Human Race. Columbus, NC: Wild Flower Press. 2006. Pages 201-203.

In any event, some of the peace-making potentialities bestowed upon the century of light, the twentieth century, were shadowed:

All of us know that international peace is good, that it is the cause of life, but volition and action are necessary. Inasmuch as this century is the century of light, capacity for achieving peace has been assured. It is certain that these ideas will be spread among men to such a degree that they will result in action.
ʿAbduʾl-Bahá (in a provisional translation) quoted in Century of Light. Prepared under the supervision of the Universal House of Justice. 2001. Page 22.
Unity, He [ʿAbduʾl-Bahá] declared, is the power that illuminates and advances all forms of human endeavour. The age that was opening would come in the future to be regarded as “the century of light,” because in it universal recognition of the oneness of humankind would be achieved. With this foundation in place, the process of building a global society embodying principles of justice will begin.
Century of Light. Prepared under the supervision of the Universal House of Justice. 2001. Page 127.
Other Presidents

Richard Milhous Nixon (1913-1994), Mr. Eisenhower’s Vice-President (1953-1961), later occupied the presidential office himself (1969-1974). Not surprisingly, Mr. Nixon developed an interest in intermediate angels and their spacecraft. His knowledge of the alleged Great Blunder may provide an explanation:

President Richard Nixon was, according to comedian Jackie Gleason, a President very interested in UFOs. He was supposed to have had a large collection of books on the subject.
Grant Cameron, “Presidents Gallery.” The Presidents UFO Web Site. 2013. Retrieved on July 22, 2013.

Mr. Nixon and entertainer Jackie Gleason (1916-1987) were friends and golfing partners. Gleason also shared Richard Nixon’s interest in intermediate angels and spacecraft:

It was a chance conversation one afternoon, back in 1974 in Florida, while Jackie [Gleason] was playing golf with one of his regular partners, President Richard Nixon. Jackie had mentioned his interest in UFOs and his large collection of books, and the president admitted that he also shared Jackie’s interest and had a sizeable collection of UFO-oriented materials of his own. At the time, the president said little about what he actually knew, but things were to change drastically later on that same night.
Marty Murray, Jackie Gleason’s Trip to the Alien Morgue.

The following vivid account of otherworldly corpses and artifacts, taken from the years of the Nixon presidency, is attributed to Gleason:

We [Jackie Gleason with President Richard Nixon] drove to the very far end of the base [Homestead Air Reserve Base in the vicinity of Homestead, FL] in a segregated area, finally stopping near a well-guarded building. The security police saw us coming and just sort of moved back as we passed them and entered the structure. There were a number of labs we passed through first before we entered a section where Nixon pointed out what he said was the wreckage from a flying saucer, enclosed in several large cases. Next, we went into an inner chamber and there were six or eight of what looked like glass-topped Coke freezers. Inside them were the mangled remains of what I took to be children. Then – upon closer examination – I saw that some of the other figures looked quite old. Most of them were terribly mangled as if they had been in an accident.
Jackie Gleason from an interview with spaceship (UFO) researcher and author Larry Warren.

If this alleged conversation occurred between John F. Kennedy (1917-1963), as President of the United States (1961-1963), and Premier Khrushchev actually occurred, after proposals by Khrushchev to ban all nuclear tests were rejected by Eisenhower and JFK requested information on extraterrestrial spacecraft (MP4 video, the Great Blunder seemingly continued into the Kennedy administration:

Mr. President, I cannot guarantee full cooperation in this area [“the UFO problem”] but I owe it to future history and the security of our planet to try. As you must know I have been somewhat limited in my official capacity as Party Chairman [earlier position as First Secretary] to order such cooperation in this area. We too feel that the UFO is a matter of highest importance to our collective security. If I can arrange for a secret meeting between our working groups at a secret location and at a time designated by you, I feel that this much on my part can happen.
Mr. Premier, if a meeting at this level can convene it will be a important first step. It will lead to more dialog and trust between our countries and reduce the ever present threat of nuclear war.
Reported words of Premier Nikita Khurshchev and President John F. Kennedy, Majestic Twelve. Containing alleged official U.S. government documents. Retrieved on July 3, 2013.

Similarly, President Ronald Reagan’s (1911-2004) staunchly competitive, anti-communist economic policies were possibly mischaracterized as having been the only factors which brought down the Soviet Union and ended the East-West Cold War. In addition, the Great Blunder apparently persisted into the Reagan administration (1981-1989). Both Mr. Reagan and the Soviet Union’s General Secretary Mikhail Sergeyevich Gorbachev (born, 1931) might have reacted defensively to joint U.S.-Soviet intelligence assessments of angelic activities around nuclear missile facilities.

The fact UFOs had messed with nukes in both the USSR and USA ended the Cold War ....
ufo disclosure...................?Unhypnotize. Message board. March 21st, 2011. Retrieved on May 10, 2012.

Hypothetically, Mr. Reagan would have anticipated the rapidly unfolding events, only a few years down the road, in these two excerpts from his speeches (MP4 videos file 1 and file 2):

I couldn’t help but – one point in our discussions privately with General Secretary Gorbachev – when you stop to think that we’re all God’s children, wherever we may live in the world, I couldn’t help but say to him, just think how easy his task and mine might be in these meetings that we held if suddenly there was a threat to this world from some other species, from another planet, outside in the universe. We’d forget all the little local differences that we have between our countries, and we would find out once and for all that we really are all human beings here on this Earth together. Well, I don’t suppose we can wait for some alien race to come down and threaten us, but I think that between us we can bring about that realization.
Ronald Reagan, Remarks to the Students and Faculty at Fallston High School in Fallston, Maryland. December 4, 1985. Retrieved on October 13, 2012.
I have spoken today of a vision and the obstacles to its realization. More than a century ago a young Frenchman, Alexis de Tocqueville, visited America. After that visit he predicted that the two great powers of the future world would be, on one hand, the United States, which would be built, as he said, “by the plowshare,” and, on the other, Russia, which would go forward, again, as he said, “by the sword.” Yet need it be so? Cannot swords be turned to plowshares? Can we and all nations not live in peace? In our obsession with antagonisms of the moment, we often forget how much unites all the members of humanity. Perhaps we need some outside, universal threat to make us recognize this common bond. I occasionally think how quickly our differences worldwide would vanish if we were facing an alien threat from outside this world. And yet, I ask you, is not an alien force already among us? What could be more alien to the universal aspirations of our peoples than war and the threat of war?
Ronald Reagan, Address to the 42d Session of the General Assembly of the United Nations in New York, New York. (General Assembly of the United Nations.) September 21, 1987. Retrieved on July 27, 2012.
Ashtar Galactic Command

Susan Leland, of Ashtar on the Road, claimed to channel Ashtar, the “Supreme Commander of the Gallactic Federation Fleet.” For what it’s worth, I give no credence to New Age trance channeling. However, the well-known incident, from November 26, 1977, of British television interruption or interception (MP4 video 1, video 2, and video 3) was apparently unrelated to Leland’s work. Although the transmission might have been a clever hoax, the warnings were, intriguingly, quite similar to the message allegedly given directly to President Eisenhower.

Here is the full text of the original 5½-minute television broadcast on the UK’s Southern ITV:

This is the voice of Vrillon, a representative of the Ashtar Galactic Command, speaking to you. For many years you have seen us as lights in the skies. We speak to you now in peace and wisdom as we have done to your brothers and sisters all over this, your planet Earth.
We come to warn you of the destiny of your race and your world so that you may communicate to your fellow beings the course you must take to avoid the disaster which threatens your world, and the beings on our worlds around you. This is in order that you may share in the great awakening, as the planet passes into the New Age of Aquarius. The New Age can be a time of great peace and evolution for your race, but only if your rulers are made aware of the evil forces that can overshadow their judgments.
Be still now and listen, for your chance may not come again.
All your weapons of evil must be removed. The time for conflict is now past and the race of which you are a part may proceed to the higher stages of its evolution if you show yourselves worthy to do this. You have but a short time to learn to live together in peace and goodwill.
Small groups all over the planet are learning this, and exist to pass on the light of the dawning New Age to you all. You are free to accept or reject their teachings, but only those who learn to live in peace will pass to the higher realms of spiritual evolution.
Hear now the voice of Vrillon, a representative of the Ashtar Galactic Command, speaking to you. Be aware also that there are many false prophets and guides operating in your world. They will suck your energy from you – the energy you call money and will put it to evil ends and give you worthless dross in return.
Your inner divine self will protect you from this. You must learn to be sensitive to the voice within that can tell you what is truth, and what is confusion, chaos and untruth. Learn to listen to the voice of truth which is within you and you will lead yourselves onto the path of evolution.
This is our message to our dear friends. We have watched you growing for many years as you too have watched our lights in your skies. You know now that we are here, and that there are more beings on and around your Earth than your scientists admit.
We are deeply concerned about you and your path towards the light and will do all we can to help you. Have no fear, seek only to know yourselves, and live in harmony with the ways of your planet Earth. We of the Ashtar Galactic Command thank you for your attention. We are now leaving the plane of your existence. May you be blessed by the supreme love and truth of the cosmos.
Vrillon, Ashtar Galactic Command. Southern ITV (Independent Television). London, UK. November 26, 1977 (5:12 PM). Retrieved on August 8, 2013.
The Lesser Peace

Thankfully, the intermediate angels, peace be upon them, did not take “no” for an answer. In the alleged historical contexts of declining the global peace proposal offered by the dear intermediate angels and continued intransigence, by one or more governments, the following conclusion appears to make sense:

... historical documents enable us to understand the origins of the connection between UFOs and nuclear bases, and to see that this problem was taken very seriously by the military and governmental authorities.
Leslie Kean, UFOs: Generals, Pilots and Government Officials Go On the Record. New York: Random House, Inc. 2010. Pages 137-138.

The Cuban Missile Crisis, in October of 1962, and other possible nuclear confrontations may have been averted primarily through angelic intervention, not necessarily by the wise choices of U.S. President John F. Kennedy. Furthermore, according to two teachers of remote viewing (systematic clairvoyance), U.S. Army Major Edward “Ed” Dames (a retired military intelligence officer) and Emory University Associate Professor of Political Science Courtney Brown, Ph.D. (an applied mathematician):

... they [the extradimensionals] know every single nuclear warhead – hidden, surreptitious, whatever – on this planet. They know where every single one is, and they can neutralize it in a heartbeat. There will never be on this planet – because it is not allowed by something out there – a nuclear slugfest.... For instance, they took the finger off the nuclear trigger. There would have been a nuclear war twice since 1955 alone.... These guys stopped it. These entities stopped it.
U.S. Army Major Ed Dames (retired), “Remote Viewing Mars.” Coast to Coast AM. George Noory, host. October 16, 2012. Retrieved (transcribed) on October 17, 2012.
I am absolutely certain there will be no nuclear exchange on this planet – period.... First of all, there have been a number of incidences where we got a hair’s breath of a nuclear exchange, such as the Cuban missile crisis and so on.... [O]ne of the things I have concluded, beyond any shadow of a doubt for me, is that, (a), we are fully capable of using nuclear weapons against each other, and, (b), that the extraterrestrials are not hostile, and they are not going to allow that to happen. That is the one thing they are forbidding. They’re letting us do anything we want with conventional weapons, but they’re not letting us do that.... [Nuclear exchanges] would affect the free will of everyone on the planet. And my personal observation is that’s the one level of involvement that the extraterrestrials are allowing themselves. They’re not allowing that to happen. In part, they don’t want that to happen because they’re trying to help us get through these new changes that are going to occur in the post-2012 world. In the post-2012 world, everything changes, and they’re helping us get to that point where a new world will basically be born. But I am not the slightest bit concerned about a nuclear exchange.... I am absolutely certain it is not being allowed.... It was apparently a decision made after that [the nuking of Japan by the U.S. at the end of World War II] not to let another thing happen.... We happen to live in a free-will universe, and while they may prevent us from doing further harm to ourselves, ... we did it to ourselves.
Courtney Brown, Ph.D., “Dr. Courtney Brown Ph.D.: Remote-Viewing Phenomenon” (brief excerpt). The Edge Broadcast. MP3 audio file. Daniel Ott, interviewer. July 21, 2012. Retrieved (transcribed) on February 2, 2013.

To illustrate, as explained in three MP4 videos (one, two, and three), a craft allegedly brought down a Russian rocket (PDF file of closeups):


Three globe-shaped objects from the Russian rocket may have crashed in a rural area of China (MP4 video files one, two, and three):

Rocket Rocket

Additionally, in the first week of June, in 2014, a saucer-shaped object (MP4 video 1, (MP4 video 2), and (MP4 video 3) allegedly appeared over the Ukrainian battlefield:


In making sense out of the issues concerning angelic contact, the wheat must be separated from the chaff. I began to form my present understandings by dismissing conspiracies and the mythos of the ”evil alien.” The conclusions I reached, while not the product of empirical observation, were framed by what remained. Contact emancipation, through intermediate angels, may have been offered to the governments of the United States and other countries. As the kings and rulers of the nineteenth century refused the Best Beloved Baháʾuʾlláh’s offer of the Most Great Peace, bad decisions, on the part of more recent leaders, could have extended the pathway to the Lesser Peace.

O kings of the earth! We see you increasing every year your expenditures, and laying the burden thereof on your subjects. This, verily, is wholly and grossly unjust. Fear the sighs and tears of this Wronged One, and lay not excessive burdens on your peoples. Do not rob them to rear palaces for yourselves; nay rather choose for them that which ye choose for yourselves. Thus We unfold to your eyes that which profiteth you, if ye but perceive. Your people are your treasures. Beware lest your rule violate the commandments of God, and ye deliver your wards to the hands of the robber. By them ye rule, by their means ye subsist, by their aid ye conquer. Yet, how disdainfully ye look upon them! How strange, how very strange!
Now that ye have refused the Most Great Peace, hold ye fast unto this, the Lesser Peace, that haply ye may in some degree better your own condition and that of your dependents. O Rulers of the earth! Be reconciled among yourselves, that ye may need no more armaments save in a measure to safeguard your territories and dominions. Beware lest ye disregard the counsel of the All-Knowing, the Faithful.
Be united, O Kings of the earth, for thereby will the tempest of discord be stilled amongst you, and your people find rest, if ye be of them that comprehend. Should any one among you take up arms against another, rise ye all against him, for this is naught but manifest justice.
Baháʾuʾlláh, Proclamation of Baháʾuʾlláh. Pages 12-13.
Consider the civilization of the West, how it hath agitated and alarmed the peoples of the world. An infernal engine hath been devised, and hath proved so cruel a weapon of destruction that its like none hath ever witnessed or heard. The purging of such deeply-rooted and overwhelming corruptions cannot be effected unless the peoples of the world unite in pursuit of one common aim and embrace one universal faith. Incline your ears unto the Call of this Wronged One and adhere firmly to the Lesser Peace.
Strange and astonishing things exist in the earth but they are hidden from the minds and the understanding of men. These things are capable of changing the whole atmosphere of the earth and their contamination would prove lethal. Great God! We have observed an amazing thing. Lightning or a force similar to it is controlled by an operator and moveth at his command. Immeasurably exalted is the Lord of Power Who hath laid bare that which He purposed through the potency of His weighty and invincible command.
Baháʾuʾlláh, “Words of Paradise,” Tablets of Baháʾuʾlláh Revealed after the Kitáb-i-Aqdas. Pages 25-26.

On August 2, 2013, someone claimed, in an online forum posting addressed to me, that the Baháʾí Faith had failed, on God’s behalf, to accomplish world peace. On that same date, I responded:

The Baháʾí Faith will not establish [the lesser] peace. According to the Baháʾí teachings, human beings need to do it – to be forced into it by dire circumstances. Peace will come to this world following global convulsions and worldwide chaos. Gradually, we will rebuild. The present world order needs to unravel before we will see world peace.

These heavenly angelic beings could conceivably have volunteered to become Baháʾuʾlláh’s precious angels of the Lesser Peace on Earth:

As to the Lesser Peace, Shoghi Effendi has explained that this will initially be a political unity arrived at by decision of the governments of various nations; it will not be established by direct action of the Baháʾí community.
From a letter, dated January 31, 1985, written on behalf of the Universal House of Justice to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1430.

The angels, coming from the physical heavens, offered to guide us toward the Lesser Peace. Instead of expressing thanksgiving, we rejected, even demonized, them. We sent them away. If true, such sad events would be so typical of human history. God’s Messengers and Their hosts of angels have rarely been welcomed. More commonly, they have been persecuted or, with our celestial visitors, repeatedly fired upon. This conjectured decision, perhaps an extremely unwise one in retrospect, was, nonethelesss, apparently made with integrity. I remember the Cold War. It was a dangerous era. Government secrets need not be conspiratorial or ill-intentioned.

Furthermore, these intermediate angels are, in my opinion, the loving agents of the Lesser Peace through the Major Plan of God. They are not Baháʾí travel teachers or pioneers. On the other hand, the Minor Plan, not the Major Plan, is the primary duty of the Baháʾí world community. That issue of responsibility is, I would suggest, the primary reason the Baháʾí Sacred Texts do not specifically discuss the possible contacts of intermediate angels with certain public officials, with public figures, and with the general public. Baháʾís have enough work to do in building up the World Order of Baháʾuʾlláh.

Seldom, if at any time since its inception, has such a widespread publicity been accorded the infant Faith of God, now at long last emerging from an obscurity which has so long and so grievously oppressed it. Not even the dramatic execution of its Herald, nor the blood-bath which, in circumstances of fiendish cruelty followed quickly in its wake in the city of Ṭihrán, nor even the widely advertised travels of the Center of Baháʾuʾlláh’s Covenant in the West, succeeded in focusing the attention of the world and in inviting the notice of those in high places as has this latest manifestation of God's inscrutable will, this marvelous demonstration of His invincible power, this latest move in His Own Major Plan, using both the mighty and lowly as pawns in His world-shaping game, for the fulfillment of His immediate purpose and the eventual establishment of His Kingdom on earth.
For though the newly launched World Spiritual Crusade, constituting at best only the Minor Plan in the execution of the Almighty’s design for the redemption of mankind—has, as a result of this turmoil, paralyzing temporarily the vast majority of the organized followers of Baháʾuʾlláh within His birthplace, suffered a severe setback—yet the over-all Plan of God, moving mysteriously and in contrast to the orderly and well-known processes of a clearly devised Plan, has received an impetus the force of which only posterity can adequately assess.
Shoghi Effendi, Citadel of Faith. Page 139-140.
There is nothing in the Teachings about spaceships; and the Guardian [Shoghi Effendi] does not feel this is a subject on which he can offer the friends any advice whatsoever. Indeed, to be frank, he is so busy with the work of the Cause that he seldom has time to devote much thought to speculation of this nature, however fascinating it may be.
From a letter dated February 15, 1957, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí.

Indeed, although the Revelation of the Best Beloved Baháʾuʾlláh is primarily intended for the Earth, that Revelation’s angelic influence cannot be limited by us. All souls, throughout “the immensity of space,” submit to God’s Will and are humble before Him:

O SON OF MAN! Wert thou to speed through the immensity of space and traverse the expanse of heaven, yet thou wouldst find no rest save in submission to Our command and humbleness before Our Face.
Baháʾuʾlláh, The Hidden Words of Baháʾuʾlláh. Arabic. Number 40.
As to your question whether the power of Baháʾuʾlláh extends over our solar system and to higher worlds: While the Revelation of Baháʾuʾlláh, it should be noted, is primarily for this planet, yet the spirit animating it is all-embracing, and the scope therefore cannot be restricted or defined.
From a letter, dated July 14, 1938, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1594.

Return to the table of contents.

II. Pitfalls of Globalization

Globalization becomes both the problem and the solution. The rise of religious and political terrorism and, correspondingly, extremely vigilant national security states are responses to premature world-encircling relationships. Countries with relatively little in common, socially and culturally, now sit face to face. A global double standard also prevails. Violence is defined using different terms in Western and non-Western societies. What is good for the goose is not good for the gander. In the U.S., in particular, many people condemn Islāmic terrorism even as they hypocritically stockpile guns and ammunition.

Meanwhile, some supposed lovers of freedom in pluralistic, secularized societies now willfully mock the sensibilities and values of individuals in traditional societies:

France will close foreign embassies and schools Friday in anticipation of backlash from cartoons mocking the Muslim prophet Muhammad published by a French magazine, the Associated Press reports.
Seth Cline, “Lewd Muhammad Cartoons Force France to Shut Down Embassies.” US News and World Report. September 19, 2012. Retrieved on September 20, 2012.

These Western triumphalists apparently expect everyone around the world to be like themselves:

While conveying enthusiasm about their beliefs, the friends [Baháʾís] should guard against projecting an air of triumphalism, hardly appropriate among themselves, much less in other circumstances.
The Universal House of Justice, Riḍván 2010 letter.
tri·umph·al·ism (trī-ǔm′fə-lǐz′əm)
The attitude or belief that a particular doctrine, especially a religion or political theory, is superior to all others.
tri·umph′al·ist n.
“triumphalism.” The American Heritage® Dictionary of the English Language. Fourth edition. Chicago, IL: Houghton Mifflin Company (Houghton Mifflin Harcourt). 2009.
triumphalism /trʌɪˈʌmf(ə)lɪz(ə)m/
▶ noun [mass noun] excessive exultation over one’s success or achievements (used especially in a political context): an air of triumphalism reigns in his administration.
triumphalist adjective & noun
“triumphalism.” Oxford Dictionary of English. Third edition. Angus Stevenson, editor. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. 2010.

Someone claimed to me that “Christianity” is declining, and “Islām” is on the rise. This fallacy of reification confuses abstract religious categories with concrete religious organizations. Although American mainline denominations continue to flounder, the charismatic movement, the Jehovah’s Witnesses, and the Mormons have been gaining ground. Historically, the growth of religious organizations is associated with moral authority and, unfortunately, triumphalism. By desacralizing (secularizing) or merging with others, their moral authority declines. Tolerance, promoted by interfaith and ecumenical movements, with little substance can result in apathy.

In our uncertain and unstable times, the popularity of the Internet, especially social networking, accompanied by accelerating political and economic dependencies have resulted in a dangerous world order:

There’s been a fair bit of controversy over the newly prominent TSA [U.S. Transportation Security Administration] practice of randomly testing liquids after checkpoints.
This is What a TSA Beyond-the-Checkpoint Soft Drink Inspection Looks Like.” Jaunted. September 7, 2012. Retrieved on September 14, 2012.

Increased global complexity requires the cosmic envelope or metaReality of unity, not the present-day demireality of disunity:

... [The] non-dual world [is] the cosmic envelope (in which the deepest natures or ground-states of all beings sit and are connected) ....
Roy Bhaskar, “The Philosophy of Meta-Reality, Part I: Identity, Spirituality, System. Interview by Mervyn Hartwig.” Abstract (excerpt). Journal of Critical Realism. Alethia 5.1 2002. Retrieved on November 24, 2011.

Without being specific, globalization, weapons of mass destruction, wars, and some manufactured disasters, since the end of World War II, can, in my opinion, be explained, first, by responses to intermediate angels following their rejection in 1954, including efforts to acquire their technological artifacts, second, by continued geopolitical or neocolonial imperialism, and, third, by a fear of real or potential national and terrorist adversaries. Those three factors may have even been intertwined:

Neocolonialism is a term that describes relations of continued or renewed domination of a nation or region by another in the period after formal decolonization. It most commonly refers to unequal relations of power between formally decolonized nation-states and their former colonizers. Most uses of the term have emphasized economic relations of dominance or dependence, while others have included ideas of cultural domination or military and political interference by former colonizers, often with the collusion of local elites. Many explanations of the term simply refer to “imperialism,” in the sense of indirect systems of influence and domination of developing nations by dominant nations ....
Peter Phipps, “Neocolonialism.” Encyclopedia of Global Studies. Helmut K. Anheier, Mark Juergensmeyer, and Victor Faessel, editors. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. 2012. Pages 1233-1237.
Several of the seven designated state sponsors of terrorism—most notably Libya and Sudan—took significant steps to cooperate in the global war on terrorism—and the liberation of Iraq removed a regime that had long supported terrorist groups. Nevertheless, the other state sponsors—Cuba, Iran, North Korea, and Syria—did not take all the necessary actions to disassociate themselves fully from their ties to terrorism in 2003.
Overview of State-Sponsored Terrorism. Official U.S. Department of State document. Retrieved on June 6, 2012.
Angelic Challenges to Militarization

Although humanity might have needed to be taught, to have directly witnessed, the horrors of nuclear destruction at the end of World War II, once may, fortunately, be enough. Following that catastrophe, and our subsequent rejection of the intermediate angels in 1954, a special form of emancipation by angels appears to have commenced. Despite our bad choices, these dear angelic beings have not turned their backs on this world. According to podiatrist Roger Leir:

It seems that where there is a concentration of uranium deposits or uranium mines, or something nuclear going on, you find more craft than in other places.
Roger K. Leir, D.P.M., “Space Tech./Turkey UFO.” George Knapp, host. Coast to Coast AM. March 31, 2013. Retrieved (transcribed) on April 1, 2013.

American theoretical physicist and Nobel Laureate Richard Feynman (1918-1988) reportedly responded to a question by one of his students, Marshall Klarfeld:

“Dr. Feynmen, do you believe in UFOs?”
... “Klarfeld, I believe in the law of probability.... Of the billions and billions of stars in our galaxy, the Milky Way, and the billions and billions of galaxies in the universe, the law of probability tells us that there are 10,000 solar systems exactly like ours.... If any of those older older ones, since we were the younger star, survive their space age, they could have visited us. Yes, I believe in UFOs.”
Now, I take that exact quote, and I publish it in my first book, because I thought it was an astounding answer for a young undergraduate to get from his future Nobel Laureate professor. And if you analyze what he said, the most important part of it was not that we’re the youngest star, and that 10,000 like us are older than we are – therefore, more advanced. He said, if they “survive their space age” .... And it took me about 60 years to figure that one out. And I finally came to realize that every civilization that progresses towards space-age exploration, is faced with the rocketry necessary to get off the planet, but also the atomic bombs that go on top of these rockets. And the chance of the civilization obliterating itself are quite real, and that’s what he was referring to when he said if they “survive their space age.”
Marshall Klarfeld, “The Anunnaki Were Here!Veritas Radio. Mel Febregas, interviewer. April 5, 2013. Retrieved (transcribed) on April 6, 2013.
Dr. Feynman said that if a civilization “survives their space age” then they could explore the “stars.” My opinion is that our destiny is to replicate humanity in the Universe.
Marshall Klarfeld, ADAM: The Missing Link (The New History of Mankind’s Creation). Bloomington, IN: Trafford Publishing. 2009. Kindle edition.

U.S. Colonel Ross Dendrickson (MP4 video and PDF file) has reported on multiple instances in which intermediate angels have prevented the use of nuclear weapons, including on the Moon. He also referred to an instance in which these dear beings allegedly assisted Apollo 13 astronauts. Apparently, the intermediate angels considered bringing the astronauts aboard their own craft, but the mechanical problems with Apollo were resolved. Obviously, I have no first-hand knowledge of any angelic angelic contribution to ending the Cold War by, hypothetically, containing the destructive impact of nuclear weapons.

Aliens may have interfered with US and Soviet nuclear weapons during the Cold War in an attempt to send “a sign to Washington and Moscow that we are playing with fire,” according to a UFO researcher [Robert Hastings].
Toby Harnden, “Aliens ‘tried to warn US and Russia they were playing with fire during Cold War’.” The Telegraph (newspaper). London, UK: Telegraph Media Group. September 28, 2010. Retrieved on July 24, 2013.

However, if these heavenly hosts of Yāhweh acted in such a capacity, perhaps they supported the divine ruling, in 1985, by the Universal House of Justice. The communist era is, for the most part, over. Corporate capitalism, which is now struggling for its survival, may be next:

In its [religion’s] place they [increasing numbers of people] have turned either to the hedonistic pursuit of material satisfactions or to the following of man-made ideologies designed to rescue society from the evident evils under which it groans. All too many of these ideologies, alas, instead of embracing the concept of the oneness of mankind and promoting the increase of concord among different peoples, have tended to deify the state, to subordinate the rest of mankind to one nation, race or class, to attempt to suppress all discussion and interchange of ideas, or to callously abandon starving millions to the operations of a market system that all too clearly is aggravating the plight of the majority of mankind, while enabling small sections to live in a condition of affluence scarcely dreamed of by our forebears....
The time has come when those who preach the dogmas of materialism, whether of the east or the west, whether of capitalism or socialism, must give account of the moral stewardship they have presumed to exercise.... Why is the vast majority of the world’s peoples sinking ever deeper into hunger and wretchedness when wealth on a scale undreamed of by the Pharaohs, the Caesars, or even the imperialist powers of the nineteenth century is at the disposal of the present arbiters of human affairs?
The Universal House of Justice, The Promise of World Peace. October, 1985. Page 5.
Missile Base
alleged saucer-shaped vehicle at Russian military base

Similarly, according to the Russian newspaper, Pravda:

The [April 26, 1986] explosion [at the Chernobyl nuclear plant in Russia] was very large, but, luckily, it was a thermal blast. The fourth power generating unit was basically destroyed by overheated steam. There was no nuclear explosion. Roughly 180 tons of enriched uranium were in the reactor. If a large blast had happened, half of Europe would not currently be depicted on any maps.
There are many theories to explain such luck. One of the theories is that there was help from an Unidentified Flying Object. When troublesome events started to occur, some people saw a spaceship hovering above the fourth generating unit of the Chernobyl plant. Eyewitnesses say that an UFO was there for six hours and that hundreds of people saw it. People started writing about it only two years after the catastrophe.
UFO Prevents Blast at Chernobyl Nuclear Plant.” Pravda. September 16, 2002. Retrieved on December 25, 2012.
Although my own research has been exclusively devoted to UFO activity at nuclear weapons sites, UFO sightings at commercial nuclear power plants have been reported worldwide for over four decades. These incidents are obviously integral to the UFO-Nukes Connection. A short, far from complete, compilation of them appears below—including the widely-reported sighting of a UFO that hovered over the stricken Chernobyl nuclear plant, near Kiev, in Soviet Ukraine, after one of its reactors exploded in April 1986....
In September 2002, Pravda published an article titled, “UFO Prevents Blast at Chernobyl Nuclear Plant,” saying that hundreds of witnesses saw the UFO. One, Mikhail Varitsky, was quoted as saying, “I and other people from my team went to the site of the blast at night. We saw a ball of fire, and it was slowly flying in the sky. I think the ball was six or eight meters in diameter. Then, we saw two rays of crimson light stretching towards the fourth unit. The object was some 300 meters from the reactor. The event lasted for about three minutes. The lights of the object went out and it flew away in the northwestern direction.”
Robert Hastings, Robert Hastings has a Message for UFO Non-Believers. January 26, 2010. Retrieved on September 29, 2012.

Encounters with unknown aerial technologies have apparently occurred, especially around nuclear missile sites, but their sources might remain unclear or undetermined. For instance, some of the spaceships may belong to intermediate angels. Others could be experimental, or fully operational, aircraft of the Earth’s various military agencies or governments. Nevertheless, these quotations include features which are common to many purported incidents:

For nearly 40 years, noted researcher Robert Hastings has sought out and interviewed former and retired U.S. Air Force personnel regarding their direct or indirect involvement in nuclear weapons-related UFO incidents.... In fact, taken to their logical conclusion, these cases have planetary implications, given the horrific consequences that would result from a full-scale, global nuclear war....
To date, Hastings has interviewed over 120 military veterans who were involved in various UFO-related incidents at U.S. missile sites, weapons storage facilities, and nuclear bomb test ranges....
Hastings believes that UFOs are piloted by visitors from elsewhere in the universe who, for whatever reason, have taken an interest in our long-term survival. He contends that these beings are occasionally disrupting our nukes to send a message to the American and Soviet/Russian governments that their possession and potential large-scale use of nuclear weapons threatens the future of humanity and the environmental integrity of the planet. In short, Washington and Moscow are being warned that they are “playing with fire.”
Robert Hastings: About UFOs and Nuclear Weapons. Retrieved on January 11, 2012.
Captain [Robert] Salas [former U.S. Air Force nuclear missile launch officer] notes, “The U.S. Air Force is lying about the national security implications of unidentified aerial objects at nuclear bases and we can prove it.”
UFOs Vs. Nuclear Weapons: National Press Club Meeting. September 27, 2010. Retrieved on September 22, 2012.

Speculatively, I have envisioned that our angelic visitors, especially in the years following the nuclear devastation of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, are continuing to act under the authority of Prophets from other worlds. I frequently pray for the safety, security, and success of our planetary angels. Operating as planetary overseers, they could be protecting us from ourselves and, shall I say, from our less-than-judicious decisions. Once again, I am unable to personally corroborate the following information:

Colonel S is a retired Colonel from the US Air Force. He went to Stanford business school where he studied management. In the 1950’s part of his responsibilities included maintaining the inventory of nuclear weapons owned by the US federal government, and accompanying security teams checking out the security of these nuclear weapons. Many reports kept coming in that UFO’s were seen at various nuclear storage facilities and some of the manufacturing plants. He has seen UFO’s many times, and was present when there was a fly-over by UFO’s in 1952 over the Capital Building of the US federal government. At that incident he recalls seeing nine illuminated disc-type craft. He also tells of at least two occasions when UFO’s destroyed nuclear weapons headed out to space, one heading to the moon to be detonated for tests.
Advanced Technologies and UFO’s. A 57-page report produced by Dr. Steven Greer was received in May 2001. Retrieved on January 3, 2012.
... there was one incident when we exploded a nuclear weapon over the Pacific and this was in about ’61 [1961] I believe.... And of course this was one that the extraterrestrials were really concerned about because it affected our ionosphere. In fact, the ET spacecraft were unable to operate because of the pollution in the magnetic field which they depended upon. It was my understanding that in either the very end of the ’70s [1970s] or the early ’80s [1980s] that we attempted to put a nuclear weapon on the Moon and explode it for scientific measurements and other things which was not acceptable to the extraterrestrials....
The ETs destroyed the weapon as it went toward the Moon. The idea of any explosion of a nuclear weapon in space by any Earth government was not acceptable to the extraterrestrials and that has been demonstrated over and over.
U.S. Col. Ross Dedrickson quoted in Steven M. Greer, M.D., Disclosure: Military and Government Witnesses Reveal the Greatest Secrets in Modern History. 2001. Pages 192-193. Retrieved from Scribd on May 21, 2012.
The main attention of the UFOs is, above all, on the United States of America and on Russia.... Above all, the attention is on all humanity; but, above all, ... the reason is that the United States and Russia have the most powerful nuclear reserve in the world; and, combined with the other five superpowers, they, the aliens, are worried.... It’s my opinion that the nuclear military program is something that attracts the attention of the UFOs; and I believe, not only nuclear arms, but the general behavior of the states and the spiritual condition of states like America and Russia attracts their curiosity.... I think that these [alien] powers exist and expect something of us. Yes, I think that is possible [that the U.S. and Russian governments have been withholding physical evidence of the existence of flying saucers for fifty years].... These [1991-1993] photos [below] led military analysts to the assumption that, near to Tver, there is some kind of dimensional door that is used by spaceships to enter and leave our dimension.... It’s difficult to say why [the Russian and American governments do not tell the truth about UFOs]. Let’s say they know everything. Can we state this? I think we can. They know everything; it is my personal opinion. Why don’t they say so? Perhaps they don’t understand what could be the consequences. Because once people will realize that aliens are peaceful, good, and powerful, they would not believe in religion anymore. They would believe in the religious message, but they would not recognize the power of religion or even the state. This is the real danger. This is the real truth – that the states and the religion do not want to lose their power....
A military team that studied UFO phenomena on behalf of the Russian government (within The Anti-Aircraft Academy of Defense) and other Russian officials, The Truth about UFOs in Russia. Tver, Russia. A film by Georgio Bongiovanni and Pier Georgio Caria. 2012. UFOTV. Retrieved on October 28, 2012.
Tver, Russia Tver, Russia
Tver, Russia Tver, Russia
Tver, Russia Tver, Russia
photos taken around Tver, Russia

Globalization, since around 1990 with the end of the Cold War, has increasingly incorporated the former Soviet Union’s republics and its satellite states, such as Poland and Hungary. Many countries, once in the Warsaw Pact, have since joined the European Union (EU) or the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO). In my humble opinion, these generally unanticipated developments may, at least in part, have resulted from the fear of angelic activity and associated global security issues, not from a vast conspiracy. I am highly suspicious of the following information, but I decided to include it:

Bilderberg was conceived in response to the 1952 Star Visitor repeated overflights of Washington, DC and the following year’s meeting between President Eisenhower and Star Nations representatives at what is now Edwards Air Force Base, CA. It is no coincidence that Walter Bedell Smith, President Eisenhower’s CIA Director, was also his designee to the 1954 inaugural meeting of the Bilderberg Council.
Richard J. Boylan, Ph.D., The Bilderbergers, the Star Visitors and World Peace. Retrieved on June 6, 2012.
Shooting at Angels

Regrettably, the intermediate angels seem not to have been welcomed with the love, respect, and admiration which they deserve. Certain governments, regarding the actions of the visitors as threats to national or global security, have apparently responded militarily (MP4 video). I have frequently reflected on the horrible irony that, based upon some reports, some human governments are using weapons on the very beings who are trying to stop us from blowing ourselves up. Needless to say, I would not wish to be the individual who either gave or followed the order to fire at blessed guardian angels.

F-16 fighter jets were scrambled to intercept a UFO seen following a London-bound passenger jet.
Matthew Moore, “Fighter jets scrambled after UFO follows plane over Athens.” The Telegraph (newspaper). London. February 10, 2009. Retrieved on March 4, 2012.
An American fighter pilot flying from an English air base at the height of the Cold War was ordered to open fire on a massive UFO that lit up his radar, according to an account published by Britain’s National Archives on Monday.
Raphael G. Satter (Associated Press), “U.S. pilot was ordered to shoot down UFO: He was told to never talk about Cold War incident; files now are public.” MSNBC. October 20, 2008.
To be fair, most UFOs do turn out to be misidentifications. Furthermore, there are some outrageous hoaxes perpetrated and tall tales told. And yet, as the recent event at the National Press Club illustrated, there is a serious and potentially sinister side to all of this. Some UFOs are seen by reliable witnesses such as pilots. They are tracked on radar, performing speeds and manoeuvres that exceed the capabilities of our most sophisticated aircraft. Attempts have been made to shoot down at least two UFOs – maybe there are other such cases that have never been disclosed.
Nick Pope, “Shoot Down the UFO.” Nick Pope. (He “... used to run the British Government’s UFO Project ....”) Retrieved on September 27, 2012.

The weaponization referred to by Paul Hellyer (born, 1923), who was the Canadian Minister of Defence from 1963 to 1967, may, at least partially, be a nationalistic or geopolitical response to the mediations by angels which were previously discussed. Hellyer claims that he even fears an intergalactic war. According to Hellyer, United States military agencies have been preparing weapons to attack intermediate angels:

UFOs are as real as the airplanes that fly over your head. I’m so concerned about what the consequences might be of starting an intergalactic war, that I just think I had to say something. The United States military are preparing weapons which could be used against the aliens, and they could get us into an intergalactic war without us ever having any warning. The time has come to lift the veil of secrecy, and let the truth emerge, so there can be a real and informed debate, about one of the most important problems facing our planet today.
Paul Hellyer, the Canadian Minister of Defence (1963-1967). Retrieved on February 27, 2012.

An unsubstantiated MP4 video, taken by fishermen from Spain, shows two military jets chasing a spacecraft. After it plunges into the ocean, a helicopter suddenly appears. In another uncorroborated MP4 video, from the West Midlands area of the UK in early April, 2010, jets allegedly chased a angelic spacecraft. Here are screen captures:

Spanish incident
UK incident

By some accounts, weapons have already been targeted at angelic spacecraft from Earth. MP4 videos file 1 and file 2, from September, 1991, are taken from NASA footage by STS-48 (in the U.S. space shuttle mission). MP4 video file 3 includes opposing analyses by apparent experts. The incident is also discussed in the following quotations:

The UFO is first picked up coming over the horizon when the shuttle is close to Lake Carnegie, WA. Later, the light flash and one contrail can be tracked back to Exmouth Bay near the North West Cape military facility [September 15, 1991]. A second contrail can be tracked back to the Pine Gap military facility in central Australia.
Along with other UFO incidents recorded on video by NASA, this material has contributed significantly towards NASA’s recent decision to discontinue live television transmissions from space.
Space Shuttle Discovery (STS-48) films UFOsWilliamson Labs. Retrieved on July 5, 2012.
The [U.S.] STS 48 shuttle mission caught a video of an apparent attempt to destroy a space craft on September 22, 1991, but the UFO managed to make a sharp turn as shown by the blue line to avoid being hit. The video seems to show a particle beam weapon fired at a UFO.
The shuttle was over Alice Springs, Australia [site of the United States Air Force Detachment 421] and something could have been fired from this site.
Retired U.S. Major George Filer, “Are We in an Inter Galactic War in Space?National UFO Center: Filer’s Research Institute. April 11, 2012. Retrieved on July 5, 2012.
Particle Beam at UFO
alleged incident on September 22, 1991

In this screen capture from an MP4 video, an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) is allegedly being fired at a spacecraft over Japan:


According to Timothy Good:

... there have been incidents where we have shot at these [extraterrestrial] craft and, in some cases, have brought them down – certainly in the early days. My understanding is that even our technology has been developed to the extent that we now have very, very capable weaponry to deal with some craft, but I’m quite sure that they [the extraterrestrials] could wipe us out if they wanted to – no question about it.
Timothy S. Good, “Secret UFO War.” George Knapp, interviewer. Coast to Coast AM. October 21, 2007. Retrieved (transcribed) on March 3, 2013.

Indeed, in spite of repeated alleged attempts to shoot down spacecraft, the beloved intermediate angels have not retaliated:

It is notable that during so many UFO sightings, including the select few I have shared here, the “unknowns” never seemed to intentionally hurt or threaten anyone. When you consider what could have happened to the nuclear bases in Montana or to the airborne craft in Argentina, the imagination conjures up grave consequences. Those behind the unexplained phenomena were revealing their existence, getting our attention, nothing more....
Witnesses themselves [to the alleged Phoenix lights spacecraft sightings, March 13, 1997] have changed for the better. Many have become more aware of our environment and are now taking responsibility for this planet, realizing that we are stewards of the Earth.
Lynne D. Kitei, M.D., The Phoenix Lights: A Skeptics Discovery that We Are Not Alone. Charlottesville, VA: Hampton Roads Publishing Company. 2004. Kindle edition.
... we have spent many years trying to destroy UFOs and it is said that we have caused the crashes of a few of them, and yet there has been no real retaliation. People state that we have been given subtle messages by the aliens that we were too warlike and these messages consisted of UFOs flying over military bases and turning off our nuclear missile capability. This has happened more than once that we know about and probably a lot more. The old Soviet regime discovered that UFOs could be disrupted by powerful radar and built an installation with a radar weapon and a UFO flew over it and hit the radar with a beam and destroyed it. Even more interestingly, the beam had passed through a Soviet soldier without harming him on its way to the target. How could anyone on this planet think that they could compete with such advanced technology?
Are Extraterrestrials Guiding The Human Race? Retrieved on May 21, 2012.

The U.S. government requested the extradiction of British computer hacker, Gary McKinnon. The request was ultimately denied. However, the alleged information obtained by McKinnon on off-world operations was ambiguous:

There was an Excel spreadsheet and the title was “Non-Terrestrial Officers,” and it had names, ranks... it wasn’t a long list; it didn’t fill the whole screen, I don’t think.... 20, maybe 30 [names were on the list]. Definitely ranks, but nothing to say Army captain, or Navy captain, or US Air Force captain.... I mean, that was the title “Non-Terrestrial Officers,” and obviously it’s not little green men. So I was thinking: What force is this? And that phrase is nowhere to be found on the web or in official Army documentation or anything. And the other thing was a list of ship-to-ship and fleet-to-fleet transfers – and bear in mind fleet-to-fleet, that means multiple ships – movement of materials. And these ships weren’t, you know, US Navy ships. Again, I don’t remember any of the names, but I remember at the time looking and trying to match up the names, and there wasn’t anything that matched.... What I surmised is that an off-planet Space Marines is being formed. And if you actually look at DARPA, the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, literature at the moment and in the last few years, a lot of government and space command stuff is all about space dominance. It is really, you know, the final frontier. Yeah, so I think it’s natural for them to want to control space and to be developing a space-going force in secret. But I think most likely using technology reverse-engineered from ETs.
Gary McKinnon, Project Camelot. Kerry Cassidy, interviewer. Retrieved on August 1, 2012.
A NASA photographic expert said that there was a Building 8 at Johnson Space Center where they regularly airbrushed out images of UFOs from the high-resolution satellite imaging. I logged on to NASA and was able to access this department. They had huge, high-resolution images stored in their picture files. They had filtered and unfiltered, or processed and unprocessed, files. My dialup 56K connection was very slow trying to download one of these picture files. As this was happening, I had remote control of their desktop, and by adjusting it to 4-bit color and low screen resolution, I was able to briefly see one of these pictures. It was a silvery, cigar-shaped object with geodesic spheres on either side. There were no visible seams or riveting. There was no reference to the size of the object and the picture was taken presumably by a satellite looking down on it. The object didn’t look manmade or anything like what we have created. Because I was using a Java application, I could only get a screenshot of the picture – it did not go into my temporary internet files. At my crowning moment, someone at NASA discovered what I was doing and I was disconnected. I also got access to Excel spreadsheets. One was titled “Non-Terrestrial Officers.” It contained names and ranks of U.S. Air Force personnel who are not registered anywhere else. It also contained information about ship-to-ship transfers, but I’tve never seen the names of these ships noted anywhere else.... The military want to have military dominance of space. What I found could be a game – it’s hard to know for certain.
Gary McKinnon, “Interview with ’UFO Hacker‘ Gary McKinnon: Why’d He Do It?Boing Boing. June 21, 2006. Retrieved on May 5, 2013.
Gary McKinnon, the English hacker facing 70 years in U.S. prison for searching Pentagon sites for UFO evidence, says the weirdest thing he found was a list of “Non-Terrestrial Officers” and fleet transfers between ships that don’t exist in the U.S. Navy....
This is possibly a profoundly important development. If Mr. McKinnon’s data and assumption are correct, it validates what many have been postulating for many years: that the US Navy/Military may well be operating off-planet via back-engineered ET technology (or WWII German related?). This must have been occuring as well for a long time, long enough to have a “fleet” of space craft and officers to either man them or otherwise control them. For those who remember the Clementine mission, you will recall it was a US Navy project which micro-mapped the entire Moon. If McKinnon stumbled onto a secret file of “Non-Terrestrial Officers” it would, indeed, suggest the US Military has been quietly, efficiently, secretly running off-planet operations for a long time.
Gary McKinnon and the Non-Terrestrial Officers. Retrieved on August 1, 2012.

On the other hand, there is a United States Air Force Space Command:

Air Force Space Command, activated Sept. 1, 1982, is a major command with headquarters at Peterson Air Force Base, Colo. AFSPC provides military focused space and cyberspace capabilities with a global perspective to the joint warfighting team.
Air Force Space Command. Official U.S. government document. January 2, 2011. Retrieved on February 4, 2013.

Sadly, acccording to reports, agencies in certain countries have collected biological samples, possibly both living and dead, along with various artifacts of exterrestrial intelligent life. Some, even all, of the following photographs may be hoaxes. However, if any of them are legitimate, they might indicate military operations:

alleged 1969 Soviet MP4 video (same MP4 video footage including an autopsy)
MP4 video
MP4 video

Taking a contrary perspective, some writers have suggested that spaceship crashes could, in certain cases, have been accidental:

UFOs crash for the simple reason that their power systems are interferred with by means of Electronically Pulsed Radar Systems directed at them by the U.S. Military so that they can recover the technology that are encompassed within the UFOs.
The principle is similar to what happens when an atomic explosion is triggered. ALL Electrical systems are “knocked out” within the “blast area.”
UFOs use Magnetic Field Energy to operate. Disrupt the Magnetic Field by directing Electronically Pulsed Radar at the UFO and its systems are “knocked out.”
UFO Casebook: Why Do UFOs Crash? Retrieved on May 21, 2012.
An investigator for the Air Forces [original term for the U.S. Air Force] stated that the three so-called flying saucers had been recovered in New Mexico. They were described as being circular in shape with raised centers, approximately 50 feet in diameter. Each one was occupied by three bodies of human shape but only three feet tall, dressed in metallic cloth of a very fine texture. Each body was bandaged in a manner similar to the blackout suits used by speed fliers and test pilots.
According to ... [the] informant, the saucers were found in New Mexico due to the fact that the Government has a very high-powered radar set-up in that area and it is believed the radar interferes with the controling mechanism of the saucers.
Guy Hottel, Flying Discs or Flying Saucers. Federal Bureau of Investigation. Official U.S. government document. March 22, 1950 (memorandum issued three years after the alleged incident in Roswell, NM). Retrieved on March 28, 2013.
It is believed that the debris discovered on 2 July 1947 by a local rancher was the result of a mid-air collision with an X-plane from HAFB [Hill Air Force Base]; another unidentified object; or possibly collided with both. Radar film and tower logs do not explain the merging of three radar targets prior to collision and subsequent crashes.
There were five recovered bodies, two of which were found in a severely damaged escape cylinder, and the remaining three were found some distance away from the cylinder. All five appeared to have suffered from sudden decompression and heat suffocation ....
Majestic Twelve Project, Annual Report, Summer 1952. Possibly fabricated official U.S. government document. Retrieved on June 5, 2012.

The following screen captures include an alleged spiral in Norway (MP4 video) and another in Israel (MP4 video):

Spiral Spiral

Russia, to its embarrassment, acknowledged that the Norway spiral was a failed missile test. Obviously, I cannot substantiate this assertion one way or another:

On 10 December, the Russian Ministry of Defence confirmed that a Bulava missile test had failed. According to a spokesman, “The missile’s first two stages worked as normal, but there was a technical malfunction at the next, third, stage of the trajectory.” Russian defence analyst Pavel Felgenhauer stated to AFP that “such lights and clouds appear from time to time when a missile fails in the upper layers of the atmosphere and have been reported before .... At least this failed test made some nice fireworks for the Norwegians.” Prior to the Russian statement, Jonathan McDowell, an astrophysicist at the Harvard-Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics, had already suggested that the unusual light display occurred when the missile’s third stage nozzle was damaged, causing the exhaust to come out sideways and sending the missile into a spin.
Designed to be the next-generation submarine-launched intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM), Bulava has had 11 test flights since 2005—and has failed most of them, including the last three in a row.... Beyond the threat to Russia’s nuclear deterrent, the problems with the missile have become a major scandal for the Putin/Medvedev government. Hard-line Communist Party critics accuse them of letting the entire Russian military industrial complex decay to the point of danger.
Different sources, Norway Spiral. Retrieved on March 1, 2013.

Intriguingly, spirals can also be found in ancient petroglyphs (rock carvings). These etchings might indicate that we, as earthlings, have taken a similar militaristic journey in ages past. Here is a speculative description:

... SPIRALS have always existed. Several have been reported down throughout history. There are HUNDREDS of Petroglyphs around the world that bear witness to this phenomenon.
Spirals. January 8, 2011. Retrieved on January 27, 2013.

Click to enlarge these petroglyphic images:

Petroglyph Petroglyph Petroglyph Petroglyph Petroglyph Petroglyph Petroglyph
The Sounds of War or Something Else?

Strange sounds have been documented throughout the world. They often resemble sonic booms, explosions, underground construction, and even trumpets. I uploaded an hour-and-fifty-minute compilation of some of the more typical sounds. (Note that there is occasionally “dead air” between them.) Beginning around 2011, they have been posted on YouTube and on similar video-sharing websites. Whatever these sounds, or their sources, might be, they were widely reported and recorded globally. Although, predictably, speculations multiplied in the Internet rumor mill, firm conclusions have yet to be drawn.

A number of explanations for the strange sounds, though not all necessarily valid or scientifically plausible, have been offered. Obviously, since I am not making the sounds, nor am I aware of the culprits, anything I write on the subject is only conjecture. Some of the sounds are obvious hoaxes, while others might have legitimate natural or technological explanations. Although an article on the U.S. Geological Survey website likened the explosive sounds to sonic booms, the author acknowledged that military aircraft could not explain all of the reported blasts. The explosions are, in other words, preternatural.

Recently, unusual sounds have allegedly been heard by Tibetan Buddhist monks (MP3 audio file) In addition, off the coast of the Carolinas and Virginia, are the Seneca guns. As explained in this MP4 video, they are sometimes accompanied by spheres of light in the sky. Speculatively, the area may be a portal for angelic craft:

The thing that comes closest to matching all of the observations is sonic booms from military aircraft....
In the Myrtle Beach case, the Air Force claimed responsibility and said that they had been conducting training exercises at the time. The seismologist whom I called in Virginia reported that, during the 1970’s, Seneca guns [mysterious noises sometimes heard off the coasts of Virginia and the Carolinas and elsewhere] were heard on the coast of Virginia. Reporters and seismologists investigated for several weeks but were unable to determine the cause. Finally the Navy admitted that one of their planes had caused a sonic boom. The problem with sonic booms is that they cannot explain Seneca guns that occurred before supersonic jets.
Naval ships firing their guns offshore might have produced some of the booms. Under certain atmospheric conditions, sounds can travel farther than usual so that they might be heard onshore as loud booms....
Earthquakes are also a possible cause. In southeastern North Carolina, earthquake lists show seven events between 1871 and 1968. Each event was reported by people who felt it or heard it. The problem with the earthquake explanation is that something that is felt or heard that strongly should have been recorded on nearby seismographs (these are the instruments that record ground shaking for seismologists to analyze). A seismologist in Virginia who has tried, has never been able to match any of the reported Seneca guns with his seismograph records, and he has tried lots of times over the years ....
There does not appear to be any agreement on what causes the Seneca guns. They have been occurring in several places around the eastern U.S. and in India for at least a century or two. As far as I can tell, they have worried people but they have never cause damage or injury. The Earth is a complex place and there is a lot about it that we don’t understand. Perhaps someday we will understand what causes Seneca guns, but right now we don’t understand what makes them. However, they do not seem to pose a threat to anyone.
Earthquake Booms, Seneca Guns, and Other Sounds.” U.S. Geological Survey. July 18, 2012. Retrieved on March 10, 2013.

Some of the sounds have been compared with trumpets:

In the past few weeks and months, people all over the world have been reporting hearing strange sounds that are like groaning, loud trumpets or voices coming out of nowhere. It could be a hoax or a partial hoax, but I think that at least most of it is real.
Strange Sounds Heard Worldwide in 2012: Trumpets of Revelation? January 18, 2012. Retrieved on May 24, 2012.

References to trumpeting and other sounds are found in the Bible and in other religious Scriptures. The prophecied trumpets of angels, or heavenly announcements of divine Revelation, are discussed in various Biblical texts:

The first angel blew his trumpet, and there came hail and fire, mixed with blood, and they were hurled to the earth; and a third of the earth was burned up, and a third of the trees were burned up, and all green grass was burned up. The second angel blew his trumpet, and something like a great mountain, burning with fire, was thrown into the sea. A third of the sea became blood, a third of the living creatures in the sea died, and a third of the ships were destroyed. The third angel blew his trumpet, and a great star fell from heaven, blazing like a torch, and it fell on a third of the rivers and on the springs of water. The name of the star is Wormwood. A third of the waters became wormwood, and many died from the water, because it was made bitter. The fourth angel blew his trumpet, and a third of the sun was struck, and a third of the moon, and a third of the stars, so that a third of their light was darkened; a third of the day was kept from shining, and likewise the night. Then I looked, and I heard an eagle crying with a loud voice as it flew in midheaven, “Woe, woe, woe to the inhabitants of the earth, at the blasts of the other trumpets that the three angels are about to blow!”
Revelation 8:7-13. New Revised Standard Version.
In the first Gospel according to Matthew it is recorded: And when they asked Jesus concerning the signs of His coming, He said unto them: “Immediately after the oppression of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the earth shall be shaken: and then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. And he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet.”
Baháʾuʾlláh, The Kitáb-i-Íqán. Pages 24-25.
When the sound of the trumpet grew louder and louder, Moses spoke and God answered him with thunder.
Exodus 19:19. New Revised Standard Version.

According to ‘Abdu’l-Bahá:

... the Son of Man hath come upon the clouds of heaven with power and great glory, and He hath sent His angels with the sound of the great trumpet, and no one knows the meaning of these emblems save the wise and informed.

‘Abdu’l-Bahá, Tablets of ‘Abdu’l-Bahá ‘Abbás. Page 145.

In the Book of Zephaniah, trumpets are associated with horrible destruction:

The great day of Jehovah is near, it is near and hasteth greatly, even the voice of the day of Jehovah; the mighty man crieth there bitterly. That day is a day of wrath, a day of trouble and distress, a day of wasteness and desolation, a day of darkness and gloominess, a day of clouds and thick darkness, a day of the trumpet and alarm, against the fortified cities, and against the high battlements. And I will bring distress upon men, that they shall walk like blind men, because they have sinned against Jehovah; and their blood shall be poured out as dust, and their flesh as dung. Neither their silver nor their gold shall be able to deliver them in the day of Jehovah’s wrath; but the whole land shall be devoured by the fire of his jealousy: for he will make an end, yea, a terrible end, of all them that dwell in the land.
Zephaniah 1:14-18, American Standard Version (1901).

The Word of God, the divine Lōgos, is apparently symbolized by the sound of an angelic trumpet or a ram’s horn (Hebrew, šôfār, horn) and by claps of thunder. From this perspective, the beloved Ṭāhirih, the first female disciple of the Most Exalted Báb, was, figuratively speaking, an angelic trumpeter:

Undeterred, unruffled, exultant with joy, Táhirih arose, and, without the least premeditation and in a language strikingly resembling that of the Qurʾán, delivered a fervid and eloquent appeal to the remnant of the assembly, ending it with this bold assertion: “I am the Word which the Qáʾim is to utter, the Word which shall put to flight the chiefs and nobles of the earth!” Thereupon, she invited them to embrace each other and celebrate so great an occasion.
On that memorable day the “Bugle” mentioned in the Qurʾán was sounded, the “stunning trumpet-blast” was loudly raised, and the “Catastrophe” came to pass. The days immediately following so startling a departure from the time-honored traditions of Islám witnessed a veritable revolution in the outlook, habits, ceremonials and manner of worship of these hitherto zealous and devout upholders of the Muḥammadan Law....
A little over four years had elapsed since the birth of the Báb’s Revelation when the trumpet-blast announcing the formal extinction of the old, and the inauguration of the new Dispensation was sounded. No pomp, no pageantry marked so great a turning-point in the world’s religious history. Nor was its modest setting commensurate with such a sudden, startling, complete emancipation from the dark and embattled forces of fanaticism, of priestcraft, of religious orthodoxy and superstition. The assembled host consisted of no more than a single woman and a handful of men, mostly recruited from the very ranks they were attacking, and devoid, with few exceptions, of wealth, prestige and power. The Captain of the host was Himself an absentee, a captive in the grip of His foes. The arena was a tiny hamlet in the plain of Badasht on the border of Mázindarán. The trumpeter was a lone woman, the noblest of her sex in that Dispensation, whom even some of her co-religionists pronounced a heretic. The call she sounded was the death-knell of the twelve hundred year old law of Islám.
Accelerated, twenty years later, by another trumpet-blast, announcing the formulation of the laws of yet another Dispensation, this process of disintegration, associated with the declining fortunes of a superannuated, though divinely revealed Law, gathered further momentum ....
Shoghi Effendi, God Passes By. Pages 32-34.
“When We observed carefully,” He [Baháʾuʾlláh] significantly remarks, “We discovered that Our enemies are, for the most part, the divines.” “Among the people are those who said: ‘He hath repudiated the divines.’ Say: ‘Yea, by My Lord! I, in very truth, was the One Who abolished the idols!’” “We, verily, have sounded the Trumpet, which is Our Most Sublime Pen, and lo, the divines and the learned, and the doctors and the rulers, swooned away except such as God preserved, as a token of His grace, and He, verily, is the All-Bounteous, the Ancient of Days.”
Baháʾuʾlláh, quoted by Shoghi Effendi, The Promised Day is Come. Page 83.

Predictions of roaring and terrifying sounds can be found in the Books of Jeremiah and Isaiah:

You, therefore, shall prophesy against them all these words, and say to them: The LORD [Hebrew, יהוה YHWH, He is becoming] will roar from on high, and from his holy habitation utter his voice; he will roar mightily against his fold, and shout, like those who tread grapes, against all the inhabitants of the earth. The clamor will resound to the ends of the earth, for the LORD has an indictment against the nations; he is entering into judgment with all flesh, and the guilty he will put to the sword, says the LORD. Thus says the LORD of hosts: See, disaster is spreading from nation to nation, and a great tempest is stirring from the farthest parts of the earth!
Jeremiah 25:30-32. New Revised Standard Version.
Terror, and the pit, and the snare are upon you, O inhabitant of the earth! Whoever flees at the sound of the terror shall fall into the pit; and whoever climbs out of the pit shall be caught in the snare. For the windows of heaven are opened, and the foundations of the earth tremble. The earth is utterly broken, the earth is torn asunder, the earth is violently shaken. The earth staggers like a drunkard, it sways like a hut; its transgression lies heavy upon it, and it falls, and will not rise again. On that day the LORD will punish the host of heaven in heaven, and on earth the kings of the earth. They will be gathered together like prisoners in a pit; they will be shut up in a prison, and after many days they will be punished. Then the moon will be abashed, and the sun ashamed; for the LORD of hosts will reign on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem, and before his elders he will manifest his glory.
Isaiah 24:17-23. New Revised Standard Version.

A wild yet intriguing, and unverified, proposal is that a field experiment is being conducted, using a measurable sequence of trumpeting sounds followed by explosions, on acoustic weaponization. The sounds might, in other words, have been intentionally generated. For instance:

Acoustic weapons do not cause injury, rather they convey a nebulous disorientation which can shatter all one’s organized activities. These weapons work by introducing chaos into one’s life....
Evidence that electromagnetic weapons are currently being directed at civilian populations include strange sounds described all over the world as “the Hum,” “the Sound,” or just “It,” a low, rumbling noise at the very edge of audibility. The sound is described as persistent and maddening, as irritating as the screech of fingernails on a blackboard.
Jim Keith, Mind Control, World Control: The Encyclopedia of Mind Control. Kempton, IL: Adventures Unlimited Press. 1998. Pages 226 and 253.
Field experiments are experiments that take place in real-world settings and attempt to reproduce the environment in which the phenomenon of interest naturally occurs. In contrast, laboratory experiments are often highly stylized representations of the social behaviors the investigators wish to learn about through their experiments, leading to concern that the results from the laboratory will not apply to behavior more generally.
Alan S. Gerber, “Experiments, Field.” International Encyclopedia of Political Science. Bertrand Badie, Dirk Berg-Schlosser, and Leonardo Morlino, editors. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, Inc. 2011. Pages 869-873.
Starting in March of 2011, strange rushing and trumpet-like sounds began to be heard worldwide. Now [March, 2012], over many parts of the central United States, unexplained loud explosions are being heard.... Linda Moulton Howe reports on the explosions, offering interviews with direct witnesses.
Anne Strieber, “First, Strange Sounds, now Strange BOOMS.” Whitley Strieber’s Dreamland on Unknown Country. March 23, 2012. Retrieved (transcribed) on March 4, 2013.

In times of social anarchy or during other significant crises, acoustic weapons can be utilized as a means of population or crowd control:

Acoustic weapons are devices that are used to aim mechanical energy at a target using sound waves and air pressure as carriers. While the use of sound as a weapon of psychological warfare in historical battles has been written about since antiquity, verification is impossible. More recently, sound in the audible range has been used in psychological warfare operations creating a variety of effects, depending on the frequency/wavelength and intensity of the sound: hearing interference, performance degradation, pain, temporary hearing loss and tissue damage. In crowd control operations, sound “blasters” have been used to deter or repel people, and are commercially available to police and military forces.
Harold Stocker, Canadian Lieutenant-Colonel John Dick, and Gilles Berubé, “Non-Lethal Weapons: Opportunities for R&D.” Defence Research and Development Canada. Official Canadian government document. December, 2004. Retrieved on March 3, 2012.
When the Palestinians began throwing rocks at the Soldiers, the Israelis employed a weapon they call the “Scream,” which emits bursts of sound that causes an overwhelming sense of dizziness and nausea. The target feels “dizziness, and nausea and potentially a burning sensation on the skin, and ultimately they could not stay for any length of period in the effective range of the weapon.” ... It can not be overstated how useful a NLW [non-lethal weapon] such as a land based LRAD [long-range acoustic device], the Israeli “Scream” or ADS [active denial system] would be for U.S. troops in future IW [irregular warfare] scenarios.
U.S. Major Richard L. Scott, “Conflict without Casualties: Non-Lethal Weapons in Irregular Warfare.” Naval Postgraduate School. Master of Arts Thesis. September, 2007. Retrieved on March 3, 2012.

Steve Quayle, for his part, associates certain sounds with alleged shockwave weapons:

Strange sounds or hums have been heard in Kiev [in the Ukraine], as well as in Colorado before the quake, and he [Steve Quayle] connected them with the possible use of what he called “shockwave weapons.” There’s a lot of manipulation going on, and “there is technology that can not only steer or direct hurricanes, but can initiate volcanoes and earthquakes,” according to two former Secretaries of Defense, Quayle cited.
Global Turmoil/Alchemy.” Coast to Coast AM. September 5, 2011. Retrieved on May 13, 2012.

Some of the strange sounds have also been interpreted as aggressive maneuvers, possibly using reverse-engineered technologies, against angelic spacecraft. On January 8-10, 2013, James E. Brown, a corporate finance manager from Cedar Mills, Utah, described (MP3 audio file) strange rumbling sounds. They were allegedly accompanied by orange flashings lights and three globes, arranged triangularly, in the sky. No seismic activity was reported. The booms reminded him of the sounds of war. Afterwards, helicopters, he said, appeared to be conducting a careful search. Brown explained:

We were driving by there and within about 200 to 300 feet from us – less than a football field away. Right above us were these bright orange lights. And I pulled the car over, rolled the window down and my wife was looking through the windshield and there were three lights – three orange globes in a triangle formation....
... I thought there was an earthquake. It was a BOOM! that lasted for about 5 seconds – a boom and a rumble.
The University of Utah has online seismic tracking. I pulled it up and there was nothing recorded. It was weird! It did not seem like an earthquake. It did not seem like it was coming from the ground. It seemed like it was coming from the sky from above me. It was a deep rumbling, but from the sky. I heard three of those booms in the next two hours. The third boom shook my house, my windows and lasted for 20 seconds and I thought we were getting ready for a major earthquake. It was very unnerving!...
... Very loud and seemed sonic! Like there was a war happening above me is what it sounded like....
... the very next morning began several days of abnormal helicopter activity in and around my neighborhood.
This activity persisted for several days. The helicopter would fly very low to the ground, less then 200 to 300 feet over the homes in the neighborhood moving at a very fast pace. Often the flight pattern would consist of circling the neighborhood and then leaving the vicinity, only to return minutes later, with a search-type of pattern over the adjacent mountainside directly east of our neighborhood. The Search techniques appeared to be extremely aggressive, reminiscent of a military-style search and rescue tactic.
James E. Brown, “Orange Lights, Triangles, and Booms.” (Linda Moulton Howe). January 9, 2013. Retrieved on February 1, 2013.

Similarly, Linda Moulton Howe referred to an incident in which booms were accompanied by an alleged spaceship sighting. If so, they might have been produced by an advanced form of weaponry:

A large bang over five English counties provoked calls to emergency services.... Later, the [UK’s] Ministry of Defence said that the sound was a sonic boom from two typhoon jets launched to investigate an unusual emergency signal coming from a small helicopter hovering over Bath in Somerset County. But Earthfiles has received information from an English mother whose adult son, with good eyesight, watched a silver disk above the small helicopter in Bath. And the UK Sun also newspaper published a photograph of what it called a stocking-shaped UFO [photograph below] – meaning on your foot .... One witness said “that two typhoon jets did show up and kept circling the stocking-shaped UFO. It was very strange.”
Linda Moulton Howe, “Unexplained Booms, Bee Collapse, & Ancient Structures.” Coast to Coast AM. George Noory, interviewer. April 26, 2012. Retrieved (transcribed) on March 3, 2013.
Stocking-shaped Craft

According to Howe, the booms were sometimes followed by helicopter searches. Perhaps, following an attack, military agencies have been looking for intermediate angels, their crashed spacecraft, and related artifacts:

This latest round of unexplained booms started October 17, 2012, when residents southwest of Providence in Warwick, Rhode Island, were shaken in houses and buildings by a loud “bang” that some described as sounding “like the beginning of war.”
Linda Moulton Howe, “Mysterious Booms and Light Flashes Across U. S.Earthfiles. February 1, 2013. Retrieved on March 1, 2013.
Over the past two years, Earthfiles has reported about many boom mysteries throughout the United States often followed by low-flying helicopters that seem to be in search mode.
Linda Moulton Howe, “After Mysterious Booms, Why Do Military Helicopters Fly Search Patterns Below 500 Feet Over Residential Houses?Earthfiles. March 1, 2013. Retrieved on March 1, 2013.
... in Louisville, Kentucky, emergency medical technician “Peter Jones,” pseudonym to protect identity, was shocked by what he saw flying low close to house roofs in his neighborhood. He emailed me wondering about a possible link to the mysterious booms and to U. S. Army knowledge he had about a “sound gun.”
... he [Peter Jones] met and talked to an Iraqi vet, who described using a new weapons technology referred to as a “sound gun.” ... [Jones said:]
I met an individual ... in my Fort Benning platoon, who on his recent past deployment to Iraq, was able to utilize some experimental weapons system and he showed me pictures of the use of it. Didn’t really see any pictures of actual weapon, but what it was capable of and the result injury or death to individuals by said weapon.
Linda Moulton Howe, “Mysterious Booms – A Secret Military Weapon?Earthfiles. March 1, 2013. Retrieved on March 1, 2013.

A falling object which looked like a trumpet bell (MP4 video), perhaps from a angelic spacecraft, and a large explosion, possibly military, were reported in western Pennsylvania on July 23, 2001:

Monday July 23 11:12 PM ET
Meteor Shower Reports Abound Along East Coast
By David Morgan
PHILADELPHIA (Reuters) – Reports of a possible meteor shower flooded police and government telephone lines along the U.S. East Coast on Monday, authorities said.
The sightings of what some described as a fast-moving meteor prompted evening rush-hour motorists to pull off suburban highways west of Philadelphia.
Pilots in flight issued reports of similar sightings to federal aviation officials in Pennsylvania, Delaware and Maryland. Authorities said eyewitness accounts came from upstate New York to Virginia.
“People say they saw what was perhaps a meteor shower, but there’s nothing we can confirm,” said Federal Aviation Administration spokeswoman Arlene Salac.
A Reuters reporter saw a tapered object shaped like a trumpet bell falling diagonally through the western sky near West Chester, Pennsylvania, 20 miles from Philadelphia, at about 6:20 p.m.
The object emitted a lustrous rainbow of colors, ranging from bright yellow on its downward-pointing flared end to light green and finally rust-colored red at the upward-pointing tapered end.
Others reported seeing a triangular object or a fireball shooting through the sky.
People living near Montoursville, Pennsylvania, a rural community 130 miles northwest of Philadelphia, reported hearing a loud explosion after seeing the unidentified object. A state police dispatcher said one woman reported that the blast broke windows in her home.
There were also unconfirmed reports of people finding debris on the ground.
“It was a ball of fire,” Mark Barbour of Syracuse, New York, told CNN. “It looked like something you would see from the movies.”
The National Weather Service reported no natural phenomena that could account for such a sight.
Police in Pennsylvania were investigating the possibility of a part falling from a plane from Philadelphia International Airport, which sometimes guides flights across the city’s western suburbs. But sightings were later reported southward through Delaware, Maryland, Washington and into Virginia.
There were no reports of aviation emergencies, apart from the nonfatal crash of a single-engine plane in Calvert, Maryland, near the state’s border with Pennsylvania and Delaware.
“We have no idea what it was, whether it was a meteor or what,” said National Weather Service spokesman Curtis Carey.
David Morgan, “Meteor Shower Reports Abound Along East Coast.” Reuters. July 23, 2001. Retrieved on March 1, 2013.

Some people see in the imagery of the ancient epic on the Indus Valley Civilization, the Mahābhārata (Sanskrit, Great Dynasty of the Cherished), possible depictions of tragic thermonuclear or other warfare, including trumpeting and thundering sounds, staged within the distant past:

Ye Serpents, subjects of King Airavata, splendid in battle and showering weapons in the field like lightning-charged clouds driven by the winds!...
... a violent wind began to blow, and the sky became darkened with the dust that covered it....
... The warriors fighting at a distance from one another brought one another down by sharp iron missiles ....
And at the moment the whole earth, with its mountains and woods and trees and seas and forests and villages and towns and mines, trembled. And the sounds of conchs and drums and trumpets by thousands began to be heard. And at that moment hurricanes and whirlwinds began to blow. And the gods and the Danavas beheld that terrible weapon in its embodied form stay by the side of Arjuna of immeasurable energy. And whatever of evil there had been in the body of Phalguna of immeasurable energy was all dispelled by the touch of the three-eyed deity....
... the valiant son of Bhimasena, filled with rage, mangled the son of Drona with many fierce arrows, whizzing through the air with the roar of thunder....
... During the progress of that fierce and terrible battle, when that dusty cloud arose, all thought that night had once more come over the scene. Neither the Kauravas, nor the Panchalas, nor the Pandavas, could be distinguished, nor the points of the compass, nor the welkin, nor the earth, nor even land nor uneven land....
And it came to pass that a high and violent wind, piercing to the touch, and blowing about gravels, arose, portending battle. And frightful meteors began to shoot, with thundering sounds. And being enveloped by darkness, the sun became pale, his rays being obscured. And on Bhima displaying his prowess, dreadful sounds of explosion rang through the sky. And the earth began to tremble, and dust fell in showers. And the points of the heavens became reddened. And beasts and birds began to cry in shrill tones. And every thing became enveloped in darkness; and nothing could be distinguished....
... Then many foremost of men blew their gigantic conchs. And filled with delight, they beat their drums and dindimas by thousands. The earth resounded with loud noises, afflicted with the hoofs of steeds and the wheels of cars. That loud uproar made the earth, and the firmament also echo with it. Hearing that uproar, deep as the roll of the clouds, the Pandavas, those foremost of car-warriors, uniting together, took counsel of one another....
Sanjaya said, “When the weapon called Narayana was invoked, violent winds began to blow with showers of rain, and peals of thunder were heard although the sky was cloudless. The earth trembled, and the seas swelled up in agitation. The rivers began to run in a contrary course. The summits of mountains, O Bharata, began to split. Diverse animals began to pass by the left side of the Pandavas. Darkness set in, the sun became obscure. Diverse kinds of carnivorous creatures began to alight on the field in joy. The gods, the Danavas, and the Gandharvas, O monarch, all became inspired with fear. Beholding that tremendous agitation (in nature), all began to ask one another loudly about its cause. Indeed, seeing that fierce and terrible weapon invoked by Drona’s son, all the kings, inspired with fear, felt great pain.” ...
... Endued with fierce energy and equal to Indra himself in prowess, Aswatthaman with three arrows, almost simultaneously cut off the two arms, like unto Indra’s poles, and the head of Sudarsana, as the latter was seated on his car. Then piercing Paurava with a dart and cutting off his car into minute fragments by means of his arrows, Aswatthaman lopped off his antagonist’s two arms smeared with sandal-paste and then his head from off his trunk with a broad-headed shaft. Possessed of great activity, he then pierced with many arrows resembling blazing flames of fire in energy, the youthful and mighty prince of the Chedis who was of the hue of the dark lotus, and despatched him to Yama’s abode with his driver and steeds.
The Mahābhārata. Pages 24, 41, 61, 91, 313, 381, 437, 460, and 476.
Julius Robert Oppenheimer is remembered as “The Father of the Atomic Bomb.” During a college lecture, a student asked “Was the atomic test at Alamagordo the first nuclear blast?”
Oppenheimer answered: “Yes, in modern times.” ...
... For every Theory he [Oppenheimer] gives a quote from Mahābhārata or [Bhagavad] Gītā....
They are not fictional stories. They are history. They speak of flying vimanas. Vimanas were real vehicles and the origin of the “Aeroplanes.” Great wars were described in these early texts. Weapons could literally level the land like a moving force field. In ancient India, we find words for certain measurements of length; one was the distance of light-years and one was the length of an atom. Only a society that possessed nuclear energy would have the need for such words. When Oppenheimer said “I am become the destroyer of worlds,” he was quoting from these ancient books. Believe it or not, the deserts on a number of continents today are the result of (prehistoric) nuclear warfare. Historian Kisari Mohan Ganguli says that Indian sacred writings are full of such descriptions, which sound like an atomic blast as experienced in Hiroshima and Nagasaki. He says references mention fighting sky chariots and final weapons. An ancient battle is described in the Drona Parva, a section of the Mahābhārata. “The passage tells of combat where explosions of final weapons decimate entire armies, causing crowds of warriors with steeds and elephants and weapons to be carried away as if they were dry leaves of trees,” says Ganguli.
Consider these verses from the ancient Mahābhārata: “... a single projectile Charged with all the power of the Universe. An incandescent column of smoke and flame As bright as the thousand suns Rose in all its splendor ... a perpendicular explosion with its billowing smoke clouds ... the cloud of smoke rising after its first explosion formed into expanding round circles like the opening of giant parasols. It was an unknown weapon, An iron thunderbolt, A gigantic messenger of death, Which reduced to ashes the entire race of the Vrishnis and the Andhakas.... The corpses were so burned As to be unrecognisable. The hair and nails fell out; Pottery broke without apparent cause, And the birds turned white. After a few hours all foodstuffs were infected ... to escape from this fire the soldiers threw themselves in streams to wash themselves and their equipment.”
Until the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, modern mankind could not imagine any weapon as horrible and devastating as those described in the ancient Indian texts. Yet they very accurately described the effects of an atomic explosion. Radioactive poisoning will make hair and nails fall out. Immersing oneself in water gives some respite, though it is not a cure. When excavations of Harappa and Mohenjo-Daro [from the Ancient Indus Valley Civilization in South Asia] reached the street level, they discovered skeletons scattered about the cities, many holding hands and sprawling in the streets as if some instant, horrible doom had taken place. People were just lying, unburied, in the streets of the city. Excavations down to the street level revealed 44 scattered skeletons, as if doom had come so suddenly they could not get to their houses. All the skeletons were flattened to the ground. A father, mother and child were found flattened in the street, face down and still holding hands. And these skeletons are thousands of years old, even by traditional archaeological standards. What could cause such a thing? Why did the bodies not decay or get eaten by wild animals? Furthermore, there is no apparent cause of a physically violent death.
These skeletons are among the most radioactive ever found, on par with those at Hiroshima and Nagasaki. At one site, Soviet scholars found a skeleton which had a radioactive level 50 times greater than normal. Other cities have been found in northern India that show indications of explosions of great magnitude. One such city, found between the Ganges and the mountains of Rajmahal, seems to have been subjected to intense heat. Huge masses of walls and foundations of the ancient city are fused together, literally vitrified! And since there is no indication of a volcanic eruption at Mohenjo-Daro or at the other cities, the intense heat to melt clay vessels can only be explained by an atomic blast or some other unknown weapon. The cities were wiped out entirely.
New Proofs of Nuclear War in Ancient India. July 21, 2011. Retrieved on August 16, 2012.

This following quotation suggests the possibility of a nuclear explosion, in approximately 12,500 B.C, around the Great Lakes region of North America:

... scientists now believe that a nuclear explosion or a similar event could have changed the chemistry of Carbon 14 thousands of years ago, throwing off the real dates by thousands of years!
A pattern of unusually young radiocarbon dates in the Northeast has been noted by researchers and this indicates that the entire Great Lakes region (and beyond) was subjected to particle bombardment and a catastrophic nuclear irradiation that produced secondary thermal neutrons from cosmic ray interactions....
... whatever happened to alter the Carbon-14 was produced in the atmosphere, was extremely hot and radioactive....
... A nuclear catastrophe can reset a group of unrelated artifacts to a common younger date, creating gaps and false episodes in the fossil record.
America got ‘Nuked’ in 12,500 BC!Viewzone Magazine. Gary Vey, editor. No date. Retrieved on April 7, 2013.

The next account, transcribed from an MP4 video, was produced by Jaime Maussan. He appears to suggest that intermediate angels, as angels, are literally blowing the trumpets of the Apocalypse (the Book of Revelation). Reportedly, these sounds, produced technologically, were accompanied by spacecraft sightings:

Now, finally, the evidence we have been waiting for. A craft that was recorded in Hong Kong produces the sounds we’ve been hearing all around the world. The evidence is finally here. Evidence that relates these sounds with the presence of alien craft. Here’s the information with Fernando Correa:
“On January 21, 2012, while a mothership files over Hong Kong, these strange sounds called trumpets of the Apocalypse, were recorded. It’s the first time they record a UFO that apparently is generating these mysterious sounds. Could this evidence be the answer to the trumpets of the Apocalypse? Now, carefully watch the mothership. The image of the mothership in slow motion is impressive. A sphere disappears. There’s no conventional explanation for this presence. Watching the video we realize this is transcendental evidence that relates the UFO phenomenon with the strange sounds that are coming from this mothership. One of the first backgrounds of the trumpets was recorded on August 11, 2011, in Kiev, Ukraine. Also, in Budapest, Hungary, on January 11, 2012. Then, in Acosta, Costa Rica, on January 12, 2012. Also, in Monterrey, Mexico, on February 11, 2012.... The next day, on February 12, 2012, the trumpets of the Apocalypse in Mexico City. Sounds that no one has been able to explain. Like the presence of the mothership in Hong Kong. As a warning or a message, it hovers over a city with more than 7 million people ... while they hear these mysterious sounds. Evidence that opens the possibility that UFOs generate the trumpets of the Apocalypse. Therefore, the investigation will continue in future broadcasts.”
Jaime Maussan and Fernando Correa, A Mothership Trumpets the Apocalypse: 2012. May 12, 2012. Retrieved (transcribed) from an MP4 video on September 3, 2012.
Jaime Maussan’s video Jaime Maussan’s video Jaime Maussan’s video
cropped screen captures from Jaime Maussan’s video

Another videographer also compared sounds he heard in Alberta, Canada, to Apocalyptic trumpets (MP3 audio file and PDF file). Furthermore, seemingly inspired by Maussan’s meme:

A mother ship was recorded over the night sky of Hong Kong in January 2012, strange sounds that match what has been heard around the world, seemed to emanate from the craft.
UFOs Trumpet The Apocalypse 2012. YouTube. May 18, 2012. Retrieved on May 20, 2012.
Cloaked alien mother ships have been making those booms everywhere – even on the TX [Texas] Gulf Coast. The craft you see is a UFO exiting the mother ship.
Strange Booms Sound Reported In North Carolina, USA.” Comment. UFO-Blogger: Uncover the UFO Truth. Blog. February 29, 2012. Retrieved on May 24, 2012.

A few alleged witnesses have suggested the rather far-fetched possibility that some people have been hearing boring machines used to construct subterranean and suboceanic fortresses, research facilities, bomb or air-raid shelters, or protections against natural disasters. To my knowledge, however, no hard empirical evidence for these claims has ever been presented:

People in and around Mount Shasta hear strange machinery sounds coming from the subterranean tunnels of Mount Shasta.
Karen M., Strange Sounds Experiencer. Retrieved on April 18, 2012.
... it sounds like digging, grinding equipment to me and if they are all doing it at the same time to make one kind of shelter then thats why we are hearing it all over the world cause they are all tunneling to get to each other.
Jeanette, Strange Sounds In The Sky All Around The World. Retrieved on April 18, 2012.
This is a very strange noise indeed. The husband says it sounds like construction ....
Strange Sounds in the Sky: What’s Up with All of the Unexplained Sky Noises Happening Around the World. Retrieved on April 18, 2012.

Others, instigated by the Internet rumor mill, have been panicking. As a result, many of the explanations for certain sounds are not only highly implausible but ridiculous and mega-conspiratorial. Since HAARP, commonly associated in the far-right alternative media with manipulating weather and practically everything else, may either be history (as of May, 2013) or entirely privatized, the far-right alternative media may need to find some other bogeyman:

[There are] ... international reports saying the strange noises heard globally could have originated from the High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) programme, an ionospheric research programme based in Gakona, Alaska in the United States.
Malaysia Ministry seeks recordings of strange noises in sky.” AsiaOne. January 23, 2012. Retrieved on March 4, 2012.

Still others have attributed certain explosions, perhaps legitimately, to the deterioration of the industrial infrastructure:

Carl Weiner of the Pipeline Safety Trust, a nonprofit advocacy group based in Bellingham, Washington, is cited in the newspaper, “this aging infrastructure needs to come out of the ground as soon as possible. They need to do the analysis of where the worst of it is and get the stuff out.”
James Brewer, “Detroit Area Gas Explosion Reveals Deadly State of Pipeline Infrastructure.” World Socialist Web Site: Published by the International Committee of the Fourth International (ICFI). April 11, 2013. Retrieved on April 25, 2013.
Policymakers and politicians like to advocate infrastructure spending as an economic boost-most recently President Obama, who on Sept. 6 [2010] proposed a $50 billion spending package aimed at roads, rail, and more. Backers say spending on transport and the like is smart because it offers a good return on investment for stimulus and means we’ll be ready for development in the future. But as the Sept. 9 [2010] gas-line explosion in a San Francisco suburb ... shows, fixing our aging infrastructure is arguably as urgent a matter as any. Across the United States and indeed the world, there are worrying signs that our infrastructure isn’t up to the challenges of today, much less tomorrow.
David A. Graham, “Man-made Mayhem.” The Daily Beast. September 15, 2010. Retrieved on April 25, 2013.
Welcome to Strange Sounds in the Sky.
Every other day, somewhere in the world, someone records disturbing unexplained noises coming from the sky.
Jay Man, “What’s this?Strange Sounds in the Sky: What's Up with All of the Unexplained Sky Noises Happening Around the World. Retrieved on March 24, 2013.
The sounds being heard are coming from the Earth itself. Changes deep inside the core are vibrating the crust near thin areas and causing the crust to act like a speaker most often times projecting deep waves up to the ionosphere where they are (bounced back) at audible frequencies.... These inner ground vibrations are also what is causing the sink hole issue around the world ... and underground watersources are being vibrated to the point of dispersion.
Anonymous, retired electronics engineer (2005), Hill Air Force Base (south of Ogden, UT), “Updated: Woodland Hills, CA ‘Sound of Glass Breaking’; Loud Booms in Louisville and Fort Knox, KY.” Earthfiles. Linda Moulton Howe, reporter and editor. 2013. Retrieved on March 29, 2013.

Loud booms or explosions have sometimes been accompanied by lights, spacecraft, chalices of pure light, or possibly two or all of these phenomena. Here are four screen captures from an MP4 video:

Booms, Shaking, and Lights Booms, Shaking, and Lights Booms, Shaking, and Lights Booms, Shaking, and Lights

Perhaps some of the luminosity can be explained by earthquake lights:

“Earthquake lights” is a luminous phenomenon that appears in the sky during, or even before, a quake. Sometimes white or bluish in hue but other times a full spectrum of colors, earthquake lights appear like an aurora over the area of the quake and can last from mere seconds to several minutes....
The interesting thing is, scientists don’t exactly know how or why the lights appear.
Did you know...? Earthquakes can Cause Strange Lights to Appear in the Sky.” The Complete Idiot’s Guide. Website. New York: Alpha Books (Penguin Group). Retrieved on March 30, 2013.

According to journalist Linda Moulton Howe, the loud booms, resonating in the ionosphere and bouncing back to earth, are related to flashes of light:

I’m getting boom reports everyday if not every other day... I got an email; and the man explained that he is a retired communications and electronics expert. And he had worked for several contractors that had done work for Hill Air Force Base, in Utah, and other military bases around the United States. So the man is talking to me, and asking completely for anonymity.... [A] geophysicist was responding to the electronics expert in Utah where there have been so many boom reports.... And the geophysicist, to the electronic expert’s complete shock, said, basically, that starting in 1998 – this is much earlier than our 2011 ... booms that we have been reporting about for the last few years – as far back as 1998, on the border of the Yukon and Alaska, that miners were reporting, deep underground, that they were hearing what sounded like rocks or sand falling through metalic tube....
And geophysicists were called in, and they did studies, and they thought it was just some aberration inside the earth causing the sound, and that it was a one-time occurrence. Now, coming to the electronics person, talking to him just recently, he said that – this is the geophysicist giving the timeline – that in just the last two years, since 2011, that “many geologists have noticed an almost 1,000% increase in soil liquification” around the planet. And he goes on to explain it in this way: He, the geophysicist, and colleagues that he knows, privately, quietly, confidentially studying this, “believe something is going on in the inner core of the earth.” They don’t know if it is a magnetic pole change or restructuring of minerals, within the soil of the earth, all the way down to the mantle. The mantle covers what is an outer and inner core of our planet. And then the mantle is the part that is liquid and comes up in volcanoes; and then we’re riding on the crust – on top of the mantle.
So they’re talking about noticing something – a 1,000% change in what is happening in what they call soil liquification – and that it’s becoming – this is the geophysicist – it is becoming more frequent and so has the intensity. “We really have no idea of what is going on.”... This was a surprise to me [that the intensity is planet-wide].... [I]n other countries of the planet, if the geophysicists know this is going on, no one is reporting it – or, if they are trying to report it to authorities, it’s not reaching the media in those other countries.... It is here, because I am a few others are trying to report the facts....
He [the geophysicist] said, “There may be a link to all the increasing sinkholes that are also happening around the world.“... And all of this is part of a pattern that the geophysicist says that there are changes in the inner-core, outer-core mantle and crust – because sound frequences are involved. He emphasized that they are aware of steady infrasound that the human ear cannot hear, but dogs and other animals can .... What ... might be the worst case – booms, flashes. The booms with the flashes – the flash of light would be a tremendous release of electrostatic energy or static energy that is being built up. And that’s when the sound and the light would suddenly be visible and audible to humans, while they are also hearing infrasound that is unusual and that they’re studying.
And he said, the geophysicist said, the worst case would be that there are more cracks that could appear in the main continental plate. So, instead of having one huge plate, more or less, from the east coast of Japan down through Indonesia and back up to South America and up to the coastlines of California, what would happen, if that big plate bulged in the center from some sort of frequency resonance change in the speed of the mantle – which they have been recording? The mantle is speeding up, in some relationship to the core, and that that might cause cracks in that big plate.... [T]his is the first time I have heard details – and there’s much more – about why we would be having booms that would be localized to a house or two. The geophysicst said, this has been part of the puddle, and they think it’s because there are sound frequencies that are going up to the ionosphere. They are bouncing back down. And that would explain why some people experience this from the air above them; and other people are having their literal feet slapped below....
Worst case would be that something is changing in the mantle and in the speed of lava; and that, if that were the case, it might set up these frequences that they feel they have been monitoring on Earth and associating some kind of a vibration at various points. And it’s very rapid – which is exactly what people have experienced – very rapid release of energy. And, from their point of view, this is not anything that they had ever heard about before 1998 and, especially, from 2011 on. So, here we sit with silence on the part of agencies. No one has heard anything from Homeland Security or FEMA or Department of Defense or anyone. And, when I asked him [the geophysicist], Well, why isn’t the government just telling us about what is being observed? He said, “Panic. They don’t want people to panic.”.
Linda Moulton Howe, “Light Phenomena & Mystery Booms.” Coast to Coast AM. George Noory, interviewer. April 26, 2013. Retrieved (transcribed) on April 26, 2013.

The U.S. military could be preparing for the devastating aftermath of Earth changes and any possible warfare, as desperate nations, and even individuals, plunder the limited resources which remain:

It was Sunday, March 17th [2013] ....
... the news did a little story about people were calling in with the report of a loud boom....
... We’ve had a lot of military helicopters that we’ve seen flying around.
Eddie Lashley (Louisvile, KY), “Updated: Woodland Hills, CA ‘Sound of Glass Breaking’; Loud Booms in Louisville and Fort Knox, KY.” Earthfiles. Linda Moulton Howe, reporter and editor. 2013. Retrieved on March 29, 2013.

Spiritually, I would suggest, the Revelation of Baháʾuʾlláh has, from its beginnings in 1853, upset the world’s social, economic, and political order. However, starting in 2010, if not earlier, the Earth’s planetary equilibrium and geomagnetism might have been literally and geologically disturbed:

The world’s equilibrium hath been upset through the vibrating influence of this most great, this new World Order. Mankind’s ordered life hath been revolutionized through the agency of this unique, this wondrous System—the like of which mortal eyes have never witnessed.
Baháʾuʾlláh, The Kitáb-i-Aqdas. Page 85.

Observations of spacecraft, discussed by Maussan and others, have often been reported during cataclysmic events, including sudden Earth changes and warfare. Perhaps, as planetary guardians, the angelic servants aboard angelic spaceships continue to monitor these situations and the acoustic phenomena surrounding some of them. The military helicopters or other aircraft might have been deployed to investigate the craft, the unusual sounds, or even both. These quotations illustrate this issue:

Journalist Juan Andrés Salfate said: “There are two theories to explain the apparitions of UFOs after a catastrophe. The first is that they live among us, underground, and engage in operations to lift off, thus becoming visible. The other is that they live in a state of vigilance, and follow our procedures and reactions.”...
... The [Chilean] earthquake was followed by a boom in UFO sightings, but sixteen cases occurred on the night of the tragedy alone (some of them accompanied by significant visual material) which have been subjected to study by UFO researchers.
Unexplained Phenomena Before and After Natural Disasters. March 14, 2011. Retrieved on March 20, 2013.
If you jump back almost one year ago [from March, 2013], because I remember it was summer, in England, there were people who heard a jolting loud boom at exactly the time that a young man ... – and it happened to be that the son [the young man] was out with his iPhone. And he’s the guy that got the photos of the strange UFOs that was in the sky over the Glastonbury [UK] area. And he also got some of the shots of two of the jets that came screaming in. But the jets didn’t show up right at the beginning where the boom was. So there was a layer of things happening. There was the the boom. There are the UFO or UFOs over the Glastonbury area. The young boy gets this on his iPhone.... And then you get the MOD [Ministry of Defence] weighing in saying, “It was just jets breaking the sound barrier.” And they never addressed the timeline. The jets came long after the phenomena. And we’ve gots lots of military stuff, in the U.S., coming after the booms.
Linda Moulton Howe, “Mystery Booms & Göbekli Tepe” [Turkish, Göbekli Tepe, pronounced ɡøbe̞kli Te̞pɛ, Belly Hill]. Coast to Coast AM. George Noory, host. October 16, 2012. Retrieved (transcribed) on March 29, 2013.
... UFO sightings spike in times of war, or what could be called imminent war, especially from the mid-twentieth century on.
Mack Maloney, UFOs in Wartime: What They Didn’t Want You To Know. New York: Berkley Books (Penguin Group). 2001. Kindle edition. Page 5.

For example, in the midst of the Ukrainian crisis, during March of 2014, this cigar-shaped craft was photographed over Ukraine (MP4 video file:

Ukrainian Craft

Elchin Khalilov, Ph.D., of the International Committee on Issues of Global Changes of the Geological Environment, was asked, “Mr. Khalilov, what is the nature of the unusual very low-pitched sounds reported by a great number of people in different parts of the planet since the summer of 2011? Many call them ‘The Sound of the Apocalypse.’ Information about that comes from all over the world: US, UK, Costa Rica, Russia, Czech Republic, Australia, etc.” He responded in part:

We have analyzed records of these [very low-pitched sounds reported by a great number of people in different parts of the planet since the summer of 2011] ... and found that most of their spectrum lies within the infrasound range, i.e. is not audible to humans. What people hear is only a small fraction of the actual power of these sounds. They are low-frequency acoustic emissions in the range between 20 and 100 Hz modulated by ultra-low infrasonic waves from 0.1 to 15 Hz. In geophysics, they are called acoustic-gravity waves; they are formed in the upper atmosphere, at the atmosphere-ionosphere boundary in particular. There can be quite a lot of causes why those waves are generated: earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, hurricanes, storms, tsunamis, etc. However, the scale of the observed humming sound in terms of both the area covered and its power far exceeds those that can be generated by the above-mentioned phenomena....
In our opinion, the source of such powerful and immense manifestation of acoustic-gravity waves must be very large-scale energy processes. These processes include powerful solar flares and huge energy flows generated by them, rushing towards Earth’s surface and destabilizing the magnetosphere, ionosphere and upper atmosphere. Thus, the effects of powerful solar flares: the impact of shock waves in the solar wind, streams of corpuscles and bursts of electromagnetic radiation are the main causes of generation of acoustic-gravitation waves following increased solar activity.
Given the surge in solar activity as manifested itself in the higher number and energy of solar flares since mid-2011, we can assume that there is a high probability of impact of the substantial increase in solar activity on the generation of the unusual humming coming from the sky....
There is one more possible cause of these sounds and it may lie at the Earth’s core. The fact is that the acceleration of the drift of the Earth’s north magnetic pole which increased more than fivefold between 1998 and 2003 and is at the same level today points to intensification of energy processes in the Earth’s core, since it is processes in the inner and outer core that form the Earth’s geomagnetic field....
Intensification of the energy processes in the Earth’s core can modulate the geomagnetic field which, through a chain of physical processes at the ionosphere – atmosphere boundary level, generates acoustic-gravity waves the audible range of which has been heard by people in the form of a frightening low-frequency sound in different parts of our planet.
Elchin Khalilov, Ph.D., “Strange Sounds in Sky Explained by Scientists.” International Committee on Issues of Global Changes of the Geological Environment. 2010. Retrieved on March 19, 2013.

Drawing upon information from the International Committee on Issues of Global Changes of the Geological Environment and an affiliated organization, ArkNow, 2013 has been predicted to contain the most significant rate of seismic activity during the peak 2013-2015 period. Unparalleled devastation was anticipated:

We regret to inform you that, according to the International Committee GEOCHANGE, an extremely high level of seismic and volcanic activity and an increase in the number of tsunamis, hurricanes, floods and other natural disasters has been predicted planet-wide for between 2011 and 2015, which may lead to huge numbers of victims. We are already witnessing the beginning of this process in the form of various natural cataclysms in many regions of the world.
All countries must join their efforts to counter the global intensification of natural disasters and mitigate its negative effect on humanity. Improving the international and national laws on emergency management, rescue operations, coordination of international humanitarian aid, social security for natural disaster victims and their recovery ought to play a key role in this process....
Drawing the sine curve ... along the straight-line trend from May 2010 to 2016 allows us to forecast the general dynamics of changes in monthly numbers of earthquakes. Thus, according to the sine curve’s projected segment, a rise in the seismic activity level is expected for 2010 to 2016....
... peak numbers of large earthquakes are expected for 2011 with a subsequent relative decrease in activity in 2012, and the second, higher peak of seismic activity is forecast for 2013-2015 to be followed by an expected decline....
... 2011 and 2013 indicate the highest levels of Earth’s global seismic activity, with a relative minimum in 2012. 2016 is expected to see a substantial decline in seismic activity....
All long-term forecasts for natural disasters have been made for the period between 2010 and 2016. Two cycles of increased activity with peaks in 2011 and 2013 and a local minimum in 2012 have been identified in long-term forecasts for large earthquakes, volcanic eruptions and tsunamis. By 2016, a decline in activity of all geodynamic cataclysms is expected.
The expected activity of natural disasters may have very serious negative consequences for the stable progress of civilization, leading to death and destruction unprecedented in human history. Economic implications for countries prone to natural disasters may be catastrophic. It is necessary to unite scientists, international organizations and governments of various states under UN auspices in order to take effective measures to counter natural disasters and minimize casualties and damage they cause to humanity.
Collected documents from and the International Committee on Issues of Global Changes of the Geological Environment. Retrieved on March 18, 2013.

An amateur geologist from Florida, Lance (“The United Knowledge”), addresses the issue by discussing earthquakes combined with geomagnetic changes (MP3 audio file 1 from December 23, 2012, and file 2 from January 15, 2013):

During the day of the 9.0 in Japan on March 11, 2011, Earth’s magnetic field nearly flipped. March 11, 2012, one year later Earth’s magnetic field did nearly the same thing....
Just for the record, just a few days after this magnetic field flipped an Executive Order was signed (3/16/2012) for Resources Preparedness. Which in short include the absolute control over food, water... ALL form of energy and resources! Think what kind of event would set that into motion? Something massive....
Conclusion, first here are a few bullet points:
The answer is simple but scary. If the source was something mainstream then somebody else would have predicted activity and put this data together before me. I would have to be silly to think I’m smarter than the minds at NASA and the whole scientific community that could have put this data together! Maybe many are blinded by “Solar activity.” perhaps that could have been an agenda all along and as is why I even predicted accurately “blame the Sun” before hand. If I were to guess this “source” has a magnetic field and comes into some alignment of Earth, repelling Earth’s magnetic field.. then days later the protons reach Earth. That would explain the same magnetic field, Auroras patterns on the exact dates over and over again in my opinion. That’s actually what I believed when I made the predictions.. looking for certain magnetic field events in then knowing charged particles we’re headed to Earth. Thus is why the predictions came before “Solar eruptions”.
Forecast February-May 2013 for Earth Booms, 8+ Quakes, Sun Agenda, Magnetic Field – All Based on Previous Statistical History & Predictions. December 24, 2012. Retrieved on January 26, 2012.

A comparable interpretation considers interactions between the geomagnetic field and the Earth’s core. However, I do not know whether these processes occur directly within an audible frequency range:

Geophysicists are pretty sure that the reason Earth has a magnetic field is because its solid iron core is surrounded by a fluid ocean of hot, liquid metal. This process can also be modeled with supercomputers. Ours is, without hyperbole, a dynamic planet. The flow of liquid iron in Earth’s core creates electric currents, which in turn create the magnetic field. So while parts of Earth’s outer core are too deep for scientists to measure directly, we can infer movement in the core by observing changes in the magnetic field. The magnetic north pole has been creeping northward – by more than 600 miles (1,100 km) – since the early 19th century, when explorers first located it precisely. It is moving faster now, actually, as scientists estimate the pole is migrating northward about 40 miles per year, as opposed to about 10 miles per year in the early 20th century.
The science shows that magnetic pole reversal is – in terms of geologic time scales – a common occurrence that happens gradually over millennia. While the conditions that cause polarity reversals are not entirely predictable – the north pole’s movement could subtly change direction, for instance – there is nothing in the millions of years of geologic record to suggest that any of the 2012 doomsday scenarios connected to a pole reversal should be taken seriously.
2012: Magnetic Pole Reversal Happens All The (Geologic) Time.” National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA). Official U.S. government document. 2011.
Intensification of the energy processes in the Earth’s core can modulate the geomagnetic field which, through a chain of physical processes at the ionosphere – atmosphere boundary level, generates acoustic-gravity waves the audible range of which has been heard by people in the form of a frightening low-frequency sound in different parts of our planet. In both cases, even though the causes of acoustic-gravity waves are of a quite understandable geophysical nature, they are indicative of the expected significant increase in solar activity and the geodynamic activity of our planet. There is no doubt that processes in the core rule the internal energy of our planet, therefore, we should expect by the end of 2012 a sharp rise in strong earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis and extreme weather events with peak levels in 2013-2014.
Strange Sounds in Sky Explained by Scientists.” Kipnews: Knowledge is Power. February 2, 2012. Retrieved on May 2, 2012.

Another suggested geomagnetic possibility for the sounds is spacequakes. Listen to this audio explanation of skyquakes. As far as I know, however, human ears, often of multiple witnesses, cannot function as receivers for electromagnetic radio waves. Without technological assistance, these acoustic tremors are, according to my understanding, inaudible by ordinary means. Therefore, spacequakes may be unrelated to the unusual sounds. According to NASA:

A spacequake is a temblor [disturbance] in Earth’s magnetic field. It is felt most strongly in Earth orbit, but is not exclusive to space. The effects can reach all the way down to the surface of Earth itself....
The surprise is plasma vortices, huge whirls of magnetized gas as wide as Earth itself, spinning on the verge of the quaking magnetic field....
... By tugging on surface magnetic fields, spacequakes generate currents in the very ground we walk on. Ground current surges can have profound consequences, in extreme cases bringing down power grids over a wide area.
Spacequakes Rumble Near Earth. National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA). Official U.S. government document. July 27, 2010.

This clip, from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) website, includes radio emissions captured by spacecraft and converted into sound waves. They resemble many of the sounds in the MP3 compilation which was previously mentioned. Here are NASA’s explanations for certain inaudible magnetospheric sounds:

If humans had radio antennas instead of ears, we would hear a remarkable symphony of strange noises coming from our own planet. Scientists call them “tweaks,” “whistlers” and “sferics” [atmospherics]. They sound like background music from a flamboyant science fiction film, but this is not science fiction. Earth’s natural radio emissions are real and, although we’re mostly unaware of them, they are around us all the time.
Earth Songs” (file includes sound samples). National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA). January 19, 2001. Official U.S. government document. Retrieved on May 26, 2012.

Similar sounds can be heard on University of Iowa Professor Donald A. Gurnett’s website:

Although most of these sounds [polar plasma waves] are in the acoustic frequency range, they are not actually audible by the human ear. These sounds are produced by processing the original wave data in much the same way that a radio station processes radio signals.
Donald A. Gurnett (University of Iowa), “Sounds of the Magnetosphere.” Polar Plasma Wave Investigation. The University of Iowa. Retrieved on October 7, 2012.

In the first century A.D., the sounds of Earth changes might have been chronicled by Flavius Josephus:

... a few days after that feast [Passover], on the one and twentieth day of the month Artemisius, [Jyar,] a certain prodigious and incredible phenomenon appeared: I suppose the account of it would seem to be a fable, were it not related by those that saw it, and were not the events that followed it of so considerable a nature as to deserve such signals; for, before sun-setting, chariots and troops of soldiers in their armor were seen running about among the clouds, and surrounding of cities. Moreover, at that feast which we call Pentecost, as the priests were going by night into the inner [court of the temple,] as their custom was, to perform their sacred ministrations, they said that, in the first place, they felt a quaking, and heard a great noise, and after that they heard a sound as of a great multitude, saying, “Let us remove hence.” But, what is still more terrible, there was one Jesus, the son of Ananus, a plebeian and a husbandman, who, four years before the war began, and at a time when the city was in very great peace and prosperity, came to that feast whereon it is our custom for every one to make tabernacles to God in the temple, began on a sudden to cry aloud, “A voice from the east, a voice from the west, a voice from the four winds, a voice against Jerusalem and the holy house, a voice against the bridegrooms and the brides, and a voice against this whole people!”
Flavius Josephus, Jewish War. Retrieved on June 14, 2012.

Additionally, Professor Unto K. Laine, from Finland’s Aalto University, has associated certain sounds with plasmatic auroras (MP4 video):

Our research proved that, during the occurrence of the northern lights, people can hear natural auroral sounds related to what they see. In the past, researchers thought that the aurora borealis was too far away for people to hear the sounds it made. This is true. However, our research proves that the source of the sounds that are associated with the aurora borealis we see is likely caused by the same energetic particles from the sun that create the northern lights far away in the sky. These particles or the geomagnetic disturbance produced by them seem to create sound much closer to the ground.
Unto K. Laine, The Sounds Of The Northern Lights – Pinpointed. July 9, 2012. Retrieved on October 14, 2012.

This possibly spiral-shaped aurora, or the result of a missile test, from Western Canada was reportedly accompanied by sonic booms (MP4 video):


The information below is fascinating, but I am not qualified to judge whether any of it is accurate:

Earth Crust Displacement [ECD] fits the bill exactly.
ECD will start with an increase in volcanoes, earthquakes, animal die offs, etc....
ECD will also start with strange noises, bangs and booms as the bottom of the continents and countries fall away into the earth’s core.
ECD will also be accompanied by sink holes as parts of the earth fall away underneath countries and continents into the earth’s mantle.
ECD will also be accompanied by changes on other planets such as warming and such like since earth crust displacement will be connected to events at both the planatary level and solar level in our solar system.
ECD will also be responsible for some Global warming with an increase in CO2 [carbon dioxide] as the molten mantle of the earth creeps higher towards the surface.
Over 150 Call-in Reports of Strange Sounds in Wisconsin. March 21, 2012. Retrieved on May 28, 2012.
Why a rhythmic thumping? Because you are hearing rock snap. Plates are not a solid cohesive piece. It’s more like a pie crust, flaked, overlapping. This is why you can have rifts occur, like the St. Lawrence Seaway separating, or the Red Sea or the African Rift, or down along the Baja Peninsula between that and the land mass of Mexico. It pulls apart, likewise it folds under. This is why Hawaii is rising as the Pacific compresses, registering in one island a 2 foot rise suddenly. The pie flakes are folding under and creating more bulk. So when you have, like the West Coast, a great deal of resistance because the subduction is a broad stretch, you don’t have an earthquake that suddenly moves all those Pacific plates under the West Coast, you have places that snap and break that have the greatest tension. This has been recorded in human history as a precursor to earthquakes, this kind of whomping regularity. You hear a whomp when there’s a break and the ground literally vibrates. You feel it, and it’s vibrating the air which is why you hear it, and it is over a broad area. Why the lull and then a repeat every few minutes? Because the pressure is built up and then there is a another snap. This is not a continuous affair, it’s like wave lengths of pressure and release, pressure building up and then another snap.
Whomping Sounds.” ZetaTalk. Oct 14, 2003. Retrieved on June 17, 2012.

The theory of Earth Crust Displacement was originated by Charles Hapgood and later discussed and developed by Rand Flem-Ath and Rose Flem-Ath. While intriguing, it is, to my understanding, not accepted by most geologists:

... crustal shifts would literally change the face of the earth, subjecting the areas affected to climatic changes that would determine the fate of all living things....
My collaborator [James H. Campbell] and I have now produced a new theory of polar shift. We have taken the old idea that the earth’s crust can be shifted, thus changing the geographical locations of the poles, and we have added to this an idea ... to provide a force for moving the crust.
Charles H. Hapgood, The Earth’s Shifting Crust. Retrieved on June 11, 2012.
The consequences of a crustal displacement are monumental. As the earth’s crust ripples over its interior, the world is shaken by incredible earthquakes and floods. The sky appears to fall. Of course, the sky remains in place. It was the crust that shifted. We still speak of sunrises and sunsets even though it is the earth’s spin that creates the illusion of movement. During a displacement the sun appears to rise and set over an altered horizon until finally the crust grinds to a halt. Beneath the ocean, earthquakes generate massive tidal waves that crash against the coastlines, flooding them. Some lands are shifted to warmer climates. Others, propelled into the polar zones, suffer the direst of winters. Melting ice caps, released from the polar areas, raise the ocean’s level ever higher. All living creatures must adapt, migrate, or die.
Rand Flem-Ath and Rose Flem-Ath, Atlantis Beneath the Ice: The Fate of the Lost Continent (a revised and expanded edition of When the Sky Fell, 1995). Rochester, VT: Inner Traditions Bear & Company. 2012. Kindle edition.

On January 5, 2013, strange lights and booms (MP4 video) were observed in Salem, Massacheusetts, by Derek Barr. This photograph is followed by a brief description:

Booms and Lights
A Salem resident was able to capture Saturday’s bright flash and loud boom on video.
Owen Boss, You’re Not Crazy, Mystery Explosion Caught on Video. January 8, 2013. Retrieved on February 1, 2013.

In two MP4 videos (file 1 and file 2), anomalous sounds are accompanied by lights. In another MP4 video, Duncan Taylor claimed to observe a pulsating light while listening to an unusual sound. Below is a screen capture from that video followed by a description:

Duncan Taylor
I was awoken by a loud noise at approx. 2:30am yesterday, I went to the window to see if I could find out where the noise was coming from. It was so loud my windows were vibrating. I spotted a bright light in the sky moving about and pulsating, so I grabbed my camera and managed to get some footage. Not sure if the light was making the sound but I’ve heard of these strange noises from around the world on the internet, and I am shocked it has happened here. I thought they were fake. The noise was heard by my neigbours and my local police have had dozens of calls from people who live in the area who heard the noise, too. Most are elderly, and a lot of them were terrified. Noise disappeared after about 10 minutes.
Duncan Taylor, UFO Emits Terrifying Sound? Scotland. 2012. Retrieved on October 14, 2012.

Another alleged incident (MP4 video) was recorded in (American) Georgia on January 18, 2012. Here is a screen capture:

Georgia chalice of pure light and Sounds

Along much the same line, unusual sounds (MP4 video or MP3 audio file) were reportedly heard in snowy Gällivare, Norrbotten County, Sweden, on January 15, 2013. Here is a screen capture:


In neighboring Finland, odd horn-like and orchestral or female-singing noises reportedly accompanied a storm in Finland. People are also heard screaming and observed running from the beach. Although, to be honest, I personally suspect that the MP4 video (uploaded on November 25, 2012) is a hoax, I decided to include it anyway. Here is a screen capture:


Therefore, the pattern appears to suggest that reports of buzzing, humming, and trumpeting or horn-like sounds were supplemented, over a year or two, with accounts of booms or explosions (MP3 audio compilation). Speaking as a layman, there are two plausible explanations, in my opinion, for many or most of these sounds:

  1. The booming sounds may indicate a rapid intensification of worldwide geomagnetic instability. Any issues with the aging infrastructure might also be aggravated. Speculatively, certain rapidly accelerating Earth changes have been generated from within the planet, or its atmosphere, and then reverberated. (Please bear in mind my profanity warning on this MP3 audio file.) The craft of intermediate angels, sometimes observed during these incidents, may be monitoring the activity.
  2. Through the trumpeting sounds, the intermediate angels (the so-called extraterrestrials) are, as angels, literally blowing the trumpets of the Apocalypse. From this perspective, the presence of angelic craft during the horn-like sounds is not an accident.

The sound of the šōfār can be a warning:

... it came to pass on the third day, when it was morning, that there were thunders and lightnings, and a thick cloud upon the mount, and the voice of a trumpet exceeding loud (Hebrew, קל שׁפָר חָזָק מְאד, qel špār ẖāzāq məʾd); and all the people that were in the camp trembled.
Exodus 19:16, American Standard Version (1901).
Military and Intelligence Projects

Weaponization has been a pitfall of globalization. Allegedly, beginning in the years after World War II, technologies found on certain downed angelic vehicles have, to one extent or another, been exploited, especially for enhanced military capability. If various unsubstantiated claims have any merit, those technologies may have been, in certain cases, imitated or even successfully reverse engineered:

It said that TAW-50 [an alleged U.S. antigravity spacecraft] is a reverse engineering of several crashed UFOs. If it is true then none of our fighters (beside secret plane like TAW-50) or air defense can bring them down from our skies. If their craft is already this powerful that could defeat our air defense and air force. I can’t imagine what if they really invade us.
Reverse engineering of UFO: TAW-50? April 26, 2006. Retrieved on May 25, 2012.
Though UFOs have visited earth for a long time, there was a surge of UFO activity after World War II. This was because of the detonation of atomic weapons, which are of great concern to the extraterrestrials. UFO appearances became very frequent, and they were concentrated around military installations. The extraterrestrials corrected the problem pretty quickly, but, early on, the guidance systems of the UFOs were affected by our radar systems, and quite a few UFOs crashed. Crashed UFOs as well as dead ETs (and a few live ones) were captured by the military. Projects for reverse-engineering UFOs have been going on since the late 1940s.
Acorn Abbey, “One more UFO post....” Into the Woods. Blog. No date. Retrieved on May 10, 2012.
Now that probably was the stupidest thing we ever did. Here’s this picture of a Roswell alien lander sitting on a panel in the middle of a computer company website, and on it said something like: “Did AT&T receive stolen alien technologies from the US Government in 1947 and thereby invent the transistor, the laser, the integrated circuit, and...on and on and on...different technologies?” Well, we figured the reaction we would get from the public would be one of, “Oh gee, isn’t that cute? That’s funny, X-Files, you know...” The reaction we got was not one we had anticipated....
... our offices were broken into. Our front door was smashed, our glass was smashed to smithereens all over the place, and everything was taken out of the file cabinets in our offices. My office was a wreck when I got in there....
We’re not supposed to even see or even know such a thing, but inadvertently, as a result, we became aware of the fact that there’s an orbital DSP [Defense Space Platform], called Sky Station [Skynet?], which is nuclear-hardened and equipped to carry nuclear weapons, because it was described in these faxes.’s nuclear-hardened, it’s one of the Star Wars SDI [Strategic Defense Initiative] series, based on Spacelab, equipped to handle and carry nuclear weapons.
Jack Shulman, How Could AT&T have Created the Transistor so Quickly in 1947 without the Input of Alien Technology? Retrieved on May 25, 2012.

Despite the explosion of conspiracy theories on undisclosed projects (black operations or “blackops”), they are, however elaborate, usually classified military and intelligence programs. Certain projects were, or continue to be, secretive. Others, including the pseudoscientific remote-viewing venture, were, at least to some extent, later divulged to the public. Undisclosed projects, globally, are demonstrations of high-stakes political poker. Countries are forced to guess whether an opponent is bluffing on its hand. This imperialist game is continually being played by governmental agencies throughout the world.

DARPA [Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency] is the principal agency within the Department of Defense for high-risk, high-payoff research, development and demonstration of new technologies and systems that serve the warfighter and the Nation’s defense. DARPA’s core mission is to prevent and create technological strategic surprise for the United States.
Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA). Official U.S. government document. Retrieved on June 16, 2012.

DARPA is also seeding (initiating) a NASA long-distance space-travel research project:

The 100 Year Starship™ (100YSS™) is a project seeded by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), with NASA Ames Research Center as executing agent, to develop a viable and sustainable non-governmental organization for persistent, long-term, private-sector investment into the myriad of disciplines needed to make long-distance space travel viable.
Solicitation Announcement 100 Year Starship™ (100YSS™).” Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA). Official U.S. government document. August 26, 2011. Retrieved on July 11, 2012. Page 3.

Nick Redfern suspects that DARPA or other U.S. Department of Defense agencies, housed in the Pentagon building (Arlington, VA), may have also attempted to reconstruct and weaponize the technologies of some ancient civilizations. Whether these hypothetical artifacts are directly related to intermediate angels is, of course, unknown. As usual, I cannot personally substantiate the writer’s statements:

The message that this spells out to us is very clear and wholly undeniable, and it gets right to the heart of what has commanded this extensive Pentagon-driven journey into the past: Governments have been seeking to do nothing less than exploit and weaponize what they perceive as being the powers of the gods, the lost sciences of whole races of people long-gone, and the awesome and devastating might of ancient astronauts from worlds far away. After all, why else would governments take an interest in puzzles of the past? To further our knowledge of archaeology? Hardly! Using the past to create more and more weapons in the present and the future makes perfect, but most regrettable, sense.
Nick Redfern, The Pyramids and the Pentagon: The Government’s Top Secret Pursuit of Mystical Relics, Ancient Astronauts, and Lost Civilizations. Pompton Plains, NJ: New Page Books (Career Press). 2012. Kindle edition.

The Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI or Star Wars), which is mentioned below, has since been re-established as the Missile Defense Agency (MDA):

President Reagan stated in remarks made to the 42nd General Assembly of the United Nations, Sept. 21, 1987, “In our obsession with antagonisms of the moment, we often forget how much unites all the members of humanity. Perhaps we need some outside, universal threat to make us realize this common bond. I occasionally think how quickly our differences would vanish if we were facing an alien threat from outside this world. And yet, I ask you, is not an alien force already among us?
Only a few people knew the answer was yes there is an alien force among us. Reagan received regular intelligence data on UFO activities.
By 1987, the SDIO [Strategic Defense Initiative Organization) had developed a national missile defense concept called the Strategic Defense System Phase I Architecture. This concept consisted of ground and space based sensors and weapons, as well as a central battle management system....
The STS 48 shuttle mission caught a video of an apparent attempt to destroy a space craft on September 22, 1991 ....
Presidents Bush, Clinton and Obama continued [the] SDI (Star Wars) program now called the National Missile Defense Program [Missile Defense Agency].
George Filer, “Are We in an Inter Galactic War in Space?National UFO Center. 2010. Retrieved on May 11, 2012.
... I began feeling sorry for the Star Visitors, as I considered the monumental Star Wars weapons crash program aimed at them that I had seen on this trip around classified government installations in the Southwest. I also reflected on my own research into cases I had interviewed, where I found the Star Visitors to be usually caring, gentle while firm, and concerned for such values as ecology, social justice, child protection, childhood education, consciousness advancement, and a spiritual/metaphysical-focus.
Richard J. Boylan, Ph.D., Star Kids: The Emerging Cosmic Generation. Sun Lakes, AZ: Blue Star Productions (no longer in business). 2005.

Speculations aside, the MDA and other units, operating under the jurisdiction of the Department of Defense (DoD), have, in effect, become a new, militarized, and often secretive U.S. space program:

The Missile Defense Agency (MDA) operates the Space Tracking and Surveillance System-Demonstrators (STSS-D). STSS-D constellation consists of two satellites orbiting at 1350 km, 58 degree inclination, with 120 minute orbital period. Using sensors capable of detecting visible and infrared light, STSS-D serves as the experimental space layer of the Ballistic Missile Defense System (BMDS).
Space Tracking and Surveillance System.” Missile Defense Agency. March, 2012. Official U.S. government document.
The Missile Defense Agency (MDA) is developing the Ballistic Missile Defense System (BMDS) as an integrated system of sensors and interceptors connected by a command and control network to counter the growing threat of ballistic missiles. Since ballistic missiles can cross any and all geographic boundaries on the way to the intended target it is difficult to position air, ground, or sea-based sensors to effectively track them - especially when the optimal location might require host nation agreements. To address this challenge, MDA is developing the Precision Tracking Space System (PTSS) to provide space-based tracking of ballistic missiles, enabling simultaneous homeland, regional, and theater missile defense.
Precision Tracking Space System.” Missile Defense Agency. March, 2012. Official U.S. government document.
Somewhere above earth is America’s latest spaceship, a 30-foot craft called the X-37B so classified that the Pentagon will not divulge its mission nor how much it cost to build.
But the real classified project is even more secret.
According to the Associated Press, a rocket carried an experimental hypersonic glider able to travel more than 4,000 miles in 30 minutes blasted off over the Pacific Ocean around the same time as the X-37B....
... one of its potential uses appears to be to launch a surge of small satellites during periods of high international tension. This would enable America to have eyes and ears orbiting above any potential trouble spot in the world.
U.S. defense officials, who would not say how much the project cost, insisted, however, that it was “just an updated version of the Space Shuttle activities.”
With all the focus on the launch of the secret X-37B, another space launch by a Minotaur IV rocket from Vandenberg Air Force base in California received less attention .... It was carrying the prototype of a new weapon that can hit any target around the world in less than an hour.
Secret U.S. Spaceship Launch Masks Even More Secret Launch.” Fox News. April 23, 2010. Retrieved on September 21, 2012.

Directed energy weapons, using particalization, are being developed:

Considerable debate has been stirred by President Reagan’s recent suggestion that the United States embark on a program that would use advanced-technology weaponry to produce an effective defense against Soviet ICBMS [intercontinental ballistic missiles]....
The characteristic that distinguishes the particle-beam weapon from other directed energy weapons is the form of energy it propagates. While there are several operating concepts for particle-beam weapons, all such devices generate their destructive power by accelerating sufficient quantities of subatomic particles or atoms to velocities near the speed of light and focusing these particles into a very high-energy beam. The total energy within the beam is the aggregate energy of the rapidly moving particles, each particle having kinetic energy due to its own mass and motion.
Dr. Richard M. Roberds, “Introducing the Particle-Beam Weapon.” Air University Review. July-August, 1984.
The DOD [Department of Defense] currently oversees approximately $1.1 billion in directed energy investment. These resources are concentrated on developing technology to ultimately be introduced into systems to fill DOD capability gaps. The organizational structure for directed energy weapons and technology development is spread across the military services and defense agencies. At the top level, the organizations encompass the Army, Air Force, Navy, and Marines research and development and acquisition structures; DOD agencies, such as the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency [DARPA] and Missile Defense Directorate, the High Energy Laser Technology Council, and the High Energy Laser Joint Technology Office.
United States Department of Defense, Defense Science Board Task Force on Directed Energy Weapons. December, 2007. Official U.S. government document. Page 67.

Holographic technologies have been applied to weaponization and other areas:

Field Deployable Hologram Production System. This funding would be used for completing development of a compact production unit that produces 3D holographic imagery for mission planning and intelligence purposes for U.S. forces in Iraq and Afghanistan.
Congressional Record—Extensions of Remarks, E2224. Official U.S. government document. September 9, 2009.
An innovative technique for generation a three-dimensional holographic display using strontium barium niobate (SBN) is discussed. The resultant image is a hologram that can be viewed over a wide perspective or field of view (FOV). The holographic image is free from system-induced aberrations and has a uniform, high quality over the entire FOV. The enhanced image quality results from using a phase-conjugate read beam generated from a second photorefractive crystal acting as a double-pumped phase-conjugate mirror (DPPCM). Multiple three-dimensional images have been stored in the crystal via wavelength multiplexing.
Christy A. Heid et al., 3-D Holographic Display Using Strontium Barium Niobate. Army Research Laboratory. February 1998. Retrieved on August 4, 2012.
A compact holographic projector system was built and tested. This projection system offers a practical approach for making a highly corrected mesh or grid pattern on curved surfaces. The pattern can range in size from multimicrometer to submicrometer dimensions and be recorded in either positive or negative photoresist. Standing-wave interference patterns in the form of a diverging closepacked lattice of either hexagonal or square rodlike intensity maxima extending outward from a point or a locus of points are produced by multiple-beam holography that involves the combination of a holographic diffraction grating and a hypercomatic focusing objective.
United States National Library of Medicine (National Institutes of Health), Highly Corrected Submicrometer Grid Patterning on Curved Surfaces. Official U.S. government document. December, 2007. Page 67.

Holographic projection (the “Voice of God” weapon), which has been alleged by William Arkin (born, 1956) and others, and, more recently, electromagnetic technology (“Battlefield Illusion”) could, potentially, be used in psychological operations (psyops). Speculatively, holographic projection may have been inspired by the angelic plasmatic projections in the sky:

Digital morphing – voice, video, and photo – has come of age, available for use in psychological operations. PSYOPS, as the military calls it, seek to exploit human vulnerabilities in enemy governments, militaries and populations to pursue national and battlefield objectives....
... What if the U.S. projected a holographic image of Allah floating over Baghdad urging the Iraqi people and Army to rise up against Saddam [Hussein], a senior Air Force officer asked in 1990?...
The Gulf War hologram story might be dismissed were it not the case that has learned that a super secret program was established in 1994 to pursue the very technology for PSYOPS application. The “Holographic Projector” is described in a classified Air Force document as a system to “project information power from space ... for special operations deception missions.”
William M. Arkin, “When Seeing and Hearing Isn’t Believing.” The Washington Post (newspaper). February 1, 1999. Retrieved on May 25, 2012.
In its new budget, unveiled on Monday, Darpa [U.S. Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency] introduced a new $4 million investigation into technologies that will “manage the adversary’s sensory perception” in order to “confuse, delay, inhibit, or misdirect [his] actions.” Darpa calls the project “Battlefield Illusion.” Of course....
... if researchers can better understand “how humans use their brains to process sensory inputs,” the military should be able to develop “auditory and visual” hallucinations that will “provide tactical advantage for our forces.” ...
... Magicians and generals have had a long-standing relationship – one that produced very real effects during wartime....
... In the early years of the war on terror, many in the defense tech community floated the idea of a “Voice of God” weapon. The idea was to use directed sound waves to convince would-be jihadis that Allah himself was speaking in their ears – and ordering them to put down their suicide belts....
“Battlefield Illusion” is one of several new Darpa programs that attempt to manipulate the electromagnetic spectrum to the American military’s advantage.
Noah Shachtman, “Darpa’s Magic Plan: ‘Battlefield Illusions’ to Mess With Enemy Minds.” Wired. San Francisco, CA. February 14, 2012. Retrieved on June 21, 2012.
And seeing his soldiers fall, Salwa the possessor of the car of precious metals, began to fight with the help of illusion. And then he began to ceaselessly hurl at me maces, and ploughshares, and winged darts and lances, and javelins, and battleaxes, and swords and arrows blazing like javelins and thunderbolts, and nooses, and broad swords, and bullets from barrels, and shafts, and axes, and rockets. And permitting them to come towards me, I soon destroyed them all by counter-illusion.
The Mahābhārata. Page 45.

This man was convicted, in a U.S. District Court (on the federal level), of exporting holographic weapons sights:

... [A Georgia man] had operated an eBay online store through which he sold various gun parts and accessories, including export controlled military holographic weapons sights, which have night vision capability and are designed to enhance precision shooting. He also sold gun parts used to assemble M4 rifles.
“The Department of Justice is committed to protecting the technology used by our military. Given the turmoil around the world, it is even more imperative that we prevent the unlawful export of military items, and those who choose to make money over obeying our export laws are taking away the tactical advantage of our military,” said Sally Quillian Yates, U.S. Attorney for the Northern District of Georgia.
Between January 2008 and January 2009, ... [he] sold more than 50 export-controlled EOTech Holographic Weapon Sights of various models to the customer in Hong Kong. He knew the items required an export license issued by either the State Department or the Department of Commerce before they could be shipped from the United States, yet he never applied for or received an export license for any military items.
U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement of the Department of Homeland Security, Georgia Man Sentenced to 3 Years for Exporting Military Holographic Weapons Sights and M4 Rifle Gun Parts. Official U.S. government document. August 3, 2011.

On the other hand, although the extreme weaponization of weather is apparently feasible, it would also be illegal.

Precipitation Denial
– Deny Fresh Water
– Induce Drought....
The essential ingredient of the weather-modification system is the set of intervention techniques used to modify the weather. The number of specific intervention methodologies is limited only by the imagination, but with few exceptions they involve infusing either energy or chemicals into the meteorological process in the right way, at the right place and time. The intervention could be designed to modify the weather in a number of ways, such as influencing clouds and precipitation, storm intensity, climate, space, or fog.
For centuries man has desired the ability to influence precipitation at the time and place of his choosing. Until recently, success in achieving this goal has been minimal; however, a new window of opportunity may exist resulting from development of new technologies and an increasing world interest in relieving water shortages through precipitation enhancement. Consequently, we advocate that the DOD explore the many opportunities (and also the ramifications) resulting from development of a capability to influence precipitation or conducting “selective precipitation modification.” ...
Interestingly enough, the US government made a conscious decision to stop building upon this foundation. As mentioned earlier, international agreements have prevented the US from investigating weather-modification operations that could have widespread, long-lasting, or severe effects. However, possibilities do exist (within the boundaries of established treaties) for using localized precipitation modification over the short term, with limited and potentially positive results.
Maj. Barry B. Coble, Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025. Air Force 2025. Unofficial U.S. government document. August, 1996. Retrieved on August 13, 2012.
Meteorological weapons are no more than military application of meteorological science and technology. In more detail, it is the military application of changing weather artifically. The reason why weather can be changed artifically is due to unstable factors (such as thermal factors and dynamical factors) in the atmosphere. What are such unstable factors? They can be illustrated through an example of firing a gun: Before shooting, the bullet is loaded, now consider it at the time when the bullet is being shot. Only after one click the bullet will be moving very rapidly, the instability of the atmosphere is just like that of a bullet ready to be shot. Only a small amount of energy can trigger a large amount of energy transfer. The result of such an energy transfer in the atmosphere will lead to changes of weather and climate in certain areas. If people have a certain purpose in their mind they can add a certain amount of energy to the atmosphere and change the weather in the direction that they expect. This is the basic principle behind changing weather artifically.
Foreign Technology Division of Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Meteorological Weapons. Abstract. March 13, 1985. Retrieved on May 29, 2012.

Nevertheless, there is no empirical evidence that the technology of meteorological warfare has any relationship with HAARP:

HAARP stands for The High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program. The goal of this program is to further advance our knowledge of the physical and electrical properties of the Earth’s ionosphere which can affect our military and civilian communication and navigation systems....
HAARP is not designed to be an operational system for military purposes. The HAARP specifications were developed by a consortium of universities to meet the requirements for a world-class research facility and an expanded group of universities are playing a major role in the design of future research efforts.
Frequently Asked Questions about HAARP. Official U.S. government document. Retrieved on May 29, 2012.

Former Minnessota governor and professional wrestler, Jesse Ventura (born James George Janos in 1951), was denied entry to the HAARP facility. I have nothing against the gentleman. He is quite passionate, seemingly kind-hearted, and apparently sincere about his views. Governor Ventura is also willing to think outside the box. The fellow is, however, a self-defined conspiracy theorist. Honestly, if I ran HAARP, I would not want his television production team on the property either:

Jesse goes to the HAARP facility in Alaska and is denied entry. He is given hands-on experience with frequency-induced “voices in your head,” possible with HAARP.
Former Minnessota Governor Jesse Ventura Denied Entry to HAARP. Retrieved on May 29, 2012.
We are slaves to your corporations, zombies to your airwaves, servants to your decadence. You’ve stolen our elections, assassinated our leaders, and abolished our basic rights as human beings.... You’ve monopolized our freedom, stripped away our education, and have almost extinguished our flame.
Jesse Ventura, How to Handle the Cabal. April 12, 2011. Retrieved on May 30, 2012.

However, while hostile weather manipulations have been considered, more benign forms are currently being practiced:

[There are] ... international reports saying the strange noises heard globally could have originated from the High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) programme, an ionospheric research programme based in Gakona, Alaska in the United States.
Malaysia Ministry seeks recordings of strange noises in sky.” AsiaOne. January 23, 2012. Retrieved on March 4, 2012.
The most well-known type of BWM [benign weather modification] is cloud seeding. It refers to any process of injecting a substance into a cloud for the purpose of influencing the cloud’s subsequent development. A cloud seeding agent is any variety of substances dispensed for the purposes of cloud seeding. These substances include silver iodide, dry ice (frozen carbon dioxide), calcium chloride, salt, or carbon black to name a few. Cloud seeding is one of the main areas of practical weather modification and is used to enhance or retard precipitation development as well as to increase or decrease cloud cover. Hail suppression is any method of reducing the damaging effects of hailstorms by operating on the hail producing cloud (via cloud seeding).
Col. Tamzy J. House et al., Benign Weather Modification. Unofficial U.S. government document. March, 1997. Retrieved on August 13, 2012.

Laser lightning weaponry has also been tested:

In the perspective of the laser lightning rod, the ability of femtosecond filaments to trigger and to guide large scale discharges has been studied for several years. The present paper reports recent experimental results showing for the first time that filaments are able not only to trigger and guide but also to divert an electric discharge from its normal path. Laser filaments are also able to divert the spark without contact between laser and electrodes at large distance from the laser. A comparison between negative and positive discharge polarities also reveals important discrepancies in the guiding mechanism....
... The laser lightning rod would be a valuable alternative to lightning rockets.
B. Forestier et al., “ Triggering, Guiding and Deviation of Long Air Spark Discharges with Femtosecond Laser Filament.” AIP Advances. Volume 2. Issue 1. February 17, 2012. Retrieved on July 8, 2012.

Return to the table of contents.

III. What Illuminati?
You should view the world as a conspiracy run by a very closely-knit group of nearly omnipotent people, and you should think of those people as yourself and your friends.
Robert Anton Wilson (1932-2007), The Robert Anton Wilson Website. Retrieved on June 2, 2012.
Spiritual Depression

With a lack of knowledge, conspiracies multiply. As English writer Alexander Pope (1688-1744) wrote, in his well-known An Essay on Criticism, “A little learning is a dangerous thing.” (It is commonly misquoted as “A little knowledge is a dangerous thing.”) That aphorism is especially apropo when it comes to the paradigm-breaking issues regarding intermediate angels. The events of 1954 have, in my view, been distorted and redistorted multiple times by various sources. Their motivations possibly stem from mere ignorance. They are likely diverse but are obviously unknown.

I will begin with various degrees of speculation beyond the absurd. Most spiritually inclined conservatives have looked to traditional movements, such as Christian fundamentalism, neo-evangelicalism, and The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Some conservative Christians, occultists disenchanted with conventional religiosity, and others have embraced various ideological “fringe” theories, including the Illuminati conspiracy (Latin, illūminātī, enlightened ones). The “conspiracy” is actively promoted on American right-wing talk radio as well as militia or “patriot” websites and other alternative media outlets of the libertarian intelligentsia (and wannabes).

Conservatism, in its several types, is often driven by nationalism, as a misplaced patriotism, or anticollectivism coupled by a fear of rapid social change or traditional instability. In our confusing and uncertain times, there is certainly an abundance of fodder. I will now critically examine some dark, primarily right-wing, conspiracy (or esoteric) theories concerning intermediate angels and, in some cases, a kind of manipulative panspermia. These alleged machinations have, with the rise of the Internet, enjoyed increased popularity. They are often associated with British esotericist, David Icke, but many others have adopted them, as well.

Religious conservatism, particularly in England, constitutes indeed a serious obstacle which the friends [Baháʾís] have to meet when spreading the [Baháʾí] Message, and not until such an obstacle has been completely removed can the [Baháʾí] Cause effectively spread and establish itself in the West. This religious conservatism is in many respects far more dangerous and more difficult to wipe out than the religious apathy which is so rapidly invading all classes of society.
Shoghi Effendi, The Unfolding Destiny of the British Baháʾí Community. February 8, 1935. Pages 433-434.

What is it with certain segments of the far-right and conspiracy theories? The dogmatic conservatism of these individuals frequently focuses upon imaginary impositions of a reified al-Šarīʿa (path, prescription, or religious law) from Islām, Illuminatis, undocumented workers, communists, socialists, liberals, or another constructed bogeyman of the day or hour. These conservatisms have, in some of their expressions, concealed an impious evil, and a contempt for the poor and downtroden, behind a veneer of pseudospirituality and religiosity. According to the Beloved Jesus:

Beware of false prophets, who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly are ravening wolves.
Jesus, Matthew 7:15, American Standard Version (1901).
If thou wouldest be perfect, go, sell that which thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven: and come, follow me.
Jesus, Matthew 19:21, American Standard Version (1901).
For unto every one that hath shall be given, and he shall have abundance: but from him that hath not, even that which he hath shall be taken away. And cast ye out the unprofitable servant into the outer darkness: there shall be the weeping and the gnashing of teeth. But when the Son of man shall come in his glory, and all the angels with him, then shall he sit on the throne of his glory: and before him shall be gathered all the nations: and he shall separate them one from another, as the shepherd separateth the sheep from the goats; and he shall set the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on the left. Then shall the King say unto them on his right hand, Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world: for I was hungry, and ye gave me to eat; I was thirsty, and ye gave me drink; I was a stranger, and ye took me in; naked, and ye clothed me; I was sick, and ye visited me; I was in prison, and ye came unto me. Then shall the righteous answer him, saying, Lord, when saw we thee hungry, and fed thee? or athirst, and gave thee drink? And when saw we thee a stranger, and took thee in? or naked, and clothed thee? And when saw we thee sick, or in prison, and came unto thee? And the King shall answer and say unto them, Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye did it unto one of these my brethren, even these least, ye did it unto me. Then shall he say also unto them on the left hand, Depart from me, ye cursed, into the eternal fire which is prepared for the devil and his angels: for I was hungry, and ye did not give me to eat; I was thirsty, and ye gave me no drink; I was a stranger, and ye took me not in; naked, and ye clothed me not; sick, and in prison, and ye visited me not. Then shall they also answer, saying, Lord, when saw we thee hungry, or athirst, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not minister unto thee? Then shall he answer them, saying, Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye did it not unto one of these least, ye did it not unto me. And these shall go away into eternal punishment: but the righteous into eternal life.
Jesus, Matthew 25:29-46, American Standard Version (1901).

Some far-right media outlets denounce Muslims who call people unbelievers or infidels (al-kuffār, literally, those who are hiding or seeking cover from God). However, the heresy charge is alive and well among many conservative Christians – even if it cannot be politically enforced anymore. Indeed, the practice seems to be a hobby in some quarters. These labels are, of course, not taken seriously outside the particular sect using them. Christian fundamentalism, one of the moral backbones of the American Bible belt, began in the U.S., during the early twentieth century, and Australia became its second home. In both countries, such accusations are fairly common.

St. Paul, the divine Apostle, prophesied to the early Christians about the last days:

[Some people will be] ... holding a form of godliness, but having denied the power thereof: from these also turn away.
St. Paul, II Timothy 3:5, American Standard Version (1901).

Esoteric turns, such as the Illuminati conspiracies, are frequently indicators of social deterioration and alienation from dominant religious institutions. Demireality, disunity, or social disorganization is bad enough without making up imaginary conspiracies. One can be anti-establishment without being a conspiracy theorist. For instance, although Karl Marx was neither an occultist nor a conservative, he famously used the metaphor of opium, a depressant, for religion:

Religious suffering is, at one and the same time, the expression of real suffering and a protest against real suffering. Religion is the sigh of the oppressed creature, the heart of a heartless world, and the soul of soulless conditions. It is the opium of the people.
The abolition of religion as the illusory happiness of the people is the demand for their real happiness.
Karl Marx, A Contribution to the Critique of Hegel’s Philosophy of Right. 1843-1844. Retrieved on August 22, 2012.

In the first model of the supposed Illuminati, I may, as a National Education Association (NEA) member and a socialist, be an unwitting Illuminati member:

Dr. John Coleman’s diagram of the alleged Illuminati (click to enlarge)

Since I am an academic, a Baháʾí (a religionist), and a media producer (with my bachelor’s degree in journalism), I would appear, using these two diagrams, to be in the Illuminati threefold:

alleged diagram of the Illuminati (source unknown)
source unknown

As a member of the Baháʾí Faith, the National Education Association (a union), PeaceNext (from the Council for a Parliament of Religions), WiserEarth (an environmental sustainability network), and People 4 Peace, I am, according to this next diagram, apparently an Illuminist five times over:

source unknown (click to enlarge)

Given that I am an academic, a religionist, a social scientist (science), a critical realist (one of the -isms), a strong proponent of global spirituality, a global socialist, a defender of social justice, an advocate for a paradigm shift (to Critical Realism and The Unicentric Paradigm), an entertainer (a ventriloquist), a website designer (art), a mass-media producer, a utopian of sorts, a Ph.D. who used American National Election Studies data from the Institute for Social Research (ISR) at the University of Michigan, and a specialist on new religious movements (“cults”), the next flow chart seems to place me, on all fifteen accounts, in the Illuminati structure:

source unknown
Elements of the Conspiracy Theory

My interest in the subject of esoteric conspiracies, as a social scientist, is threefold. First, they are a fascinating case study of mass or collective behavior and the powers of suggestibility. The mass media, including the web, inform and shape human ideas. Social movements, fads, fashions, urban legends, paranoia, and panics now spread globally like wildfire. Second, as with Y2K (the year 2000), deception appears to be considerable: opportunism, blatant lying, scamming, disinformation, trolling, practical joking, and reactionary libertarian fearmongering. Third, the Illuminati conspiracies highlight the perils of groupthink.

Groupthink is the extreme concurrence-seeking displayed by decision-making groups that is predicted to result in highly defective decisions. The groupthink concept was first developed by Irving Janis in 1972 to explain such disastrous incidents as the United States’s decision to invade the Bay of Pigs in Cuba, the failure of the United States military to foresee the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, Great Britain’s appeasement of Nazi Germany in World War II, and the decisions to escalate the Vietnam War and the Korean War. According to this perspective, groupthink is hypothesized to occur when particular antecedent conditions are present. These include high group cohesiveness, insulation from experts, limited search and appraisal of information, directive leadership, and high stress combined with low self-esteem and little hope of finding a better solution to a pressing problem than that favored by the group leader or influential members.
Marlene E. Turner and Anthony R. Pratkanis, “Groupthink.” Encyclopedia of Group Processes & Intergroup Relations. John M. Levine and Michael A. Hogg, editors. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. 2009.
The most essential part of trolling is convincing your victim that either a) [you] truly believe in what you are saying, no matter how outrageous, or b) [you] give your victim malicious instructions, under the guise of help.
Trolling requires decieving; any trolling that doesn’t involve deceiving someone isn’t trolling at all; it’s just stupid. As such, your victim must not know that you are trolling; if he does, you are an unsuccessful troll.
Trolling.Urban Dictionary. San Francisco, CA: Urban Dictionary, LLC. Retrieved on May 12, 2012.
There’s a sucker born every minute.
An aphorism which has been attributed to David Hannum (1832-1892), a banker, and, apparently, falsely attributed to his associate, Phineas Taylor “P.T.” Barnum (1810-1891).

Social networking, and the ability of many average people to globally disseminate their points of view, is both a blessing and, through the world’s lowest common denominators, a curse. Indeed, the Internet itself, despite a considerable technological potential to outwardly facilitate the spiritual unity of humanity, has unfortunately become, with numerous conspiratorial forums and videos, a borderless hotbed of pacifism, revolutionary extremism, and even anti-elitist anarchism (the perfect philosophy for someone with a death wish):

With reference to the absolute pacifists, or conscientious objectors to war; their attitude, judged from the Baháʾí standpoint, is quite anti-social and due to its exaltation of the individual conscience leads inevitably to disorder and chaos in society. Extreme pacifists are thus very close to the anarchists, in the sense that both of these groups lay an undue emphasis on the rights and merits of the individual. The Baháʾí conception of social life is essentially based on the subordination of the individual will to that of society. It neither suppresses the individual nor does it exalt him to the point of making him an anti-social creature, a menace to society. As in everything, it follows the “golden mean.” The only way that society can function is for the minority to follow the will of the majority.
The other main objection to the conscientious objectors is that their method of establishing peace is too negative. Non-cooperation is too passive a philosophy to become an effective way for social reconstruction. Their refusal to bear arms can never establish peace. There should first be a spiritual revitalization which nothing, except the Cause of God, can effectively bring to every man’s heart.
From a letter, dated November 21, 1935, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1354.
The Department of Justice (DOJ) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) do not officially list domestic terrorist organizations, but they have openly delineated domestic terrorist “threats.” These include individuals who commit crimes in the name of ideologies supporting animal rights, environmental rights, anarchism, white supremacy, anti-government ideals, black separatism, and anti-abortion beliefs....
Anarchist extremists as well as anarchists engaging in constitutionally protected activity can oppose government, business, or social interests that they view as dangerous. As this suggests, anarchists advocate some form of revolution that realigns authority and power in the societies they desire to transform. However, adherents cannot agree to a single means for attaininf revolutionary change.
... domestic terrorists also are computer savvy and active online. One count suggested that 657 U.S.-based hate websites existed in 2010. A Web presence may help extremist groups—sometimes relatively small, with rosters in the 100s or fewer-educate their existing membership and forge a group identity. Also, in many instances they can use websites to focus on outsiders to propagandize, socialize, and recruit new adherents.
Jerome P. Bjelopera (Congressional Research Service), The Domestic Terrorist Threat: Background and Issues for Congress. Official U.S. government document. May 15, 2012.
Following a 2009 Department of Homeland Security report authored by [Daryl] Johnson [a former counterterrorism expert at the Department of Homeland Security] on the growing threat posed by right-wing extremist groups, the domestic terrorism unit under the DHS [Department of Homeland Security] was disbanded because of pressure from the political right-wing, claims Johnson.
Sumit Galhotra, “Domestic Terror: Are We Doing Enough to Combat the Threat from Within?CNN. September 16, 2012. Retrieved on September 16, 2012.

An interesting spin on the Illuminati conspiracy was formulated by William Lyne. According to him, ufology and the subject of “extraterrestrials” in general are a CIA disinformation campaign to coverup advanced earthly, not alien, technologies. Lyne alleged that these technologies, developed under a “secret government,” were based upon the electronic inventions of a common conspiratorial hero, the engineer Nikola Tesla (1856-1943):

This book is dedicated to the idea that individuals in free society should take control of their destinies, beginning with the apprehension and use of flying saucer technology right now, in order to set the human race on its natural path, onwards and upwards to a higher level, free of Illuminati exploitation. The Illuminati cannot have it both ways. They cannot steal from us and continue to hoard secret technology to use on us, without our eventual discovery of the sham, and the use of lies to suppress advanced knowledge....
... the “questions” of ether and gravity [are] by no means settled, but it is my theory that a more or less complete and correct ether theory, based primarily on [Nikola] Tesla’s theory, is possessed and used by the Secret Government, which developed and propagated Relativism to fill the void of the missing theory, in order to conceal and preserve ether physics for their exclusive use, while preventing the technology from damaging their interests under national security orders which prohibit us from using it. Otherwise, why would Tesla’s 100-year-old theory still be classified?
William R. Lyne, Pentagon Aliens. (Formerly, Space Aliens from the Pentagon.) Third edition. Lamy, NM: Creatopia Productions. 1999. Pages 13 and 40.

Numerous questions come to mind. For instance, where is this Illuminati? Why are they so elusive? How have they managed to remain a private, cohesive unit for so many years? Where is their advanced technology, and why has it not been used? As governments openly brag, at least eventually, about their latest gadgets, what would be the point of permanently covering up some technologies while publicly discussing others? In an age of whistleblowers, why have no scientists, working with the alleged Illuminati, stepped forward to reveal these spectacular research discoveries?

[Bill] Binney, a tall, professorial man in his late 60s, led the development of a secret software code he now believes is illegally collecting huge amounts of information on his fellow citizens. For the staunch Republican, who worked for 32 years at the NSA [U.S. National Security Agency], it is a civil liberties nightmare come true.
So Binney has started speaking out as an NSA whistleblower – an act that has earned him an armed FBI raid on his home.
Paul Harris, “NSA Whistleblower: ‘It’s A Violation Of Everybody’s Constitutional Rights’.” New York: Business Insider. September 17, 2012. Retrieved on September 19, 2012.

The answer to these questions is, in my opinion, relatively uncomplicated. Although there is no secret government, when tightlipped bureaucracies, including agencies devoted to military and intelligence research development, are institutionalized, they often acquire considerable power and autonomy. Then again, if a secret government had somehow managed, from behind the scenes, to accomplish such outstanding, even magical, feats, why was NASA clearly so elated and excited after spending a small fortune to land a robot, Curiosity, on the surface of Mars?

Mars Rover Curiosity
Jet Propulsion Laboratory
scene at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laborarory, August 6, 2012, after Curiosity landed

Although the Illuminati conspiracy has branched into several factions, my primarily focus will now be upon the angelic versions. The vast, arcane conspiracy, say numerous writers, involves not just alien technologies, including spacecraft, but, in some cases, the aliens themselves:

The third level of sophistication, that used in the more modern American antigravity craft, is direct generation and harnessing of the gravitational strong force. Such a strong-force field extends slightly beyond the atomic nucleus of Element 115, an exotic element donated by Star Visitor scientist-consultants to human scientists at S-4, a secret base south of Area 51. By amplifying that exposed gravitational strong force, and using antimatter reactor high energy, and then directing it, it is possible to lift a craft from the Earth and then change directions by vectoring the shaped antigravity force field thus generated.
Classified Antigravity Aerospace Craft Using Reverse-engineered Extraterrestrial Technology.” New Illuminati. Blog. October 4, 2011. Retrieved on April 28, 2012.
Some [conspiracy] theorists say that these Illuminati who hold the reins of power are human beings; others say that they have extraterrestrial allies, or that this group is controlled by, or consists of, ETs. Their goal, it is said, is to impose a New World Order (NWO) in which their dominion is complete.
Charles Eisenstein, Synchronicity, Myth, and the New World Order. Retrieved on April 27, 2012.
Around the world there is growing minority that are comprehending the sinister elements of the New World Order that includes the highly secretive Underground military/alien city/bases around the world. Alien collaboration begin thousands of years ago with humans; however, after world war two, and at the beginning of the new Israeli nation, alien involvement predominates prior participation because of the time table of the Antichrist. Predominately, direct alien involvement began with the United States in 1947....
... the goal of the entities is to control their chipped human slaves for negative emotional energy....
During the New World Order, which will be activated on 12/21/2012, the elite will seek “safety” underground and will attempt to draw their deluded slaves down-under. Anybody that enters the underworld of the New World Order will be a vaccinate chipped human slave.
The Underground Cities and Phil Schneider! Retrieved on April 27, 2012.
The Truth Movement

Super-conspiracies are as simplistic as two plus two, or arithmetic, but studying human affairs requires a careful calculus instead. Factually, there is a long history of the U.S. and other governments political taking advantage of national emergencies in order to justify abuses of power. Claiming, however, that a national emergency was itself automatically a product of government action or intentional inaction is, generally speaking, an unjustified conspiritorial leap of faith. Evidence is demanded, not coincidence. Critically, through hypnotic or gnōstic self-delusion, conspiracy breeds conspiracy. Believing in them is not being skeptical.

The reptilians and other manipulating entities exist only just outside the frequency range of our physical senses. Their own physical form has broken down and they can no longer re-produce. Thus they have sought to infiltrate human form and so use that to exist and control in this dimension. They chose the Earth for this infiltration because it most resembles in vibration the locations from which they originate. These reptilians are addicted to the dense physical “world” and the sensations it offers and they have no desire to advance higher. Their aim in this period is to stop the Earth and incarnate humanity from making the shift from dense physical prison into multi-dimensional paradise.
David Icke, The Reptilians: Why They are Obsessed with Bloodline and Ritual.
... it is said that the US operated the likes of area 51 to prepare on how to deal with aliens. But in truth there are no such preparations by any government in USA, Europe or any other country in the world. If and when this hypothesis of an extraterrestrial invasion does materialize the human race will be caught unprepared.
Extraterrestrial Invasion Is Imminent. February 28, 2003.
Area 51 has long been a topic of fascination for conspiracy theorists and paranormal enthusiasts, but newly released CIA documents officially acknowledge the site and suggest that the area served a far less remarkable purpose than many had supposed.
According to these reports, which include a map of the base's location in Nevada, Area 51 was merely a testing site for the government's U-2 and OXCART aerial surveillance programs. The U-2 program conducted surveillance around the world, including over the Soviet Union during the Cold War.
Area 51. August 16, 2013. Retrieved on August 17, 2013.

I tend to differ with Benjamin Fulford (born, 1961) on most issues. In my opinion, however, the following statement has merit:

The mixing of disinformation with real information is the hardest technique to beat but it is still easily beatable. What you need to do is see how much you can confirm from other sources. For example if someone says “9/11 was an inside job that was carried out by reptilians,” well ... the reptilian thing can all be traced to a couple of sources who have not provided any evidence other than testimony. Extra-ordinary claims require extra-ordinary proof and that has not been provided in this case.
How to Neutralize Illuminati Disinformation Agents on the Internet – [Benjamin] Fulford. Blog. Godlike Productions. March 20, 2009. Retrieved on May 13, 2012.

Somehow, I have managed to listen to conspiracy theorists on Red Ice Creations and Coast to Coast AM. Many of them come from the far-right libertarian (or populist) wing of the New Age Movement. Nevertheless, I will avoid gossiping and judging anyone. In some cases, these individuals are really libertarian fascists. Similar to the Nazis, their concern is for the freedoms of true patriots like themselves while marginalizing “the other,” whether imagined as undocumented workers or as fictional Illuminatis, such as bankers, globalists, communists, socialists, Freemasons and other secret societies, Jews, Muslims, Roman Catholics, and concocted reptilian aliens.

Right-wing nationalism (Italian Fascism, German Nazism, pre-World War II State Shinto in Japan, etc.) is, by definition, anti-elitist (populist). The Nazis argued that the liberties of the “true Germans” had been usurped by the elites (especially Jews). Modern libertarianism is quite similar. Many self-proclaimed libertarians (not all) will argue for the liberty of the average person or patriot (populism) against the supposed elites (elitism). The ant-elitist Illuminati conspiracy, which is quite a popular idea among many libertarians, had its heyday in Nazi Germany. Frequently, libertarians will try to censor me, calling me an academic elitist, on Internet forums.

Credibility is predicated on evidence, but truth is an untestable abstraction. As I once wrote on an online message board, Truth is not determined by majorities or minorities. Truth is determined by evidence. Yet. when evidence is demanded, a deductive conspiracy theory will rapidly fall into pieces. “The evidence for the conspiracy was covered up by the conspirators!,” rants the circular babel. Thus, I introduce Foster’s Law: If an absence of evidence is itself evidence, and the presentation of evidence is automatically self-refusing, the conspiracy theory will persist.

A gnōstic focus upon the truth promotes the parroting of rumors and urban legends. On the other hand, a common self-designation for the Illuminati and other hate-filled conspiracy theories, beginning with the terrorist incidents of September 11, 2011, and later spreading to other issues, is, somewhat ironically, the truth movement. Perhaps the focus on truth, rather than on hard empirical evidence, is one of the major problems with the perspectives of these so-called “awake” truthers:

Certain quarters within the so-called TRUTH MOVEMENT have been attacking Leo [Zagami] as an agent of the Vatican, a Jesuit coadjutor, and worse.
NWO [New World Order] Whistleblower Leo Zagami Betrayed by His Wife and Norwegian Legal Authorities. March 7, 2008. Retrieved on July 21, 2012.
Right now there are Reptilians in the White House, Draconians in the Vatican, and Greys in our skies abducting people around the world to use in breeding experiments, and for many, even eating them. Measures our government has agreed to cooperate to with these evil twisted beings to keep these things silent and has funded disinformation and discredited campaigns, projects, magazines and organizations to keep the truth from ever being discovered. Which is why, today, the official denial of the existence of UFO’s and aliens is, in fact, an official denial. In exchange, they’ve reaped alien technology through black operations and have carved out of the earth underground joint human and alien bases where this exchange of technology and learning takes place. All funded by the tax payers.
Sherry Shriner, “The Aliens Will Overthrow America.” (Alternate location.) Alien Nation: The Watcher Files. Retrieved on July 3, 2012.

My working assumption is that “Operation 9/11” of al-Qaeda (Arabic2, al-Qāʿidah, the Base), some similar incidents, and certain targeted assassinations were, in effect, gangland-style hits. Imperialism bites. The criminals themselves, operating in broad-based coalitions with other terroristic individuals, may have had diverse, even conflicting, agendas. Yet, the principal issue with 9/11, in my view, concerns those officials who used the incident to lie their way into a lengthy conflict in ʿIrāq. This heartbreaking war was one which many neoconservatives wished that President George Herbert Walker Bush would have continued after the successful liberation of Kuwait in February, 1991.

Any seeming cooperation between al-Qaeda and the United States or Israel is, in my opinion, an misinterpretation of common rules of engagement. Countries will often manipulate, to whatever extent they perceive necessary, countries, militias, guerrilla forces, or terroristic groups, whatever their degrees of friendliness, for perceived military or intelligence advantage. Realpolitik, as political realism or pragmatism, often demands that one does business or “gets down and dirty,” whether overtly or covertly, with some very shady characters. That fact alone, however unscrupulous, does not support the existence of a political alliance.

... I may mention here, since we are on politics, that the Doolittle raspberries had sprawled all over the strawberry-beds: so true is it that politics makes strange bedfellows.
Charles Dudley Warner, “My Summer in a Garden.” The Complete Writings of Charles Dudley Warner. Thomas Raynesford Lounsbury, editor. Volume 1. Hartford, CN: The American Publishing Company. 1904. Page 88.

In the present state of global social disorganization and demireality, various agencies, some public and others private, have been jockeying for position. From time to some, some entities may have even intentionally wreaked havoc and chaos in order to justify economic and political dominance or Draconian stabilizing measures. For instance, the Great Depression, a worldwide crisis, was triggered by the crash of the American stock market on Black Tuesday (October 29, 1929). In Germany, Adolph Hitler (1889-1945) then rose to power as a perceived stabilizing influence. Through the Holocaust, he scapegoated and massacred Jews and others, in order to establish supposed stability.

In any event, there are many 9/11 conspiracy theories, not just one. That fact alone raises serious questions about any of the cabalistic explanations. If a particular conspiracy theory was highly persuasive, then presumably most people would accept it and drop the others. Furthermore, considerable time has passed since September 11, 2001. Had, in fact, a vast governmental conspiracy existed, why has not a single whistleblower stepped forward? Indeed, no matter the specific actors in that tragedy, the events of that day reflected a gruesome failure in American intelligence gathering:

Unless your own tin-foil hat is particularly effective at blocking out the more eccentric members of society, you already know about “truther”—a term for folks who reject the standard explanation for the events of 9/11 in favor of a thin web of speculation that includes the U.S. government colluding in the extravagant murder of thousands of its own citizens....
... “truther” itself has broadened to cover all sorts of conspiracy-huggers. Sometimes it is used as a general term for a conspiracy enthusiast ....
The Truther Movement Grows.” GOOD Culture. Los Angeles, CA: GOOD Worldwide, LLC. May 8, 2010.

Terrorist planning seems to be often focused on areas with drills or military exercises, including on 9/11, 7/7 (July 7, 2005, in London), and the Boston Marathon incident (April 15, 2013). From a law-enforcement standpoint, drills might indicate, thankfully, advance intelligence, as in Austin, TX, during August, 2013:

Unconfirmed reporting from the Department of Homeland Security has raised the possibility of random terrorist attacks taking place in Austin, TX on or about 8-9 August [2013].... The reporting also stated that if 8-9 August was not a viable option, then the group would conduct operations on 29 August ....
Possible Terrorist Threat to Venues in Austin, TX in August.” Texas Military Forces. July 19, 2013. Retrieved on August 10, 2013.
The Texas Department of Public Safety (DPS) today announced the launch of a multi-agency homeland security exercise in the Austin area over the next few weeks to test and enhance coordinated response plans to scenarios involving terroristic threats or other critical incidents.
Multiple Law Enforcement Agencies to Conduct Homeland Security Exercise in Austin.” Texas Department of Public Safety. August 7, 2013. Retrieved on August 10, 2013.

For the criminals or terrorists, on the other hand, carrying out operations during official drills, which are often announced publicly, may be a useful strategy. In the fog of war, so to speak, the participants in those activities might mistake the drill for the genuine article. Unfortunately, some people apparently confused the events with 9/11 with a military exercise:

[On September 11, 2001,] Lieutenant Colonel Dawne Deskins and other day shift employees at NORAD’s Northeast Air Defense Sector (NEADS) in Rome, NY, start their workday. NORAD is conducting a week–long, Exercise Includes Simulated Attack on the US – Vigilant Guardian is described as “an exercise that would pose an imaginary crisis to North American Air Defense outposts nationwide”; as a “simulated air war”; and as “an air defense exercise simulating an attack on the United States.” According to the 9/11 Commission, it “postulated a bomber attack from the former Soviet Union.” (Seely 1/25/2002; Filson 2003, pp. 55 and 122; 9/11 Commission 7/24/2004, pp. 458) Vigilant Guardian is described as being held annually, and is one of NORAD’s four major annual exercises. (Filson 2003, pp. 41; Arkin 2005, pp. 545; GlobalSecurity (.org) 4/27/2005) However, one report says it takes place semi–annually. (Scott 6/3/2002) Accounts by participants vary on whether 9/11 is the second, third, or fourth day of the exercise. (Code One Magazine 1/2002; Seely 1/25/2002; Kampouris 9/11/2002) Vigilant Guardian is a command post exercise (CPX), and in at least some previous years was conducted in conjunction with Stratcom’s Global Guardian exercise and a US Space Command exercise called Apollo Guardian. (US Congress n.d.; Arkin 2005, pp. 545; GlobalSecurity (.org) 4/27/2005) All of NORAD is participating in Vigilant Guardian on 9/11. (Scott 6/3/2002)
Exercise Includes Simulated Hijacking – Vanity Fair reports that the “day’s exercise” (presumably Vigilant Guardian) is “designed to run a range of scenarios, including a ‘traditional’ simulated hijack in which politically motivated perpetrators commandeer an aircraft, land on a Cuba–like island, and seek asylum.” (Bronner 8/1/2006) However, at NEADS, most of the dozen or so staff on the operations floor have no idea what the exercise is going to entail and are ready for anything. (Cooper 8/5/2004)
NORAD Fully Staffed and Alert – NORAD is currently running a real–world operation named Operation Northern Vigilance (see September 9, 2001). It may also be conducting a field training exercise calling Amalgam Warrior on this morning (see 9:28 a.m. September 11, 2001). NORAD is thus fully staffed and alert, and senior officers are manning stations throughout the US. The entire chain of command will be in place and ready when the first hijacking is reported. An article later says, “In retrospect, the exercise would prove to be a serendipitous enabler of a rapid military response to terrorist attacks on September 11.” (Scott 6/3/2002; Kelly 12/5/2003) Colonel Robert Marr, in charge of NEADS, will say: “We had the fighters with a little more gas on board. A few more weapons on board.” (ABC News 9/11/2002) However, Deskins and other NORAD officials later are initially confused about whether the 9/11 attacks are real or part of the exercise (see (8:38 a.m.–8:43 a.m.) September 11, 2001)....
A spontaneous training exercise is held in the White House Situation Room, based on the scenario of a terrorist bombing in Yemen.
Complete 911 Timeline.” History Commons. Retrieved on March 24, 2013.

On the other hand, God may be conveying a message. No amount of human effort and planning can delay God’s judgment:

Many and divers are the setbacks and reverses which this nation [the United States], extolled so highly by ʿAbduʾl-Bahá, and occupying at present so unique a position among its fellow nations, must, alas, suffer. The road leading to its destiny is long, thorny and tortuous. The impact of various forces upon the structure and polity of that nation will be tremendous. Tribulations, on a scale unprecedented in its history, and calculated to purge its institutions, to purify the hearts of its people, to fuse its constituent elements, and to weld it into one entity with its sister nations in both hemispheres, are inevitable.
Shoghi Effendi, Citadel of Faith. Page 36-37.

Some have argued that the long delay in capturing Osama bin Laden (ʾUsāmah bin Lādin) was evidence of a conspiracy, but the opposite was likely true. Intelligence operatives are professionals. If they studied how his mind worked, taking him out prematurely could be counterproductive. Any replacement might be a dangerously unknown quantity. As Osama’s moves were accurately anticipated, he became a lame-duck terrorist. He was captured psychologically, while his financial sources were disrupted, long before he was killed. The terrorist was himself terrorized and isolated, as his friends and associates were executed.

Indeed, Osama, I would surmise, could have been confronted at almost anytime. Adding to his weakness, he presumably knew, from his own intelligence network, that he was a marked man and being tracked, as well. However, only when he was no longer deemed to be playing a central planning role for al-Qaeda, was arresting or, as it turned out, assassinating him in the best interests of U.S. and NATO forces:

Slain Al Qaeda leader Osama bin Laden was killed by a bullet to the brain before Navy SEALs had even entered his bedroom in a Pakistan compound, a new book reveals.
Christina Boyle, “Osama bin Laden was Killed by Bullet to the Brain before SEALs Arrived: Book.” New York Daily News (newspaper). August 29, 2012. Retrieved on October 4, 2012.

As I see it, the principal reason why no massive terrorist attacks have taken place, in the U.S., since 9/11 is that American-based terrorist cells have been heavily infiltrated by the FBI. Human resources, however, are always limited. Only a finite number of agents can be assigned to particular tasks. Nevertheless, there is no need to penetrate every cell or to arrest everyone. Potential terrorists have presumably become paranoid and conspiratorial over whether someone working with them is an agent or a “sock puppet.” Not knowing whom to trust, they turn against each other. Based upon the record, this U.S. psychological operation (psyop) has performed brilliantly.

sock puppet
noun a simple hand puppet made from a sock
■ a person whose actions are controlled by another: a brainless sock puppet who only knows what to say because his handlers feed him his lines.
■ a false online identity, typically created by a person or group in order to promote their own opinions or views: both sides in the debate use sock puppets to make it seem as if scores of people are arguing a point.
Oxford Dictionary of English. Third edition. Edited by Angus Stevenson. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. 2012.
Main Entry: sock puppet
Function: noun
Date: 1953
1: a hand puppet made with a sock
2: a false online identity used for deceptive purposes
Merriam-Webster Dictionary. Chicago, IL: Merriam-Webster, Inc. Online edition (no date). Retrieved on March 30, 2013.

If, in fact, a massive 9/11 conspiracy transpired, why has no one, in all the years since 2001, blown the whistle? In order to accomplish a conspiracy of this sort, hundreds even thousands of people would need to be involved. Bluntly, no one could possibly expect to keep that many people quiet about such an egregious violation of civil rights and common American values. Sooner or later, a friend will tell a friend or, on the other hand, someone would get drunk and spill the beans. In other words, there is, it seems to me, an inverse relationship between the number of people involved and the plausibility of a long-term conspiracy.

Even in the wake of the killing of Osama bin Laden, one or more of the Navy SEALs, who have been sworn to secrecy, subsequently discussed the details of the operation. They are human beings:

SEAL Team 6 operators are now in “serious lockdown” when it comes to “talking to anybody” about the bin Laden raid and say they have been frustrated to see what they consider to be the inaccurate story in Esquire receive considerable play without a response....
What actually happened the night of the raid, according to the SEAL Team 6 operator who I interviewed, is that the “point man” ran up the stairs to the top floor and shot bin Laden in the head when he saw what looked like bin Laden poking his head out of his bedroom door. The shot gravely wounded al Qaeda’s leader.
Peter Bergen, “Who Really Killed bin Laden?CNN. March 27, 2013. Retrieved on April 10, 2013.

Some commentators have pointed to alleged correlations between certain terrorist attacks and drills, including around 9/11, 7/7 (July 7, 2005) in London, and the Boston Marathon (April 15, 2013). These associations, they concluded, indicated false-flag attacks. Even excluding coincidence, two more reasonable proposals would be: that terrorists took advantage of the drill to confuse officials or, conversely, that officials had nonspecific intelligence or “tips” concerning the possibility of a terrorist attack. If the data were too vague to inform the public, the logical response was to take precautions. Revealing failures might compromise intelligence-gethering methods.

Many people, alternately, are quite intuitive. Clearly, if a particular government wished to impose Draconian measures on its citizens, “false-flag” events would be unnecessary. Officials would simply enact the regulations:

9/11 and the July 7, 2005 bombings in London “have smoking guns proving that the mass murderers were not foreign terrorists but domestic tyrants,” May writes. The “smoking guns,” he says, are the terror exercises that simulated the attacks that actually occurred.
While the terrorism/security drills created the “contrarian scenario” framework within which the real terror attacks occurred, it does not necessarily follow that the agency running the exercise is the actual terrorist. The true culprit is much more likely to be a foreign agency, who is covertly, but intimately aware of the planning of the exercise. By having access to the critical computer networks involved in the exercise this outside agency has the ability to hijack the drill and make it “go live.”
Christopher Bollyn, “Chapter IV – The Terror Drills That Became Real: 9-11, the London Bombings & the Sinking of Estonia.” Christopher Bollyn: Journaliste Sans Frontières. 2013. Retrieved on April 17, 2013.
BREAKING NEWS: Police will have controlled explosion on 600 block on Boylston Street.
Officials: There will be a controlled explosion opposite the library within one minute as part of bomb squad activities.
The Boston Globe shortly before the Boston Marathon incident, Twitter. April 15, 2013. Retrieved on April 17, 2013.

Discernment, though important, is not difficult. I watch for key words: Illuminati, conspiracy, cabal, new world order and one world government (as pejoratives), restoring our freedoms, secret societies (including the Freemasons), Bilderberg Meetings, Reptilian (or Reptoid) hybrids, Anunnakis (as a race of intermediate angels), bloodlines, mind control, brainwashing, zombies, hypnotized, slaves, Nazis, hollow earth, personal sovereignty, chemtrails, Ponzi scheme (including the Federal Reserve System), FEMA prison camps, psychopaths (or sociopaths), wake up, HAARP, forbidden knowledge, free energy, channeling, white hats, and others.

Conspiracy theories, which proliferated in Nazi Germany, are frequently disguised forms of populist bigotry or, perhaps, anti-multicultural “fascism.” Many supposedly “awake” people have done some very nasty things in the name of enlightenment or gnōsis. Nevertheless, while observing the sometimes mutually antagonistic promoters of this newfangled gnōsticism, with their interests in uncovering secret knowledge, I can usually tell, through their frequent pauses and stammers, that, even if unwittingly, they are reading from similar scripts while improvising on the fly.

You should not be afraid any one can affect your mind. Even when we want to catch the thoughts of those we love most we cannot do so, how much less can other people succeed in penetrating our minds.
From a letter, dated January 18, 1951, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1770.
... he [Shoghi Effendi] feels that the methods you are pursuing in regard to receiving inspired written messages, and your way of approaching your painting are really psychic, and that you should give them up for your own good. Some of Baháʾuʾlláh’s and ʿAbduʾl-Bahá’s Tablets are so poorly translated that it is almost impossible to grasp the true meaning, and one is misled into thinking that by getting into a practically psychic state the Holy Spirit will guide one. This is not what is meant: the world’s greatest writers and painters have not been under psychic influence, but through innate ability, practice and study, have given us their masterpieces; this is the normal way for inspiration to reach us, through the channels of our own abilities, and not through control by forces which the Master [ʿAbduʾl-Bahá] warned us against and which we do not understand, and which – as you yourself know – are neither consistent nor reliable.
From a letter, dated February 24, 1947, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1754.

The world has become dangerous and precarious, including the global economic system. People in positions of political responsibility are taking reasonable precautions. Since politicians are paid to worry about worst-case scenarios, the average citizen does not need to dwell on them. For instance, the meme of FEMA prison camp, while debunked, continues seemingly unabated. On the other hand, anarchy is never pleasant, and FEMA, with its local partners, has fortunately addressed some of the concerns raised after its admitted mishandling of Hurricane Katrina (2005) on the Mississippi Gulf Coast:

The most important information about the emergency plan that citizens should know is
  1. identification of the hazards to which they are vulnerable.
  2. details on what they should do in an emergency.
  3. the persons to contact for details about the plan.
  4. a list of nearby evacuation centers.
  5. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), The Emergency Program Manager: Independent Study Course.
They have already built the FEMA prison camps, with one-bid contracts to KBR [an engineering and construction company] granted in 1999 and 2006. KBR has last week put out an ad for subcontractors to provide catering, portapotties, laundry etc. for these prisons. In 2009 they had help wanted ads for guards.
There is a list of prison locations floating out there, but I checked them all and most of them are state or federal prisons. I am not sure these camps are going to be shown on Google Earth.
Zombie Apocalypse Poll. December 22, 2011. Retrieved on June 11, 2012.

Demireality or disunity, while “evil,” is not a conspiracy. However, focusing on demireality (disunity) and duality (diversity) to the exclusion of copresence (unity) can easily feed a conspiracy theoretical mindset. Carried to an extreme, governmental and bureaucratic paranoia can result in a neo-fascistic deification of the state:

The chief idols in the desecrated temple of mankind are none other than the triple gods of Nationalism, Racialism and Communism, at whose altars governments and peoples, whether democratic or totalitarian, at peace or at war, of the East or of the West, Christian or Islamic, are, in various forms and in different degrees, now worshiping. Their high priests are the politicians and the worldly-wise, the so-called sages of the age; their sacrifice, the flesh and blood of the slaughtered multitudes; their incantations outworn shibboleths and insidious and irreverent formulas; their incense, the smoke of anguish that ascends from the lacerated hearts of the bereaved, the maimed, and the homeless.
The theories and policies, so unsound, so pernicious, which deify the state and exalt the nation above mankind, which seek to subordinate the sister races of the world to one single race, which discriminate between the black and the white, and which tolerate the dominance of one privileged class over all others-these are the dark, the false, and crooked doctrines for which any man or people who believes in them, or acts upon them, must, sooner or later, incur the wrath and chastisement of God.
Shoghi Effendi, The Promised Day is Come. Pages 113-114.

Additionally, Confessions of an Economic Hit Man, by John Perkins (born, 1945), has an intriguing, even a seductive, title. The premise, however, that “a few wealthy families” control Earth’s natural resources, is commonly found in many of the sources I have reviewed. Perkins, like some other conspiracists, has also written occult books, including, The World Is As You Dream It: Teachings from the Amazon and Andes (1994), Shapeshifting: Shamanic Techniques for Global and Personal Transformation (1997), and Psychonavigation: Techniques for Travel Beyond Time (1999).

Economic hit men (EHMs) are highly-paid professionals who cheat countries around the globe out of trillions of dollars. They funnel money from the World Bank, the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), and other foreign “aid” organizations into the coffers of huge corporations and the pockets of a few wealthy families who control the planet’s natural resources. Their tools included fraudulent financial reports, rigged elections, payoffs, extortion, sex, and murder. They play a game as old as empire, but one that has taken on new and terrifying dimensions during this time of globalization.
I should know; I was an EMH.
John Perkins, Confessions of an Economic Hit Man. San Francisco, CA: Berrett-Koehler Publishers, Inc. 2004. Page ii.
Critical Thinking

Sadly, air rushes in to fill a vacuum of information. Certain writers refer to a clandestine space colonization program. Public NASA exploration activities are, they argue, merely a cover. Others suggest that a shadow government (cryptocracy) engages in galactic warfare and conducts black military operations with some species and against others. Objectively, many of these reports are speculative, logically fallacious according to the basic rules of critical thinking, or mutually contradictory. I must admit that, while I find some of the ideas to be fascinating, I remain largely skeptical and unpersuaded.

Anyone who is even reasonably familiar with the rules governing good critical thinking will, I imagine, immediately recognize the constant flow of logical fallacies streaming out of the conspiratorial esoteric literature on the far right. For instance, despite claims for the existence of secret governments, no hard data are ever provided. What’s more, without divine guidance, most religious and moral conceptions will be cluttered with nonsense and misunderstandings. The logical fallacy of interrogation, which is seen in the following quotation, demands information without sufficient prior evidence for its existence.

When someone presents a conspiracy theory, it is usually, like a newspaper horoscope, too vague to be challenged. For instance, which society is being discussed? Who are the conspirators? What are their names, their specific actions, and the methods they use control particular people? Is everyone controlled, or only certain types of individuals? Who are they? What is the evidence for a relationship between the behavior of those specific people and the controlling actions of other specific individuals? To illustrate, according to self-described metaphysician Stuart Wilde:

The Bilderbergers are named after a hotel where the first meeting was held. The society was formed by the Nazi, Prince Bernard of Lippe-Biesterfelf of the Netherlands.
Many prominent Zionist are members of it. Why would they join a Nazi fascist society, a political ideal that tried to rub them out, unless they were into the same dark power? Interesting eh?
Politics is a form of black magic, because the members of a body politic attempt to milk and control citizens under invocations and spells they call laws. Laws are incantations to the black gods of pain and restriction.
So the Zionist that control America’s Congress through bribery and donations are in the league with the fascists, who are also racist supremacists that lust for control, and they are all linked to the black magicians with their blood rites, and their covens, and sex magic, and they are with the satanic pedophile priests in the Vatican.
Stuart Wilde, “Secret Societies and the Black Arts.” Stuart Wilde: The Official Author Website. June 26, 2012. Retrieved on June 29, 2012.

Many Illuminati believers, perhaps unintentionally for the most part, commit the logical fallacy of ad hominen (Latin for “to the man,” attacking the individual rather than the argument). In this case, instead of engaging, rationally, with a set of arguments, they comedically accuse President Barack Obama of turning the United States over to the United Nations and, in collaboration with environmentalists, forcing rural residents to relocate into urban areas. Of course, the deadline given (April, 2011) has already elapsed:

In what a new Kremlin report is calling one of the most “astounding” capitulations in World history, President Obama and the United States Congress, while using the current Global economic crisis as “cover,” have given over control of nearly their entire country to the United Nations by passing in near secrecy the most massive law in United States history this past fortnight called the “Omnibus Public Land Management Act of 2009.” ...
The radical US environmental group known as The Wilderness Society ... have long advocated that all Americans be forced out of their rural homes and into vast urban zones ....
These Kremlin reports, however, point out that this massive new law authorizes President Obama to “evacuate” all American citizens from what are being called United Nations Biosphere Reserves and Corridors by “no later than” April, 2011, and which in effect will nearly totally depopulate the United States rural areas forcing tens of millions of Americans into vast urban zones where they can be better controlled and watched over by their police authorities.
Obama Gets New Law to Force All Americans into Cities. March 29, 2009. Retrieved on June 20, 2012.

Furthermore, environmentalism is mainstream science, not a lunatic fringe. To the contrary, the extremists are those who oppose environmental protection. There is nothing “radical” about The Wilderness Society:

The Wilderness Society’s mission is to protect wilderness and inspire Americans to care for our wild places. We contribute to better protection, stewardship and restoration of our public lands, preserving our rich natural legacy for current and future generations.
About Us.” The Wilderness Society. Retrieved on November 2, 2012.

Even sustainable development, a reasonable approach to environmental protection document outlined within the Agenda 21 document, has been opposed. In my experience, most people who attack it, as a plot to take away personal liberties, have never read it. Conspiracy theories have, once again, proliferated. On May 11, 2012, a bill opposing Agenda 21 was passed, 76 to 41, in my own adopted state of Kansas:

A resolution opposing and exposing the radical nature of United Nations Agenda 21 and its destructiveness to the principles of the founding documents of the United States of America.
Whereas, The United Nations Agenda 21 is a comprehensive plan of environmental extremism, social engineering and global political control that was initiated at the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development held in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in 1992 ....
Whereas, According to the United Nations Agenda 21 policy, social justice is described as the right and opportunity of all people to benefit equally from the resources afforded us by society and the environment, which would be accomplished by redistribution of wealth:
Now, therefore,
Be it resolved by the House of Representatives of the State of Kansas: That we recognize the destructive and insidious nature of United Nations Agenda 21 and hereby expose to public policy makers the dangerous intent of the plan ....
House Resolution No. 6032 (Kansas State Legislature). Committee on Federal and State Affairs. Session of 2012. Retrieved on September 29, 2012.

Conspiracy theories present simple, one-dimensional explanations of complex, multi-dimensional human activities. They collapse a universe of causes into a series of holistic two-plus-two equations. These theories, which should be distinguished from isolated conspiracies, may be simple, but they are rarely accurate. Here is a question which could be addressed to a conspiracy theorist: “Let us suppose, for the sake of argument, that you supported the creation of a world government and favored tighter gun-control regulations. In those cases, would you still regard them as conspiracies? That is to say, do you accept any conspiracies which you like?”

Unfortunately, falling into conspiracy theorizing can be quite easy. Conspiracies are seductive. For instance, spy novels, crime novels, motion-picture thrillers, and television soap operas have all been highly popular entertainment genres. Many of these productions generate considerable revenue. Conspiracy theories present similar stories in a three-dimensional form. The popularity of these legends among huge numbers of people online, many of whom cannot even string words together into a grammatical sentence, is evidence that a great deal of intelligence or education is not required to understand the Illuminati conspiracy.

These conspiracy theories begin with conspiracies rather than an open, but skeptical, mind. They are more deductive, based upon “connecting the dots” using medieval-like first principles, than inductive. Rationalism or logic is not empiricism or observation. Legitimate claims for a conspiracy, such as corporate collusion, need to be primarily inductive. Similarly, there is a difference between asking conspiratorial questions and asking scientific, empirical ones. The next two passage illustrate, through insufficient evidence, the problems with explanations which are not supported by clear empirical evidence and with the fallacy of hasty generalization:

ETs/EDs [Extraterrestrials/Extradimensionals] have assessed the Middle East situation .... Israel has 280 specially modified F-15s , each already loaded with a precision guided bunker buster bomb. The ETs/EDs are aware of this.... It appears the Israelis will strike straight for Iran, bypassing Syria.
John Kettler, “ETs/EDs Warn Israel (& U.S.) NOT To Attack Iran!John Kettler Investigates. Blog. March 22, 2012. Retrieved on March 25, 2012.
The Sumerians, so much earlier than the Greeks or Romans, knew, however, of the complete makeup of the Solar System, a family they said of twelve members: Sun and Moon; Mercury, Venus, EARTH, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto (we are using the modern names); and a tenth planet, Nibiru, the planet that was the abode of Anu, the “king” or “lord” of all the Anunnaki “gods.”
Zecharia Sitchin, Divine Encounters: A Guide to Visions, Angels, and Other Emissaries. New York: Avon (HarperCollins Publishers). 1996. Page 65.

This next creative concoction, partially based on Sitchin’s work, would, if it were to be true, certainly reflect an extremely pessimistic and, indeed, horrific characterization of the flawed human condition:

Mankind was specifically created to mine gold for God. Mankind was almost wiped out when the mining was finished by use of “the flood.” But you were spared. In gratitude, mankind continued to pay tribute to God, and the subordinate “lesser gods,” through offerings of gold. It is the thing they value.... The government leaders are putting together an incredibly large gold tribute to protect themselves. The poor, with no gold to give, will be a giant human sacrifice, sent off to labor for the lesser gods. The is why human sacrifice was so common in the ancient world. The lesser gods took the souls of the sacrificed to be their eternal laborers.
Why do you think the price of gold has suddenly skyrocketed? So that only the most wealthy and powerful can afford it. So only they will be able to give proper tribute to God.... For the moment, money is still exchanged for gold. So for the moment, money is still an acceptable tribute. But the elite and powerful are quickly collapsing the world’s currencies to make your money worthless preventing your ability to give tribute – to force you into human sacrifice. Why are you surprised? They’ve been doing it throughout history. Through monetized debt, they’ve already made you wage-slaves. And it’s always the poor that are sent off to war. To make human sacrifices, and to become human sacrifices. Have you not realized that your leaders have been making human sacrifices all along? Now you know.
Ra-El (or RayEl), “Lord RayEl: Gold – Human Sacrifice – Slavery.” YouTube. July 9, 2011. Retrieved on May 22, 2012.

Indeed, the far-fetched, superstitious assumption lurking behind the popular terror of angelic Illuminati coconspirators, like other alleged magical leagues of Illuminati, is that evil beings wield considerable, even godlike, power. Through a functional atheism, faith in God and the fear of God are trumped by a paranoia regarding His servants. Fortunately, the concept of Śāṭan and his demons is a parable, not literal. It refers to our shared lower or animalistic nature rather than to a set of powerful beings. No demons or bad angels are visiting us whether from other planets or the world to come.

According to both ʿAbduʾl-Bahá and Shoghi Effendi, the influence of evil, but not evil souls, is evident in both this world and the next:

One of the Baháʾí pilgrims from the West who asked ʿAbduʾl-Bahá about the power exercised by evil souls who had passed to the next world, recorded His answer as “There is no power exercised over the people by those evil souls that have passed away. Good is stronger than evil and even when alive they had very little power. How much less have they after they are dead....”
Also, in a letter to an individual believer, written on behalf of the Guardian on 18th January 1951, it is stated: “You should not be afraid any one can affect your mind. Even when we want to catch thethoughts of those we love most we cannot do so, how much less can other people succeed in penetrating your minds.”
From a letter, dated August 30, 1984, written on behalf of the Universal House of Justice to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1735.

All of us, wherever we may be ranked in systems of social stratification or inequality, have family or close friends. Not many people, no matter their levels of spiritual imperfection, could ever find enough collaborators who would intentionally plot with others in order to harm themselves and their loved ones. Social stability, not instability, is almost always expedient. Therefore, the ever-widening circles of corruption, greed, and lying among corporate and political leaders, however oppressive and megalomaniacal, is not a global conspiracy:

The steady and alarming deterioration in the standard of morality as exemplified by the appalling increase of crime, by political corruption in ever widening and ever higher circles, by the loosening of the sacred ties of marriage, by the inordinate craving for pleasure and diversion, and by the marked and progressive slackening of parental control, is no doubt the most arresting and distressing aspect of the decline that has set in, and can be clearly perceived, in the fortunes of the entire nation [United States].
Shoghi Effendi, Citadel of Faith. Page 124.

Further, as counseled by ʿAbduʾl-Bahá:

If you seek immunity from the sway of the forces of the contingent world, hang the “Most Great Name” [Bahá, Glory or Splendor] in your dwelling, wear the ring of the “Most Great Name” on your finger, place the picture of ʿAbduʾl-Bahá in your home and always recite the prayers that I have written. Then you will behold the marvellous effect they produce. Those so-called forces will prove but illusions and will be wiped out and exterminated.
ʿAbduʾl-Bahá quoted in a letter, dated August 30, 1984, written on behalf of the Universal House of Justice to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1769.

To put it another way, from a God’s-eye viewpoint, evil, while evident in both this world and the next, is the absence of spiritual perfection or the lack of faith-based attributes. There is no Illuminati. There are only the angels of the divine Kingdom and the inhabitants of the Supreme Concourse. All that exists are the unities and their wonderful attributes. Spiritually confirmed souls are heavenly angels or inhabitants of the divine Kingdom. On the other hand, imperfect humans are demons or jinn (al-ǧinn, the hidden ones). Their spiritual powers, or magnificent qualities, remain hidden and latent.

The epitome of this discourse is that it is possible that one thing in relation to another may be evil, and at the same time within the limits of its proper being it may not be evil. Then it is proved that there is no evil in existence; all that God created He created good. This evil is nothingness; so death is the absence of life. When man no longer receives life, he dies. Darkness is the absence of light: when there is no light, there is darkness. Light is an existing thing, but darkness is nonexistent. Wealth is an existing thing, but poverty is nonexisting.
ʿAbduʾl-Bahá, Some Answered Questions. Page 264.
In regard to your question concerning evil spirits and their influence upon souls, Shoghi Effendi wishes me to inform you that what is generally called evil spirit is a purely imaginary creation and has no reality whatever. But as to evil, there is no doubt that it exerts a very strong influence both in this world and in the next. ʿAbduʾl-Bahá in the “Some Answered Questions“ gives us a thorough and true analysis of the problem of evil. You should preferably refer to that book for further explanation on that point.
From a letter, dated November 1, 1934, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1772.
Regarding your question as to the meaning of Jin or Genii referred to in the Qurʾán, these are not beings or creatures that are actually living, but are symbolic references to the power of men of evil and may be likened to evil spirits. But the point to bear in mind is that these have no positive existence of any kind.
From a letter, dated June 26, 1936, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1667.

One of the chief problems with this countercultural bogeyman, a totalitarian new world order, is that far too much credit is given to other mortal creatures. God Himself is dethroned, usurped by a reified or hypostatized class of elites, and His absolute Sovereighty is denied. Instead of divine Unity (Tawḥīd, Unifying or Unification), partners (širk, sharing) are assigned to God. As a result, the forces of darkness become an independent power. To the contrary, Baháʾuʾlláh, the Supreme Manifestation of God, governs the kingdoms of existence, not someone’s fanciful Illuminati.

There is no universal “elite.” In a sense, each field has its own elites or people with high prestige. Moreover, neither elitism nor populism (or the new elitism of the supposedly “awakened” masses), both of which commit the fallacy of appealing to authority, are salutary or helpful prescriptions for the ills of present-day humanity. Both populism and elitism should, in my view, be replaced by servitude and obedience to God’s Will. No one, whether high or low, can successfully diagnose and treat the social problems of this Age. The only lasting remedy is the surrender of our wills to dear Baháʾuʾlláh, the Divine Physician. He holds within his hand the destinies of all beings and things:

If I call upon Thee by Thy Name, the All-Possessing, I am compelled to recognize that He Who holdeth in His hand the immediate destinies of all created things is but a vassal dependent upon Thee, and is the creation of but a word proceeding from Thy mouth.
Baháʾuʾlláh, Prayers and Meditations. Page 123.
Appeal to Authority: Saying that an argument is valid simply because someone else has said so.
Mark A. Foster, The Sociological Thinking Map. 2000.

When time passes, old elites are replaced by new ones. In the long run, however, these particular events are relatively inconsequential. In my opinion, the lighthouse, guiding us to an understanding of unfolding human affairs, is the Universal House of Justice – its Covenantal authority, guidance, rulings, and wisdom – not an imaginary Illuminati or cabal. An evil person might successfully elude law enforcement agencies, but no one can hide from the divine Essence, His Prophets, and, today, His Universal House of Justice. As with communism and corporate capitalism, sooner or later, everyone and everything will be judged.

Fixing the old world order is, ultimately, a waste of time. It, and all who belong to it, will, through God’s grace, be brought down:

Know ye that by “the world” is meant your unawareness of Him Who is your Maker, and your absorption in aught else but Him.
Baháʾuʾlláh, Gleanings from the Writings of Baháʾuʾlláh. Page 276.
“Soon,” Baháʾuʾlláh Himself has prophesied, “will the present-day order be rolled up, and a new one spread out in its stead.” And again: “By Myself! The day is approaching when We will have rolled up the world and all that is therein, and spread out a new Order in its stead.” “The day is approaching when God will have raised up a people who will call to remembrance Our days, who will tell the tale of Our trials, who will demand the restitution of Our rights, from them who, without a tittle of evidence, have treated Us with manifest injustice.”
Shoghi Effendi, The Promised Day is Come. Pages 17-18.

Consequently, the widespread demireality of social disorganization, incompetence, impotence, competing agendas, corruption, and foolishness is confused with a massive conspiracy. In an age when dominant modes of political, religious, journalistic, and other types of authority are no longer widely trusted, some people have “awakened” to a dangerous gnōstic populism of the angry mob. The world order, as observed by Alan Moore, is alarmingly unmoored and adrift. It requires the cosmic envelope of unity, not the demireality of disunity:

The main thing that I learned about conspiracy theory is that conspiracy theorists actually believe in a conspiracy because that is more comforting. The truth of the world is that it is chaotic. The truth is, that it is not the Jewish banking conspiracy or the grey aliens or the 12 foot reptiloids from another dimension that are in control. The truth is more frightening, nobody is in control. The world is rudderless.
Alan Moore (born, 1953). Retrieved on January 17, 2013.
... in meta-Reality ... there are layers of duality within the cosmic envelope or within non-duality and then layers of demi-reality within duality. But they are all distinct concepts.
Roy Bhaskar (with Mervyn Hartwig), The Formation of Critical Realism: A Personal Perspective. New York: Routledge. 2010. Page 99.

Since I trust that the Blessed Beauty, the Greatest Name of God, is more powerful than evil, I do not care, one way or the other, about the validity of most conspiracies. I also do not share the reactionary mindset, common among many libertarian utopians, on losing supposed individual freedoms. Furthermore, because words have no independent meaning, multiple, even contradictory, definitions of freedom are conceivable. Two questions, therefore, someone might ask of a libertarian or a conspiracy theorist are, first, “Freedom from what and to do what?” and, second, “Are you saying that you do not have those freedoms now?”

Personally, I see far too much freedom, and not nearly enough social justice, in the Western world. Real free speech, in my opinion, is speech which frees the poor and the oppressed. Unfortunately, I have observed that many conspiracists who continually obsess and fantasize on their own supposed deficits in freedom are driven by a fear of change, by anger, and, sometimes, by a hatred of ethnic, religious, and other minorities. Divinely revealed moral principles are more important than silly hypotheticals or what ifs. God willing, through prayer and devotional meditation, one can awaken from this horrific, self-destructive nightmare.

ʿAbduʾl-Bahá prayed for all of us:

O God! Refresh and gladden my spirit. Purify my heart. Illumine my powers. I lay all my affairs in Thy hand. Thou art my Guide and my Refuge. I will no longer be sorrowful and grieved; I will be a happy and joyful being. O God! I will no longer be full of anxiety, nor will I let trouble harass me. I will not dwell on the unpleasant things of life.
O God! Thou art more friend to me than I am to myself. I dedicate myself to Thee, O Lord.
ʿAbduʾl-Bahá, Baháʾí Prayers. Page 151.

Here is an illustration from The Allies of Humanity:

With The Allies of Humanity, Marshall Vian Summers is the first spiritual leader of our time to unequivocally declare that the unbidden presence and clandestine actions of our extraterrestrial “visitors” constitute a profound threat to human freedom.
Michael Brownlee (journalist), foreward to Marshall Vian Summers (channel), The Allies of Humanity, Book One: An Urgent Message about the Extraterrestrial Presence in the World Today. Boulder, CO: The Society for The Greater Community Way of Knowledge. 2008. Page xii.
The [extraterrestrial] Collectives do not believe you will resist, and so they are less careful than perhaps they should be in influencing you. They think this project will be time-consuming but easy and that the ultimate goal will be achieved without great difficulty. We [the extraterrrestrial Allies of Humanity] must then speak to those people who are ready and able to respond. There is no other problem or dilemma in your life as critical as this. Anything that you establish on your own behalf for your nation, for your group, for your culture or your religious tradition will be lost in the face of the Intervention. You do not want to be part of a Collective. You must trust us in this regard and consider our words seriously. There is no freedom there. You will become nothing but servants bonded to your new masters.
And though those of you who represent your masters will have certain privileges, you will all be enslaved. And the power then to resist, though it can still be mustered, will have much greater costs and consequences.
Marshall Vian Summers (channel), The Allies of Humanity, Book Two: Human Unity, Freedom & The Hidden Reality of Contact. Boulder, CO: The Society for The Greater Community Way of Knowledge. 2005. No page numbers.

Seeing a reptilian is projecting into a mirror. The true heroes and heroines of this world are the uniters, not, as commonly found in the conspiracy or so-called “truth” movement, the confronters or the dividers. As soon as a fear-based thought about the “evil elites” enters one’s thoughts, my humble suggestion is to immediately remember, in one’s heart, that we are the all, without exception, the creations of God. We manifest the unity of humanity. The same rational faculty is shared alike by all of us. Witness the divine Attributes of dear Baháʾuʾlláh reflected in the powerful and wealthy. Then pray for them.

It is this condition, so sadly morbid, into which society has fallen, that religion seeks to improve and transform. For the core of religious faith is that mystic feeling which unites Man with God. This state of spiritual communion can be brought about and maintained by means of meditation and prayer. And this is the reason why Baháʾuʾlláh has so much stressed the importance of worship. It is not sufficient for a believer merely to accept and observe the teachings. He should, in addition, cultivate the sense of spirituality which he can acquire chiefly by means of prayer. The Baháʾí Faith, like all other Divine Religions, is thus fundamentally mystic in character. Its chief goal is the development of the individual and society, through the acquisition of spiritual virtues and powers. It is the soul of man which has first to be fed. And this spiritual nourishment prayer can best provide. Laws and institutions, as viewed by Baháʾuʾlláh, can become really effective only when our inner spiritual life has been perfected and transformed.
Otherwise religion will degenerate into a mere organization, and become a dead thing.
From a letter, dated December 8, 1935, written by Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí. (Baháʾí News, number 102. August, 1936. Page 3.) Directives from the Guardian. Pages 86-87.

Ram Roy Bhaskar (born, 1944), in his philosophy of metaReality, has discussed the cosmic envelope and copresence. His perspective, in my opinion, is the opposite of libertarianism and other philosophies which emphasize classical liberalism, including individualism, rationalism, and so-called free-market capitalism. Instead, freedom is reinterpreted and reconfigured as universal human rights through a nondual emancipation. The unity of existence, or the great cosmic envelope, includes everyone. The leaders of the world are not an exception.

Its [the philosophy of meta-Reality’s] basic line of argument is that a non-dual world or ultimate zone of being underpins and is co-present in an occluded way in the dual world of alienation and contradiction in which we live, as a condition of its possibility, and that this requires a new philosophy of identity for its exposition. Realism about this world, about transcendence, thus entails the self-transcendence of Critical Realism itself, which is a philosophy of non-identity or duality. Bhaskar calls this non-dual world the cosmic envelope (in which the deepest natures or ground-states of all beings sit and are connected), describing it also as Bohm’s implicate order of pure enfolded being, of pure potentiality, of “Platonic anamnesis,” involving “a level of consciousness beyond thought itself.”
Roy Bhaskar, “The Philosophy of Meta-Reality, Part I: Identity, Spirituality, System. Interview by Mervyn Hartwig.” Abstract (excerpt). Journal of Critical Realism. Alethia 5.1 2002. Retrieved on November 24, 2011.
... meta-Reality underpins reality as its ground or base. You could not do anything at all without possessing the qualities of the ground state.
Roy Bhaskar (with Mervyn Hartwig), The Formation of Critical Realism: A Personal Perspective. New York: Routledge. 2010. Page 177.
... a unity-in-difference ... [is] co-presence ....
Roy Bhaskar, “Unity of Theory and Practice, Interdisciplinarity, and Non-duality.” Abstract (excerpt). Retrieved on January 7, 2012.

Then again, if one focuses one’s anger upon some imaginary superhuman puppeteers who are, to some conspiracists, running the show, one is only hurting oneself. Fortunately, some people, such as Benjamin Creme (born, 1922), the founder of Share International, has a positive perspective on our exalted guests:

Similarly, Benjamin Creme (born, 1922), the founder of Share International, has a positive perspective on our exalted guests:

The space people ... have come to help and save humanity. They have been portrayed, most particularly by the US government, as bestial beings who destroy carcasses and leave them strewn over the plains and deserts of America, who take people up in their spaceships, perform operations on them, embed little chips that keep the people under their control ever afterwards, and send them back down to Earth. All of this is utterly false.
Share International Magazine. January-February, 2010. Retrieved on March 30, 2012.
Historical Sources of the Illuminati Conspiracy

There is, today, no authentic Illuminati. Instead, contemporary Illuminati ufology appears, from my review of the literature, to be based upon six major historical sources. Chronologically, the first of these sources, and the documented inspiration for this durable urban legend, was the short-lived, Freemasonic Bavarian Illuminati. It both began and was dissolved in the late eighteenth century. Although many paranormal enthusiasts have oddly implicated royal families as reptilian elites, the historical fact which may have eluded them is that the Bavarian Illuminati consisted of Enlightenment rationalists. They opposed both royal and religious power.

The roots of United States can, to a significant extent, be traced back to a similar rationalist, secular, and anti-royalist Enlightenment movement. Indeed, the light emanating from the Eye of Providence or the all-seeing eye, which is seen at the top of the U.S. dollar bill’s pyramid, was adopted as a symbol of the rational Enlightenment. The U.S. Constitution, as a classical Enlightmentment document, focuses on reason and the absence of religious domination. Although the founding fathers, some of whom fluctuated between theism and deism, could have quoted from the Bible, they did not do so. The secret conspiracy is imaginary:

The eye [on the reverse of the U.S. dollar bill] purportedly signifies the Illuminati’s ability to infiltrate and watch all things. The shining triangle represents enlightenment.
Gary E. Schwartz, Ph.D. with William L. Simon, The G.O.D. Experiments: How Science Is Discovering God In Everything, Including Us. New York: Atria Books. 2006. Page 156.
... conspiracy theorists – especially those on the religious Right – see them [the symbols in the Great Seal of the United States] as powerful proof that Masonry [Freemasonary] captured the heart of the republic right from the start. Never mind the slogan “IN GOD WE TRUST” written in capitals across the centre of the note, the Masons were – and still are – conspiring to build an atheistic, self-interested state on the ruins of what was once the new promised land.... They [Mason-watchers] claim that the blazing eye is, in fact, a secret symbol for the Great Architect of the Universe, the “light-filled” deistic divinity or “Supreme Being” in which deistic Freemasons are traditionally supposed to believe. The light emanating from it is nothing less than the light of Masonic knowledge – the original light of “the Enlightenment.”
It’s easy to understand why conservative, eighteenth-century French monarchists would mistrust Freemasons, given that they were supposed to have been responsible for the French Revolution. What’s less clear is why modern Americans would be so suspicious. If Freemasonry was a conspiracy to kick out the British and establish a democracy, it’s hard to see where the problem lies.
  The answer can be found in Freemasonry’s rationalist roots in the Enlightenment and, perhaps, in its status as a potential rival to the church. Right from the start, the Vatican was hostile. Freemasonry’s alleged complicity in the French Revolution, which dethroned a divinely appointed king and promoted a brotherly egalitarianism, was a bad start, and the bourgeois liberalism of the typical Freemason didn’t mix too well with conservative Catholicism. Worse still, the Masonic conception of God as the “Architect of the Universe” smacked of rationalistic deism – anathema to a Catholicism founded on the church’s apostolic authority. Some lodges were even openly atheist.
James McConnachie and Robin Tudge, The Rough Guide to Conspiracy Theories. New York: Penguin Group. 2008. Kindle edition.
U.S. Dollar Back
click to enlarge

The Illuminati conspiracy is pure, unadulterated drivel. First, it is manufactured by hoaxers. Second, it is spread by dupes, especially over the Internet (these days), who cannot distinguish nonsense from history. I can usually, I believe, tell the hoaxers and dupes apart. Although I am hesitant to judge someone’s motivations, I suspect that, as in many social situations, the factors are fairly diverse. Some peope have made a living off of their conspiracy-mongering. Others are just pranking. For instance, myself and a few others once set up a chatroom called, The Amish Conspiracy. Within half an hour, we had many guests convinced of a plot by Amish to take over the world.

Moreover, anyone who accepts this conspiracy or its variants is unreliable. They are not, by definition, trustworthy sources of information. The antidote to conspiratorial thinking is a careful study of history. For instance, the similarity between the words Enlightenment and Illuminati was not accidental. The Bavarian Illuminati were, from their early modern perspective, illumined by the light of reason:

[The] Enlightenment and Freemasonry went together. Confronted with the reign of absolute monarchs, enlightenment with a political agenda to change the foundations of government needed to hide such agendas and to embrace secrecy as a form of organization. The American Revolution marked the beginning of the end of absolute monarchs; many of the leading American Revolutionaries were Freemasons, as well as those from the French Revolution of 1789. The first Anti-Masonic measures were seen in this context, the most prominent case was the prohibition of the Illuminati in Bavaria in 1785. The elaboration of anti-Masonic conspiracy theories followed in the 1790s as a reaction to the French Revolution, notably by the French catholic clergyman Augustin Barruel ... and his British follower John Robinson .... By 1800, the foundations of the anti-Masonic ideology were firmly routed in Europe.
In the United States, Freemasonry had a much better standing. Many of the elite of the American Revolution were Freemasons; the most notable was President Washington. Over the decades, the enlightened spirits of Freemasonry of the 1770s and 1780s had transformed into more practical networks for economic and political power. Although any of the elaborated conspiracy theories about Freemasonry is pure nonsense, the influence of some Freemason lodges in 1820s and 1830s in the United States could raise justified doubt in terms of democratic ideals. This led some people to write and publish anti-Masonic propaganda literature, which in many cases had not only a pro-democratic intent, but also a clear focus on moneymaking. William Morgan was one of those anti-Masonic authors. A former Mason, rumors emerged that he would publish the secrets of the Masons, thereby neglecting his vows of secrecy.
Oliver Benjamin Hemmerle, “Anti-Masonic Party.” Encyclopedia of U.S. Campaigns, Elections, and Electoral Behavior. Kenneth F. Warren, editor. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. 2008. Pages 41-42.
In 1776, a certain Dr. Adam Weishaupt founded a sect within the Freemasons of Germany called the Bavarian Illuminati but who always called themselves the “Perfectiblists,” because they were convinced that through certain gnostic mysteries grounded in radical rationalism (!), humankind was wholly perfectible. This would require the establishment of what they termed a New World Order, in which there would no monarchs or religions or other such relics of superstition as marriage and private property, all of which were to be swept away by all means necessary.
James R. Gaines, For Liberty and Glory: Washington, Lafayette, and Their Revolutions. New York: W.W. Norton & Company. 2007. Page 211.

The second source, which was mentioned in the previous quotation, is the movement started by Abbé Augustin Barruel (1741-1820) and his Scottish disciple, the physicist John Robison (1739-1805):

The ... conspiracy, which I am now about to investigate, is that of the atheistic Illuminatis, which, at my outset, I designated, the conspiracy of the Sophists of Impiety and Anarchy against every religion – natural or revealed; not only against kings, but against every government, against all civil society, even against all property whatsoever....
... I shall develop the history of Illuminism, and make an application ... to the French Revolution.
Abbé Augustin Barruel, Code of the Illuminati. Pages 1-2. Translation slightly modified by Mark A. Foster.
The Order of ILLUMINATI appears as an accessory to Free Masonry. It is in the Lodges of Free Masons that the Minervals are found, and there they are prepared for Illumination. They must have previously obtained the three English degrees.
John Robison, Proofs of a Conspiracy Against All of the Religions and Governments of Europe, Carried on in the Secret Meetings of Free Masons, Illuminati, and Reading Societies, Collected from Good Authorities. Page 63.

In light of the fact that Barruel was a conservative, pro-monarchist French Jesuit priest (the Roman Catholic Society of Jesus) who despised the anti-monarchist Bavarian Illuminati, the subsequent alleged association between the Jesuits and the Illuminati is, to say the least, comical:

The Illuminati consist of the Jesuits and some of the world’s richest families including the Rothschilds, the Rockefellers and the Windsors. While they pay lip service to religion, they worship LUCIFER. Their agents control the world’s media, education, business and politics. These agents may think they are only pursuing success, but success literally means serving the devil. Prisoners of their wealth, the Illuminati prefer hatred and destruction to Love.
Dr. Henry Makow, 7th Fire. Retrieved on December 1, 2012.
Illuminati created and still control Jesuits....
The Jesuits and the Vatican, are the “Illuminati.” The Illuminati is a front group for the Jesuits, so they could takeover the countries they were kicked out of. They are behind or infiltrated “Zionism” or “Communism.” All roads lead to Rome, not the Illuminati, or the Jews.
Different sources, The Illuminati and the Jesuits. Retrieved on April 8, 2013.

The third source is Theosophy and its factions. This Theosophical movement has exerted a major, perhaps even the most important, influence on the development of New Age occultism. In the Illuminati conspiracy, the “Masters” of Madame Helena Petrovna Blavatsky (1831-1891) and the “Hierarchy” of Alice Ann Bailey (1880-1949) are negatively inverted into the evil extraterrestrials.

We call them “Masters” because they are our teachers; and because from them we have derived all the Theosophical truths, however inadequately some of us may have expressed, and others understood, them. They are men of great learning, whom we term Initiates, and still greater holiness of life. They are not ascetics in the ordinary sense, though they certainly remain apart from the turmoil and strife of your western world.
H.P. Blavatsky, The Key to Theosophy: A Clear Exposition in the Form of Question and Answer of the Ethics, Science, and Philosophy for the Study of Which The Theosophical Society has been Founded.
One of the major tasks of the Hierarchy is to seek for and find those who are sensitive to revelation and whose minds are trained so that they can formulate the emerging truths in such a way that they reach the ears of the world thinkers, relatively unchanged.
Alice Bailey, Glamour—A World Problem. Page 143.
Christ and Buddha occupy unique positions within the Hierarchy, and therefore have assumed duties and responsibilities rivaling, and sometimes surpassing those of the three Great Lords. The Buddha serves as a conduit for the Planetary Deity, raying out cosmic and planetary energies to the three Great Lords, who in turn distribute those energies to the seven Ray Lords, whose ashrams adapt the higher energies for use in the human sphere. Christ acts as the Intercessor, communicating to the Planetary Deity humanity’s plea for help. Christ is also responsible for certain aspects of the karma created when, while suspended on the Cross, He agreed to channel both cosmic and solar energies for the sake of humanity.
John P. Johnston, The Ancient Wisdom Series: A Brief Introduction to the Ascended Masters.

Mahu Nahi (real first name, James), who claims to be a angelic being, also refers to the Hierarchy:

The hierarchy, through the purveyance of an evolution/saviorship model of existence, has attempted to guide the development of all entities throughout the Universe of Wholeness.
WingMakers’ Philosophy: Chamber Two.” Wingmakers. Retrieved on June 2, 2012.

Guy Ballard’s (1878-1939) and Edna Ballard’s (1886-1971) Saint Germain Foundation®, commonly known as the I Am Activity, developed through their study of Theosophy. In the writings of this esoterically-minded couple, and in the works of numerous authors whom they influenced, Blavatsky’s “Masters” became the “Ascended Masters”:

We who are privileged to carry this Ascended Master Light to the World, offer all we are and have or ever hope to be or have, in the Service of the Ascended and Cosmic Masters—whom we have been so blest as to know and love.... To know Them is to love Them. To associate with Them is to serve Them. To see Them is to obey Them; for in Their Blessed Presence, all desire on Earth dissolves into the overwhelming impulse to be all that They are.
Godfre Ray King (pen name of Guy Ballard), Ascended Master Light.
Ascended Master. Enlightened spiritual beings who once lived on earth, fulfilled their reason for being and have ascended and reunited with God in the ritual of the ascension. The ascended masters are the true teachers of mankind. They direct the spiritual evolution of all devotees of God and guide them back to their Source....
I AM Presence. The I AM THAT I AM (Exodus 3:13-15); the individualized Presence of God focused for each individual soul. The God-identity of the individual.
Elizabeth Clare Prophet, Glossary of Ascended Master Terminology. Retrieved from on July 5, 2012.
[An] Ascended Master ... [is] a being who has become Self-Realized and serves humanity; a being who has raised his/her vibration to a sustained frequency of light. He/she can come and go at will from the earth plane without the Birth//Death cycle....
The Ascended Masters have worked with mankind throughout the centuries. Most of the time in the past the Ascended Masters have worked in the background. There were some Ascended Masters who have assisted mankind ....
The Ascended Masters: Who They are. Dee Finney, compiler.

However, the existence of these secret or esoteric Masters, advocated by many modern-day gnōstics, is not supported in the Baháʾí Teachings:

As regards the question you asked in your letter about a concealed group of masters in the Himalayas or anywhere else, there is no foundation whatsoever for this in the Baháʾí Writings. We as Baháʾís must not believe in the divine origin of any such things which have not been mentioned in our own Sacred Scriptures by either the Báb, Baháʾuʾlláh or the Master [ʿAbduʾl-Bahá].
There is nothing whatsoever to lead us to believe that there is any foundation or truth in these mystical stories of beings that are “behind the scenes”, so to speak. We must avoid such thoughts and teachings, and try to wean others away from them as we give them the Message.
From a letter, dated May 11, 1954, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1763.
... the “Teachers of Life” [are] inhabiting the snowy ranges of the Himalaya ....
H.P. Blavatsky, The Secret Doctrine: The Synthesis of Science, Religion, and Philosophy. Page 271.

The fourth source of the Illuminati narrative is the infamous antisemitic tract, The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion. It is a plagiarized, hateful forgery which was later adopted within Nazi Germany and or the Third Reich. (Elders, for instance, is a Christian, not a Jewish, designation.) In the populist libertarian (or “liberty”) New Age Movement, references to the Jews have sometimes, but not always, been transformed into extraterrestrials or, more specifically, reptoid (reptilian) aliens. Nonetheless, the fundamentals of the new world order canard have remained intact.

For us there are no checks to limit the range of our activity. Our Super-Government subsists in extra legal conditions which are described in the accepted terminology by the energetic and forcible word – Dictatorship. I am in a position to tell you with a clear conscience that at the proper time we, the lawgivers, shall execute judgement and sentence, we shall slay and we shall spare, we, as head of all our troops, are mounted on the steed of the leader. We rule by force of will, because in our hands are the fragments of a once powerful party, now vanquished by us. And the weapons in our hands are limitless ambitions, burning greediness, merciless vengeance, hatreds and malice.
Pyotr Ivanovich Rachkovsky (?), The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion. 1868. (An offensive antisemitic hoax.)
The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion is one of many titles given to an antisemitic text purporting to describe a plan to achieve global domination by the Jewish people. Following its first public publication in 1903 in the Russian Empire, a series of articles printed in The Times [of London] in 1921 revealed that much ofthe material was directly plagiarized from earlier works of political satire unrelated to Jews....
Some recent editions proclaim that the “Jews” depicted in the Protocols are a cover identity for other conspirators such as the Illuminati, Freemasons, the Priory of Sion, or even, in the opinion of David Icke, “extra-dimensional entities.”
The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion. Origins.

Briefly, when I looked at the calligraphy of “2012” in the Summer Olympics logo, my first thought was of two people shaking hands. Perhaps, however, it is like a Rorschach (inkblot) test. As an illustration of the antisemitic sources of various conspiracies, some conspiracists (listen to an MP3 audio file) saw the logo as a rearrangement of the word, Zion or Sion (Hebrew, Ṣiyyôn), while others, ironically, saw a swastika. Coming from an indigenous Jewish background, as Mōšeh Ahărōn ben Heʿršeʿl, I suppose I find these suggestions to be especially offensive. Needless to say, the graphics were not created by me:

Sion and Swastika
We ... have the 2012 Olympics logo that when rearranged results in the word Zion being New Jerusalem. London is believed to be Zion by Rosicrucian Freemasons who rebuilt it in 1666, and USA is believed to be the New Babylon (*NOTE* this needs confirmation). But they have burnt the tower of Babylon in the 2008 Olympics ceremonies, which could mean that USA might lose its supremacy. Does anybody know what the destruction of the Babel Tower could mean? What happened to Babylon?
The Illuminati Plans for London 2012 Olympics.” Godlike Productions. April 17, 2009. Retrieved on June 5, 2012.
Iran has threatened to boycott the 2012 Olympics in London over the logo for the event, which it claims secretly spells out the word “Zion.” Iranian leaders have called for the logo to be redesigned, and for the designers of the current logo to be “confronted.”
Maayana Miskin, “Iran Threatens Olympics Boycott over ‘Zion’ Logo.” Arutz Sheva: Israel National News (newspaper). March 1, 2011. Retrieved on June 5, 2012.
When I got the first email stating that the logo spelled ZION, I chuckled... when I got the second one, I said “Hmmmm”... maybe I should take a look!! I took a look and sure enough ZION was there!!...
I started getting emails that said there the logo looked like a stylized Swastika!! I dismissed that immediately... but the more time went by, the more I thought about it... So printed out the original logo... cut it up... laid it out in pieces... and guess what... I saw the stylized logo too ....
Olympic Logo: Readers are Seeing either “Zion” or a Stylized Swastika. June 5, 2007. Retrieved on June 23, 2012.

Bear in mind that I am not defending nationalism. I am just giving my take on it. My views, across the board, are universal. Yet, in the modern world of political pragatism, or Realpolitik, leaders of countries act in their own interests, or perceived interests, and, when possible, try to favorably influence leaders in other countries. Unfortunately, many people single out Israel for behaving in precisely the same practical fashion as other nations. Notably, Zionism and Judaism are not synonymous. Not all Zionists are Jews; and not all Jews are Zionists. Nevertheless, singling out Israel might, in my opinion, cross the line from political criticism to antisemitism.

The ultimate source of the problems in the Middle East is, in my humble opinion, nationalism, not a particular country, such as Israel, Egypt, or Syria. While patriotism is pride in the positive attributes of one’s own country, nationalism is an ideology of national dominance or oppression. Nevertheless, the nation of Israel is in a precarious position. Much of its behavior has, when viewed in a historical context, been understandable. Although the nation-state system has become an obsolete construction, Israel should, it seems to me, be judged fairly by the same standards applied to other modern nations.

In 1947, the United Nations adopted a plan for the partition of Palestine into two separate Palestinian and Israeli countries. The Jews in Palestine accepted the United Nations resolution. The Palestinians rejected it. They claimed the entire territory for themselves. In retrospect, their decision may have been unwise, but futuristic predictions often fail miserably. The rest, as we say, is history. Fortunately, the issue has been settled again in 2013. At the request of the Palestinian Authority, the UN recently recognized Palestine again. Hopefully, the issue will now be resolved, by all parties, at some point in the near future.

The fifth source is the hollow-earth mythology. It was partially inspired by Sir Edward Bulwer-Lytton’s fanciful novel:

It was not for some time, and until, by repeated trances, if they are so to be called, my mind became better prepared to interchange ideas with my entertainers, and more fully to comprehend differences of manners and customs, at first too strange to my experience to be seized by my reason, that I was enabled to gather the following details respecting the origin and history of this subterranean population, as portion of one great family race called the Ana.
Sir Edward Bulwer-Lytton, Vril, The Power of the Coming Race. London: George Routledge and Sons. 1886. Page 59.

Subterrestrials, according to some writers, live in cavernous pioneer settlements, intergalactic cities, or cosmic parking lots, particularly beneath the continent of Antarctica. Since I have never taken such a polar expedition myself, I cannot comment. Needless to say, this unusual, perhaps farcical, idea might be a reflection of someone’s creative imagination or even paranoia:

Modern Hollow Earth ideas originated with US Army captain John Cleves Symmes. In 1818 he proposed that large entrances to the Earth’s interior lay at both poles....
Symmes gained many adherents, the most enthusiastic being Jeremiah Reynolds, who almost persuaded US President John Quincy Adams to approve an official expedition, but the project was scrapped by his successor, Andrew Jackson. Reynolds did eventually lead his own voyage, sailing to Antarctica in October 1829 – just months after Symmes’ death – but they were unable to penetrate the ice surrounding the continent.
Mark Pilkington, “Far Out: Going Underground.” The Guardian (newspaper). London, UK. Science pages. June 16, 2005. Retrieved on May 28, 2012.
... [According to Robert Terama, UFOs] are from the bottom of the ocean. They come up from the bottom of the ocean and live underneath the sea....
Robert Terama has physical proof of a micro device made of non earth metal and lasers. He refuses to give it to offcials of the public and is doing his personal study on it. He thinks it’s a heating device to burn ice.
What is a UFO and Where are They From? March 24, 2011. Retrieved on August 4, 2012.
Cryptoterrestrials, like the Grays [Greys] typically encountered in altered states or aboard evident vehicles, tend to have long fingers, pointed chins and large heads. Their complexion, usually pale or ashen, has also been described as olive or even sun-burned. Perhaps most revealingly, their eyes are almost always described as slanted and Asian-like, begging the possibility that, in an abstruse way, they are Asian, perhaps descendants of some lost colony that diverged from the genetic mainstream tens of thousands of years ago. Ever-reclusive, their successors may thrive below-ground or beneath bodies of water.
Mac Tonnies, THE CRYPTOTERRESTRIALS: A Meditation on Indigenous Humanoids and the Aliens Among Us. San Antonio, TX: Anomalist Books. 2011. Kindle edition.

The speculative proposition of subterrestrials has sometimes been taken to ridiculous extremes. Below are unsubstantiated satelite images, of the North and South Poles, which allegedly support these hollow earth theories:

Hollow Earth Hollow Earth
Hollow Earth
Hollow Earth

An MP4 video which focuses upon Admiral Richard Byrd’s purported voyage beneath the earth, while on an unintended detour from the U.S. Navy’s Operation Highjump, is called The Untold UFO War in Antarctica. It can be watched in part 1, part 2, and part 3. Byrd’s diary, obviously pseudepigraphal (falsely ascribed), chronicles his supposed personal experiences during the operation. The repeated allusions to hollow-earth legends and Nazi conspiracy theories expose the text as a sham. After some editing, here is a good summary of these fabrications taken from another writer:

The developments of the Third Reich, in the field of “UFOs,” are known today. However, questions do not diminish with the passing of time. How much did Germans succeed in it? Who helped them? Was their work curtailed after the war [World War II], or did it proceed in other, secretive areas of the globe? How much of the evidence supports the idea that Nazis had contact with extraterrestrial civilizations?...
It appears that, within five years, the Germans carefully created an Antarctic Nazi secret base under the code name “Base 211.” Anyway, the existence of this base is claimed by many independent researchers. Based on eyewitness accounts, beginning in 1939, flights of the research vessel “Swabia,” between Antarctica and Germany, occurred every three months....
... at the end of 1946, the well-known researcher of the Antarctic, American Admiral Richard E. Byrd, received orders to destroy the Antarctic Nazi base in “New Swabia.”
Admiral Richard Evelyn Byrd (1888-1957), The Secret Diary of Admiral Richard Byrd. Alleged record of a journey beneath the North Pole. February 19, 1947. Includes supplementary materials. Retrieved on May 29, 2012.

The following passage includes the majority of the message attributed to “the Master” in the alleged underground world of the Arianni (in other words, Aryani). The quotation will then be followed by two other excerpts from the document:

We have let you enter here because you are of noble character and well-known on the Surface World, Admiral.... [Y]ou are in the domain of the Arianni, the Inner World of the Earth. We shall not long delay your mission, and you will be safely escorted back to the surface and for a distance beyond. But now, Admiral, I shall tell you why you have been summoned here. Our interest rightly begins just after your race exploded the first atomic bombs over Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Japan. It was at that alarming time we sent our flying machines, the “Flugelrads” [German, Flügelrad, wing-wheel, a term for a flying saucer], to your surface world to investigate what your race had done. That is, of course, past history now, my dear Admiral, but I must continue on. You see, we have never interfered before in your race’s wars, and barbarity, but now we must, for you have learned to tamper with a certain power that is not for man, namely, that of atomic energy. Our emissaries have already delivered messages to the powers of your world, and yet they do not heed. Now you have been chosen to be witness here that our world does exist. You see, our Culture and Science is many thousands of years beyond your race, Admiral.
Your race has now reached the point of no return, for there are those among you who would destroy your very world rather than relinquish their power as they know it. In 1945 and afterward, we tried to contact your race, but our efforts were met with hostility, our Flugelrads were fired upon. Yes, even pursued with malice and animosity by your fighter planes. So, now, I say to you, my son, there is a great storm gathering in your world, a black fury that will not spend itself for many years. There will be no answer in your arms, there will be no safety in your science. It may rage on until every flower of your culture is trampled, and all human things are leveled in vast chaos. Your recent war [World War II] was only a prelude of what is yet to come for your race. We here see it more clearly with each hour....
... the dark ages that will come now for your race will cover the Earth like a pall, but I believe that some of your race will live through the storm, beyond that, I cannot say. We see at a great distance a new world stirring from the ruins of your race, seeking its lost and legendary treasures, and they will be here, my son, safe in our keeping. When that time arrives, we shall come forward again to help revive your culture and your race. Perhaps, by then, you will have learned the futility of war and its strife...and after that time, certain of your culture and science will be returned for your race to begin anew. You, my son, are to return to the Surface World with this message.
Admiral Richard Evelyn Byrd (1888-1957), The Secret Diary of Admiral Richard Byrd. Alleged record of a journey beneath the North Pole. February 19, 1947. Includes supplementary materials. Retrieved on May 29, 2012.
Countryside below is more level and normal (if I [Admiral Byrd] may use that word). Ahead we spot what seems to be a city!!!! This is impossible! Aircraft seems light and oddly buoyant. The controls refuse to respond!! My GOD!!! Off our port and star board wings are a strange type of aircraft. They are closing rapidly alongside! They are disc-shaped and have a radiant quality to them. They are close enough now to see the markings on them. It is a type of Swastika!!!
Admiral Richard Evelyn Byrd (1888-1957), The Secret Diary of Admiral Richard Byrd. Alleged record of a journey beneath the North Pole. February 19, 1947. Includes supplementary materials. Retrieved on May 29, 2012.
We [the Arianni] are leaving you now, Admiral, your controls are free. Auf Wiedersehen!!!!
Admiral Richard Evelyn Byrd (1888-1957), The Secret Diary of Admiral Richard Byrd. Alleged record of a journey beneath the North Pole. February 19, 1947. Includes supplementary materials. Retrieved on May 29, 2012.

The conspiracy’s sixth source is the anti-government, demireal libertarian fringe philosophical movement. It has also influenced, to one extent or another, the Christian right. Libertarianism, also called liberty just for libertarians, is fascism. The libertarian movement is sometimes associated with the freeman on the land (sometimes called simply “freeman”) or sovereign citizen movement. According to these folks, laws are nothing more than voluntary or consensual arrangements, like marriage contracts, between governments and their citizens. Therefore, people can, if they like, reject being governed or, for that matter, refuse to pay any taxes.

In our socially fragmented civilization, diagnostic rates for Autism are also, reportedly, on the increase. Specifically within the online Autistic movement, libertarianism, as a path of least resistance, is, based on my own personal observations, rampant and widespread. It is, at the same time, a socially alienating perspective. Autists, like myself, generally struggle with issues of interpersonal interaction and spirituality or empathy. Although unity can be beneficial, ideologies of individualism and libertarianism are spiritually damaging. Thus, the idolatry of personal liberty, or the deification of the self, is, deceptively, the enemy of Autists.

At the heart of the discussion of a strategy of social and economic development ... lies the issue of human rights. The shaping of such a strategy calls for the promotion of human rights to be freed from the grip of the false dichotomies that have for so long held it hostage. Concern that each human being should enjoy the freedom of thought and action conducive to his or her personal growth does not justify devotion to the cult of individualism that so deeply corrupts many areas of contemporary life. Nor does concern to ensure the welfare of society as a whole require a deification of the state as the supposed source of humanity’s well-being. Far otherwise: the history of the present century shows all too clearly that such ideologies and the partisan agendas to which they give rise have been themselves the principal enemies of the interests they purport to serve. Only in a consultative framework made possible by the consciousness of the organic unity of humankind can all aspects of the concern for human rights find legitimate and creative expression.
Universal House of Justice, The Prosperity of Humankind. January 23, 1995. Pages 5-6.
We found new evidence for an inverse link between the autism spectrum and belief in God that was explained by mentalizing, as predicted by cognitive theories of religion ....
... the effect of autism on belief in God remained significant after controlling for religious attendance ..., and disappeared only after controlling for mentalizing. This demonstrates that the effect of autism on belief exists even after removing the considerable overlap between belief in God and religious attendance. Relatedly, the relationship between the autism spectrum and belief cannot be solely a by-product of the more challenging social circumstances of autistic individuals, as identical patterns emerged when autism was measured as a continuous variable in a non-clinical sample of university students sharing similar social circumstances ....
Ara Norenzayan, Will M. Gervais, and Kali H. Trzesniewski, Mentalizing Deficits Constrain Belief in a Personal God. May 30, 2012. Retrieved on August 12, 2012.
The cognitive science of religion is a new field which explains religious belief as emerging from normal cognitive processes such as inferring others’ mental states, agency detection and imposing patterns on noise. This paper investigates the proposal that individual differences in belief will reflect cognitive processing styles, with high functioning autism being an extreme style that will predispose towards nonbelief (atheism and agnosticism). This view waw supported by content analysis of discussion forums about religion on an autism website (covering 192 unique posters), and by a survey that included 61 persons with HFA [high-functioning Autism]. Persons with autistic spectrum disorder were much more likely than those in our neurotypical comparison group to identify as atheist or agnostic, and, if religious, were more likely to construct their own religious belief system. Nonbelief was also higher in those who were attracted to systemizing activities, as measured by the Systemizing Quotient.
Catherine Caldwell-Harris, Caitlin Fox Murphy, and Tessa Velazquez, “Religious Belief Systems of Persons with High Functioning Autism.” Abstract. Cognitive Science Journal Archives. 2011. Retrieved on August 12, 2012.

The reasons for the popularity of libertarianism in U.S. can be partially explained by an examination of the origins of the American republic. The founding fathers were Enlightenment-era rationalists. They rejected the British monarchy and the domination of a single religion, as with an Anglican Communion under the authority of the queen or king. For many Americans, any threat, whether real or imagined, to “freedom” or “liberty,” however conceived, puts them into attack mode. That may partially explain the popularity of the standup comedian Alex Jones, taken seriously by some people, and other pseudo-pundits in certain demographics, sectors, or classes of the American population.

Whether Alex Jones, the professional wrestler of right-wing radio, and similar entertainers actually believe any of the wrong predictions they repeatedly make is an interesting topic for speculation. However, that question is, in my opinion, a distraction. The majority of people who listen to Jones’ broadcasts would not, I suspect, not be educated, informed, or perhaps intelligent enough to even ask that question. Therefore the issue at stake here, as I see it, is not what the lucrative personality Alex Jones, the satirical capitalist globalist attacking globalists, thinks or does not think about one or more issues. The problem is the harmful, even dangerous, effect that he is having on public opinion, societies, and civil discourse.

Libertarianism and quasi-libertarianism are, I would suggest, the opposites of true liberty. This socially atomizing perspective is, to my understanding, a denial of the unity of humanity, as our shared essence, and our universal human nature, the rational faculty. As I see it, libertarianism is the single most dangerous, destabilizing, and culturally disintegrative ideology of the twenty-first century. Any true liberty, in my view, is achieved by forgetting, even denying, one’s personal liberty while serving and loving others. Therefore, attaining to true liberty requires a negation of individualistic liberty.

In fairness to the social philosophy of libertarianism or liberty, however dismoralizing I find it to be, most libertarians would not go quite this far:

Freeman on the land, also known as FMOTL, FOTL, Footle or simply freeman, is a form of pseudolegal woo in various English-speaking countries....
Freemen believe they can declare themselves independent of government jurisdiction using the concept of “lawful rebellion”: that all statute law is contractual and therefore only applicable if an individual consents to it. They assert that what everyone else regards as “the law” doesn’t apply to them as they have not consented to a contract with the state, even going so far as to claim they have a lawful right to refuse arrest if they do not consent.
Freeman on the Land.” RationalWiki. Retrieved on May 30, 2012.
Sovereign citizens are anti-government extremists who believe that even though they physically reside in this country, they are separate or “sovereign” from the United States. As a result, they believe they don’t have to answer to any government authority, including courts, taxing entities, motor vehicle departments, or law enforcement....
... If someone challenges (e.g., a standard traffic stop for false license plates) their ideology, the behavior of these sovereign-citizen extremists quickly can escalate to violence. Since 2000, lone-offender sovereign citizen extremists have killed six law enforcement officers.
The sovereign-citizen threat likely will grow as the nationwide movement is fueled by the Internet, the economic downturn, and seminars held across the country that spread their ideology and show people how they can tap into funds and eliminate debt through fraudulent methods....
The FBI considers sovereign-citizen extremists as comprising a domestic terrorist movement, which, scattered across the United States, has existed for decades, with well-known members, such as Terry Nichols, who helped plan the Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, bombing.... They may refer to themselves as “constitutionalists” or “freemen,” which is not necessarily a connection to a specific group, but, rather, an indication that they are free from government control. They follow their own set of laws. While the philosophies and conspiracy theories can vary from person to person, their core beliefs are the same: The government operates outside of its jurisdiction. Because of this belief, they do not recognize federal, state, or local laws, policies, or regulations.
The Sovereign Citizen Movement.” The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). Retrieved on July 8, 2012.

I am constantly getting attacked, often quite viciously, and I was removed from two discussion forums for my polite, but anti-conspiratorial, postings on the Internet. Yet, this reaction does not bother me. Quite the opposite is true. If the right kind of people are unfortunately getting angry, my words, my verbal activism, must be impacting an intended audience. Using the unintentional libertarian irony of waking up and becoming aware, an oxymoronic euphemism for being a conspiracy theorist, I am happily asleep. All the mindless conspiratorial chatter is much too exhausting to get out of bed.

Thomas Jefferson, the second President of the United States and the founding President of the University of Virginia, regarded an “informed electorate” as indispensable to a democracy. He must be rolling over in his grave:

Awake & Aware 2013: Time Travel & Other Worlds is very likely the first conference of its kind to bring together scientists, researchers, whistleblowers with experience working in above top secret black projects dealing with Time Travel.
We are talking about Jump Rooms to Mars, the Moon as well as underground bases and cities connected by high speed maglev trains where you go from Pine Gap Australia to Los Alamos National Labs in minutes rather than hours. We are talking about a Secret Space program operating under cover of secrecy that is going Interstellar and terraforming other planets....
Traveling to remote corners of the globe, they have revealed secrets previously only known to a select few from secret societies and those with high level security clearances in the secret government.
Project Camelot Presents Awake & Aware 2013: Time Travel & Other Worlds. Retrieved on July 8, 2013.
If the people don’t wake up, America will be turned into a socialized Nazi-like concentration camp. The elite class has totally hijacked America for decades now and is preparing to exterminate hundreds of millions of people all over the world....
It’s everyone’s responsibility to inform each other that America is going to have a 2nd American Revolution soon, and the more people involved in getting back to a small constitutional federal government, the more peaceful it will be for everyone.
New Freedom: Something for Everyone.

World government remains one of the most pressing issues of the twenty-first century. The libertarian patriot and “Christian identity” movements, which often overlap with sovereign citizens or freemen, are also among the mainstays within the old, outmoded paradigm of world disunity. The opposition of many libertarians and others to global government as supposedly unnatural neglects the fact that all modern nations were formed out of clans, tribes, or other nations. Even today, throughout Africa and in other parts of thee world, many tribes resent the fact that their tribe were divided by European colonization. They are more tribalistic than nationalistic.

Conspiracy theories represent the last gasp of a dying system of racial dominance. The conspiracy itself is mostly supported by poor and working class white males. Lacking economic power, white dominance has been the only card in their decks. Not surprisingly, the Christian identity and, now to a lesser extent, the patriot movements have sometimes been associated with white separatism or white supremacy:

The “Patriot Movement” is later defined by founder John Wallace and by the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) as a loose confederation of anti-government organizations, groups, and individuals who believe that the US government is illegally infringing on citizens’ liberties. The “Patriot Movement” is largely comprised of right-wing, separatist, and white supremacist organizations, groups, and individuals.
Profile: The Patriot Movement.” History Commons. June 20, 2012.
... Christian identity (hereafter referred to as Identity) ... [is] a religious doctrine that is a major factor within the ultra right movement in the United States today....
Identity is an ideology that combines religious concepts with elements of racism....
... The advocates of Identity often cite the Bible to support (or legitimize) their antiblack and anti-Semitic beliefs....
Its racism aside, the views of Identity often parallel traditional religious scholarship....
Identity concerns the rise of white Christian nations. It seeks to discover a national as well as a racial identity for white Christians .... Many Identity beliefs are rooted in a 19th Century British movement, British Israelism or Anglo-Israelism. This concept claims that Anglo-Saxons and others are the descendents of the Biblical Israelites and that England is the true Israel....
... Identity contends that because of the Jewish anti-Christian conspiracy, the U.S. Constitution has been illegally and unconstitutionally subverted from its original intent and design....
... Because the states, through either the governors or state legislatures, have failed to control elements (Jews) from subverting the Constitution, it falls to the people to do so.
Christian Identity Movement.” The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). April 28, 1989. Retrieved on July 31, 2012.
Domestic right-wing terrorist groups often adhere to the principles of racial supremacy and embrace antigovernment, antiregulatory beliefs. Generally, extremist right-wing groups engage in activity that is protected by constitutional guarantees of free speech and assembly. Law enforcement becomes involved when the volatile talk of these groups transgresses into unlawful action.
On the national level, formal right-wing hate groups, such as the National Alliance, the World Church of the Creator (WCOTC) and the Aryan Nations, represent a continuing terrorist threat. Although efforts have been made by some extremist groups to reduce openly racist rhetoric in order to appeal to a broader segment of the population and to focus increased attention on antigovernment sentiment, racism-based hatred remains an integral component of these groups’ core orientations.
Right-wing groups continue to represent a serious terrorist threat. Two of the seven planned acts of terrorism prevented in 1999 were potentially large-scale, high-casualty attacks being planned by organized right-wing extremist groups.
Dale L. Watson, “Testimony before the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, Washington, DC.” The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). February 6, 2002. Retrieved on July 31, 2012.

Members of each of the three movements mentioned – freeman on the land or sovereign citizen, patriot, and Christian identity – frequently refer to themselves as radicals. I suppose, although with reluctance, that this term might be accurate. However, they are really subscribers to reactionary, or ultraconservative, forms of social contract theory:

Social contract theory, nearly as old as philosophy itself, is the view that persons’ moral and/or political obligations are dependent upon a contract or agreement among them to form the society in which they live.
Social Contract Theory.” Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy: A Peer-Reviewed Academic Resource. Retrieved on May 30, 2012.
In the political realm, freedom has been a radical idea indeed, the exception. There the rules are different. The State – that is, certain special individuals – may “legitimately” do what you and I can’t do. If you or I kill when our lives are not in mortal danger, it is called murder. When the State does it, it is called war, or counterinsurgency, or capital punishment. If you or I, threatening force, demand money from our neighbors for their protection or to do good works, it is called robbery. When the State does it, it’s called taxation. If you or I impress someone into service against his or her will, it’s called slavery. If the State does it, it’s called conscription or national service.
Sheldon Richman, “Is Freedom a Radical Idea?Foundation for Economic Education. Irvington, NY. October 29, 2010. Retrieved on December 24, 2012.

As in these two t-shirt images, some people connected with these right libertarian movements have even arrogated or usurped the raised fist from the Marxist Left:

Libertarian Fist
Ron Paul Cured My Apathy!
Libertarian Fist
from another libertarian t-shirt

This logo is from the libertarian Revolution Radio:

Revolution Radio

Given the history of far-right Nazism, Fascism, racism, populism, and anti-elitism in the years surrounding World War II, a concern by U.S. government officials is certainly understandable, legitimate, and warranted. Some lessons do not seem to have been well learned. The hypothetical scenario outlined in this paper further illustrates concern, among some individuals, over the issue of right-wing (often white-wing) terrorism:

After almost ten years of race-baiting and immigrant-bashing by right-wing demagogues, nearly one in five Americans reports being vehemently opposed to immigration, legal or illegal, and even U.S.-born nonwhites have become occasional targets for mobs of angry whites.
In May 2016 an extremist militia motivated by the goals of the “tea party” movement takes over the government of Darlington, South Carolina, occupying City Hall, disbanding the city council, and placing the mayor under house arrest. Activists remove the chief of police and either disarm local police and county sheriff departments or discourage them from interfering. In truth, this is hardly necessary. Many law enforcement officials already are sympathetic to the tea party’s agenda, know many of the people involved, and have made clear they will not challenge the takeover. The militia members are organized and have a relatively well thought-out plan of action....
When the leaders of the group hold a press conference to announce their goals, they invoke the Declaration of Independence and argue that the current form of the federal government is not deriving its “just powers from the consent of the governed” but is actually “destructive to these ends.” Therefore, they say, the people can alter or abolish the existing government and replace it with another that, in the words of the Declaration, “shall seem most likely to effect their safety and happiness.” While mainstream politicians and citizens react with alarm, the “tea party” insurrectionists in South Carolina enjoy a groundswell of support from other tea party groups, militias, racist organizations such as the Ku Klux Klan, anti-immigrant associations such as the Minutemen, and other right-wing groups....
The mayor of Darlington calls the governor and his congressman....
The Department of Homeland Security responds to the governor’s request by asking for defense support to civil law enforcement. After the Department of Justice states that the conditions in Darlington and surrounding areas meet the conditions necessary to invoke the Insurrection Act, the President invokes it.
Kevin Benson and Jennifer Weber, “Full Spectrum Operations in the Homeland: A ‘Vision’ of the Future.” Small Wars Journal. July 25, 2012. Retrieved on August 12, 2012.

In fact, the Second Amendment to the U.S. Constitution makes no mention of individual protections against government. If that were the intent of the Second Amendment, the law would have mandated the private acquisition of canons and the formation of fiefdoms. The full text of the Amendment, instead, establishes that the well-regulated militia must support the security of the government. The use of arms, should they be necessary, was a civic duty, not a personal freedom. Since the founding fathers of the U.S. supported a navy, while they opposed a standing army, an ad hoc militia was their alternative.

Although police departments can deputize citizens as needed, the U.S., contrary to the wishes of the founding fathers, has a standing army and a National Guard. Therefore, the provision for a “well regulated Militia” has, in a sense, become irrelevant:

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.
The United States Constitution (Second Amendment). September 17, 1787.

Many American libertarians who support unrestricted, or virtually unrestricted, gun ownership oppose martial law. However, martial law is as constitutional as the Second Amendment:

The Privilege of the Writ of Habeas Corpus shall not be suspended, unless when in Cases of Rebellion or Invasion the public Safety may require it.
The United States Constitution (Article 1, Section 9). September 17, 1787.

Defining the left as collectivistic and the right as individualistic is in my view, a historically flawed construction. The left, particularly the far left, is identified with emancipation for oppressed populations. The right, especially the far right, is conservative. It attempts to conserve the power of the majority. Both the far right and the far left reflect a spectrum of positions. Far-right thinking ranges from right libertarianism to ultranationalism. The focus of right libertarianism has been placed upon recovering certain freedoms, for the majority, which have been stolen by an alleged elite.

Another example of libertarianism is seen in Larken Rose’s essay, “When Should You Shoot A Cop.” For context, and in fairness to the author, I suggest reading the entire article. Still, from my perspective, Rose is, in effect, claiming that anarchy is the only remedy for tyranny. There is, on the other hand, the middle course of representative democracy (a republic). Treason, it seems to me, is an odd remedy for oppression or bullying. If someone in authority behaves badly, one should contact her supervisor or complain to the court system. However, according to Rose:

If a cop decides to treat you like livestock, whether he does it “legally” or not, you will usually have only two options: submit, or kill the cop.
Larken Rose, When Should You Shoot A Cop. June 28, 2011. Retrieved on July 8, 2012.

The Platonic definition of (direct) democracy is, in effect, anarchy or mob rule. Personally, I am unaware of any modern society which has successfully functioned as a pure confederation, or horizontal free association, of human agents. Although, admittedly, many societies with vertical domination have, at times, been far from peaceful, a tranquil anarchy is an oxymoron. Without a legitimate authority structure, criminal gang leaders, fiefdoms, and ad hoc tyrants reign. Fortunately, the Baháʾí model of civic authority and civil responsibility is anchored in entirely different, and non-anarchist, principles.

We see, therefore, that we must do two things—shun politics like the plague, and be obedient to the Government in power in the place where we reside. We cannot start judging how a particular government came into power, and therefore whether we should obey it or not. This would immediately plunge us into politics. We must obey in all cases except where a spiritual principle is involved, such as denying our Faith. For these spiritual principles we must be willing to die.
From a letter, dated December 21, 1948, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1453.

I am not a fan of imposing psychiatric, or clinical psychological, diagnoses on societies. Nevertheless, the celebration of personal liberty might be understood, metaphorically, as The Culture of Narcissism, the title of a bestseller written by historian Christopher Lasch (1932-1994). I found it, by chance, in a White Plains, New York, bookstore immediately after it was published in 1979. If anything, the book’s major thesis, the death of a competitive individualist culture through self-centeredness, is more relevant now in the twenty-first century. According to Lasch, people are becoming increasingly self-involved:

This book ... describes a way of life that is dying—the culture of competitive individualism, which in its decadence has carried the logic of individualism to the extreme of a war of all against all, the pursuit of happiness to the dead end of a narcissistic preoccupation with the self.
Christopher Lasch, The Culture of Narcissism: American Life in an Age of Diminishing Expectations. New York: W.W. Norton & Company. 1979. Page xv.
In a dying culture, narcissism appears to embody—in the guise of personal growth and awareness—the highest attainment of spiritual enlightenment.
Christopher Lasch, The Culture of Narcissism: American Life in an Age of Diminishing Expectations. New York: W.W. Norton & Company. 1979. Page 235.

Return to the table of contents.

IV. Disclosure Movement
... I learned of the concept of “disclosure,” a current movement backed by numerous credible witnesses to bring into public knowledge the suppressed information about the existence of extraterrestrial beings and government interactions with them.
Hui Sun Kim, Bridge to Earth. Chapter 13. Extraterrestrials. 2010. Retrieved on July 17, 2012.
Category Error

In light of the purported, embarrassing events of 1954, official disclosure might be a mistake. The intermediate angels have disclosed through God’s Will. Additional revelations are unnecessary. In my opinion, the real disclosure, or knowledge of angels, is the divine Revelation, or Disclosure, of dear Baháʾuʾlláh and the loving emancipations by angels through the cosmic envelope. The spiritually advanced human intermediate angels, with their advanced celestial technologies, are angels and heavenly servants sent by His Sacred Presence Baháʾuʾlláh, the Greatest Name of God. They are not, God forbid, intruders or so-called aliens. No doubt, they do not wish to be worshipped.

Extreme bureaucratic obsessions with secrecy are, I feel, unfortunate. Yet, if there is any “secrecy” regarding disclosure issues regarding intermediate angels and their spacecraft, it is likely due to our own rejection of the visitors, not to them. Disclosure is, I feel, already occurring through personal angelic servitude, not from politicians and bureaucrats. The timetable has been a angelic, not an earthly, one. Sadly, the popular category error, widely committed by post-World War II ufology and, in particular, its right libertarian, gnōstic disclosure movement, has been to focus upon these souls from a political or military, rather than a spiritual, standpoint.

This is the Day whereon the All-Merciful hath come down in the clouds of knowledge, clothed with manifest sovereignty. He well knoweth the actions of men. He it is Whose glory none can mistake, could ye but comprehend it. The heaven of every religion hath been rent, and the earth of human understanding been cleft asunder, and the angels of God are seen descending. Say: This is the Day of mutual deceit; whither do ye flee? The mountains have passed away, and the heavens have been folded together, and the whole earth is held within His grasp, could ye but understand it. Who is it that can protect you? None, by Him Who is the All-Merciful! None, except God, the Almighty, the All-Glorious, the Beneficent. Every woman that hath had a burden in her womb hath cast her burden. We see men drunken in this Day, the Day in which men and angels have been gathered together.
Baháʾuʾlláh, Gleanings from the Writings of Baháʾuʾlláh. Page 45.
You make a category error when you give something a property which it cannot logically have. “Colors” are properties of objects.... Consider this famous illustration:
Colorless green ideas sleep furiously.
This statement has no meaning because it makes a category error. Ideas can’t be green.
Jonathan C. Smith, Pseudoscience and Extraordinary Claims of the Paranormal: A Critical Thinker’s Toolkit. Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell. 2010. Page 16.

For what it’s worth, I was trained as a social theorist. Social theory, religious studies, family sociology, and history were my areas of Ph.D. specialization in graduate school. Good theory, however, is developed inductively. That is to say, theory is based on observed evidence. The disclosure movement, on the other hand, begins, deductively, with the assumption that secret knowledge, including technologies, are being hidden by a government or shadow government. That position more closely resembles, in the medieval Roman Catholic Church, the Scholastic method of synteresis, or first principles, than the scientific method.

Synderesis, or more correctly synteresis, is a term used by the Scholastic theologians to signify the habitual knowledge of the universal practical principles of moral action. The reasoning process in the field of speculative science presupposes certain fundamental axioms on which all science rests.
Synderesis.” The Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight, editor. 2009. Retrieved on May 5, 2013.

In my view, through competing sects, factions, and gurūs, the disclosure movement, the exopolitics movement, and the truth movement qualify as new religious movements (NRMs):

A religion is a unified system of beliefs and practices relative to sacred things, that is to say, things set apart and forbidden – beliefs and practices which unite into a single moral community ....
Émile Durkheim, The Elementary Forms of the Religious Life. Mineola, NY: Dover Publications, Inc. 2008. Page 224.
Prior to the 1960s, ... new religious movements had generally been called cults, indicative of their sharp departure from the mainline Christian or Jewish denominations. However, in the 1970s a popular movement that developed to oppose the recruitment efforts of some high-demand new religions (including the Unification Church, The Way International, the Divine Light Missions, the International Society for Krishna Consciousness, and the Church of Scientology) gave the term cult a new, more negative connotation. As a result, most social scientists, psychologists, and religious studies scholars now call such movements new religions, a term originally used to discuss the many new groups that emerged in Japan after religious freedom was declared in 1945.
J. Gordon Melton, “Intentional Communities and New Religious Movements.” Encyclopedia of Community: From the Village to the Virtual World. Karen Christensen and David Levinson, editors. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications. 2003.

Personally speaking, however, since my relationship with angels, whether angelic or departed, is prayerful, not fearful, I have little interest in so-called official disclosure. All of the fuss over the issue strikes me as misguided and ill-informed. Simply stated, I worship at the heavenly throne my dear Lord Baháʾuʾlláh, peace be upon Him, not at the altar of public officials, including politicians and bureaucrats. Furthermore, I do not assume that any high-profile politicians and civil-service bureaucrats have much, if anything, of substance to disclose. The corruption of the capitalist world system is obvious. A disclosure is irrelevant

Additionally, outside of the United States and some other nations, many countries have been quite open about their findings, and their research findings and data analysis suggest nothing more than the level of understanding one would ordinarily expect from serious researchers. In other words, there is no smoking gun. Aside from the conspiratorial silliness, I doubt that these folks, by and large, know significantly more about extraterrestials than many reasonably informed readers. Instead of relying upon governments, disclosure can occur as we open our hearts, through spiritual communion, to the bounties and blessings of God.

I must, therefore, admit that I cannot relate to the most of the activities and apparent assumptions of the disclosure movement. If earthly governments clearly understood intermediate angels with their active promotion of nuclear disarmament, environmentalism, and universal human unity since the bombings of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, if not earlier, would the world remain in its perilous state of atomic proliferation, ecological degradation, and social disorganization? The only disclosure necessary is that these majestic angels have been warning both military agencies and emancipees (my term for contactees). Meanwhile, human affairs have continued to deteriorate.

Therefore, many emancipees, it seems to me, know far more about these angels than most government bureaucrats. In any event, information, knowledge, or gnōsis for its own sake is rather useless. If one opposes Agenda 21, as a grand conspiracy, the repeated ecological cautions given by intermediate angels, as in the well-known Ariel School incident (MP4 video 1, MP4 video 2, and MP4 video 3), become rather useless. Nevertheless, some governments, perhaps testing the waters to gauge public reactions in the twenty-first century, have already released their spaceship files:

It is very clear that mankind is being prepared for disclosure. It is no coincidence that more than 20 countries have started partial or full disclosure.
UFO Alien Disclosure: List of Countries that have Fully or Partially Disclosed. December 6, 2011. Retrieved on May 23, 2012.
... there is no reason in the world why the U.S. [UFO] files, the leading nation in the world in this period, should not have been opened up, too [like other nations he named], except special interest groups.
Apollo astronaut Edgar Mitchell (the sixth man to walk on the moon, 1971) on CNN (in the U.S.), The Return of the Gods. Documentary. YouTube. Retrieved on May 23, 2012.
Ridicule is the principal tool used to discredit the subject.... The official agenda is, I have been told on both sides of the Atlantic, is that gradual disclosure has to be the way, and my instinct tells me that disclosure process has begun.... I think there is a conflict situation.
Timothy Good on ABC Television (in the U.S.), The Return of the Gods. Documentary. YouTube. Retrieved on May 23, 2012.

The old world order of demireality or disunity is all around us. It is visible, not hidden. I have no desire to focus on attacking demireality or, for that matter, dismantling the old world order. Instead of a supposed disclosure of the corruptions in that order, the real Disclosure occurs through the unifying Revelation of His Sacred Presence Baháʾuʾlláh. Assisted by divine inspiration, we can reflect on universal reality and on individual human experience in light of that Revelation:

Immerse yourselves in the ocean of My words, that ye may unravel its secrets, and discover all the pearls of wisdom that lie hid in its depths. Take heed that ye do not vacillate in your determination to embrace the truth of this Cause—a Cause through which the potentialities of the might of God have been revealed, and His sovereignty established. With faces beaming with joy, hasten ye unto Him. This is the changeless Faith of God, eternal in the past, eternal in the future. Let him that seeketh, attain it; and as to him that hath refused to seek it—verily, God is Self-Sufficient, above any need of His creatures.
Baháʾuʾlláh, The Kitáb-i-Aqdas. Pages 85-86.

Former U.S. President Jimmy Carter (born, 1924) reported a spaceship (UFO) sighting prior to being elected. He then pledged to release information on the angelic presence once he was in office. There are unsubstantiated allegations that, after he inquired, then CIA Director, and future President, George Herbert Walker Bush (born, 1924) denied the president-elect the necessary clearances. Bush was not reappointed by Carter. According to some writers associated with the disclosure movement, the problem at the time was, I suspect, Carter’s promise to disclose. He was, at least initially, perceived as a security risk.

Carter, as probably everyone in the room knows, saw a UFO prior to becoming Governor of Georgia. In 1976 the National Enquirer interviewed Carter about the incident, and about what he would do about UFOs if elected to the White House.
Carter made a promise to release all the sighting data.
Jimmy Carter started to push for the UFO answer even before he was president. During his president elect briefing given by President Ford’s Director of Central Intelligence George [Herbert Walker] Bush, Carter demanded the files on UFOs.
Carter was a Washington outsider running against the Washington insiders who controlled the UFO secret. He should not have been surprised that they didn’t run to support his UFO disclosure initiative.
Grant Cameron, Glimpses of Disclosure. Retrieved on May 9, 2012.

U.S. President Harry Truman (1884-1972) said:

I can assure you that flying saucers, given that they exist, are not constructed by any power on Earth.
U.S. President Harry S. Truman, White House press conference. April 4, 1950.

One of the more fascinating cases is connected with Roswell, New Mexico (original PDF). The following report was later retracted, and the flying disk was humorously attributed to a weather balloon:

The intelligence office of the 509th Bombardment group at Roswell Army Air Field announced at noon today, that the field has come into possession of a flying saucer.
According to information released by the department, over authority of Maj. J. A. Marcel, intelligence officer, the disk was recovered on a ranch in the Roswell vicinity, after an unidentified rancher had notified Sheriff Geo. Wilcox, here, that he had found the instrument on his premises.
U.S. Air Force Colonel (later four-star General) William H. Blanchard and Lieutenant Walter Haut (public information officer), “RAAF [Roswell Army Air Force Base] Captures Flying Saucer On Ranch in Roswell Region.” Roswell Daily Record (newspaper). July 8, 1947. Retrieved on October 21, 2012.
An examination by the army revealed last night that mysterious objects found on a lonely New Mexico ranch was a harmless high-altitude weather balloon – not a grounded flying disk. Excitement was high until Brig. Gen. Roger M. Ramey, commander of the Eighth air forces [original term for the U.S. Air Force] with headquarters here cleared up the mystery.
General Ramey Says Disk is Weather Balloon.” Roswell Daily Record (newspaper). July 9, 1947. Retrieved on October 21, 2012.

More remarkable is recent information provided by Chase Brandon. Although he worked, undercover, in the Clandestine Service of the Congressional Intelligence Agency (CIA) for 25 years, his last 10 years with the agency were spent as an official “liason” with the entertainment industry. Brandon made international news over the summer of 2012 when he personally confirmed that the well-known 1947 incident in Roswell, New Mexico, involved intermediate angels and their spacecraft:

... in the mid-1990s, ... he walked into a special section of CIA headquarters in Langley, Va., called the Historical Intelligence Collection.
“It was a vaulted area and not everybody could get in it,” Brandon told The Huffington Post. “One day, I was looking around in there and reading some of the titles that were mostly hand-scribbled summations of what was in the boxes. And there was one box that really caught my eye. It had one word on it: Roswell.
“I took the box down, lifted the lid up, rummaged around inside it, put the box back on the shelf and said, ‘My god, it really happened!’”
What exactly did the box contain that had such a powerful impact on Brandon?
“Some written material and some photographs, and that’s all I will ever say to anybody about the contents of that box,” he said. "But it absolutely, for me, was the single validating moment that everything I had believed, and knew that so many other people believed had happened, truly was what occurred.”
Lee Speigel, Roswell UFO Was Not Of This Earth And There Were ET Cadavers: Ex-CIA Agent Says. The Huffington Post. July 8, 2012. Retrieved on September 9, 2012.

Generally speaking, the United States government, unlike some governments (such as Mexico and the UK), has not be especially forthcoming on the issues of intermediate angels and their spacecraft. However, I doubt whether Brandon could have made his claims without some level of official authorization. At the time I am writing these words, the CIA has not, to my knowledge, refuted Brandon’s claims:

We sent the CIA a list of questions and requested a formal response to [Chase] Brandon’s allegations. The Agency has assured us they are looking into our enquiry and will get back to us “quickly.” We are still waiting.
Robbie Graham and Matthew Alford, Ph.D., “Senior CIA Officer Claims Knowledge of Roswell-Alien Cover-up.” Silver Screen Saucers: News Updates, Commentary, and Articles on Hollywood’s UFO Movies. July 6, 2012. Retrieved on September 9, 2012.

Here are two quotations from U.S. President Barack Obama in May of 2012:

I can neither confirm nor deny the existence of extraterrestrials but I can tell you if there had been a top secret meeting and if there would have had to have been a discussion about it, it would have taken place in this room....
Let me tell you – there are more nine and ten year old boys around the country when I meet them – they ask me, “Have you been to Roswell and is it true what they say?” And I tell them, “If I told you I would have to kill you.” So their eyes get all big ... so ... we’re going to keep our secrets here.
President Barack Obama on Extraterrestrials. Retrieved on May 23, 2012.

Along the same general line:

Councillor Hicks, member of Winchester City Council in Hampshire, England, recently went on public record as having witnessed an alien humanoid in a busy shopping center in Winchester five years ago. Hicks is appealing to authorities in the United States and the United Kingdom to release what they know about UFOs. His actions have prompted the following report related to events in this special and unique area of southern England.
Colin Andrews, “The Winchester Cluster Colin Andrews Re-investigates 33 Years On.” The Official Website of Colin Andrews. October 9, 2009. Retrieved on September 11, 2012.

Although honesty is, of course, important, transparency, in my opinion, is frequently over-rated. Revealing the intimate details of any bureaucracy can, in the long run, contribute to its inefficiency. Leaders may be more reluctant to seek counsel. Informants might hesitate. If citizens can observe every move politicians make, they could be pressured to consult, perhaps unnecessarily, with certain individuals. Time will be sacrificed at the altar of public opinion. Although many people think that they desire transparency in government, most of us, it seems to me, hope for justice and stability.

In addition, the angelic issue could present considerably greater nuance than the average person suspects. As discussed previously, it might involve much more than an official disclosure of carbon-based beings in spacecraft. Angelic, not diabolical, beings, from numerous planets, might even now be among us. Governmental reticence in discussing the issue of intermediate angels, therefore, becomes quite understandable. Nevertheless, the demonization of these cosmic angels displays a planetary arrogance or speciesism. Our cosmic protectors are not conspiring reptilians, heartless greys, or fallen angels:

Life in this universe has been around for billions of years, enough time for extremely negative beings to evolve. These ancient superhuman predators are what we might call demons or negative aliens. What they seek is total control over all life in all universes, to become gods of reality. They are fragments of the Creator who have rejected the infinite Creator, who seek unity not by merging themselves with the Creator as positive beings might, but by absorbing all other life into themselves. This absorption happens through an ongoing process of manipulating the minds and consuming the soul energy of others.
Montalk, Fringe Knowledge for Beginners. August, 2008. Page 49.
Some day I shall look over old stories of demons that have appeared sulphurously upon this earth, with the idea of expressing that we have often had undesirable visitors from other worlds; or that an indication of external derivation is sulphurousness. I expect some day to rationalize demonology, but just at present we are scarcely far enough advanced to go so far back.
Charles Fort, The Book of the Damned. New York: Boni and Liveright. 1919. Page 67.
Logic suggests a ... spectrum exists for negative alien beings: demonic ultraterrestrials at the top, space-faring physical beings at the bottom, and negative hyperdimensional aliens (negative ambiterrestrials) between those two extremes.
Montalk, Discerning Alien Disinformation. 2009. Page 111.

On December 7, 2012, a Russian journalist asked Russian Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev whether the Russian president is handed secret files on aliens when receiving the briefcase activating Russia’s nuclear arsenal. In my opinion, Medvedev clearly responded with sarcasm and a “poker face” (MP4 video). Here were his comments (translated from Russian):

Along with the briefcase with nuclear codes, the president of the country is given a special “top secret” folder. This folder in its entirety contains information about aliens who visited our planet. Along with this, you are given a report of the absolutely secret special service that exercises control over aliens on the territory of our country ... More detailed information on this topic you can get from a well-known movie called “Men In Black” ... I will not tell you how many of them are among us because it may cause panic.
Dmitry Medvedev, Comments on Aliens. December 7, 2012. Retrieved on December 14, 2012.

Robert Stanley, the editor of Unicus Magazine, disagrees with my skepticism:

I think he [Medvedev] was being 100% serious – because I looked at the video, and it seems like the lady, the journalist, who asked him the question, she was laughing, nervously, that he was even answering her in a legitimate way.... The media tried to say that he was just joking, but he clearly wasn’t.... Part of the reason I think he said it is because he’s on his way out; and he knows it; and he’s a little ticked off. So he’s throwing a curve ball at the powers-that-be there.
Robert Stanley, “Mirror Gazing/Covert ETs.” Coast to Coast AM. George Noory, interviewer. December 13, 2012. Retrieved (transcribed) on December 14, 2012.

Many people crave some sort of official disclosure. I do not share this sentiment, nor do I require the acknowledgements of bureaucrats. One might also imagine the panic which would immediately ensue if, suddenly, the highest-level politicians in any country openly discussed the omnipresent chalices of pure light or revealed that no public officials could prevent emancipations by angels (“abductions”). The United States Constitution, for instance, not only provide for “the Blessings of Liberty.” In the same document’s Preamble are explicit demands that the government “insure domestic Tranquility” and “promote the general Welfare”:

We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America.
The United States Constitution. September 17, 1787.

As Thomas Fusco eloquently said:

I think that there’s little baby steps [toward official discussions of extraterrestrials].... He [the Pope] wanted Galileo to spoonfeed the the population – let out little bits and pieces. He [Galileo] didn’t get in trouble for his theory – for his work. He got in trouble for publishing it in its entirety – and the whole body at once. So I think that it’s [the extraterrestrial issue is] something that probably would gradually be spoonfed to us – if indeed the government has any say in it.... Oh my, can you imagine – this is what I’ve spoken about this on a couple of other shows – and I some of the people in ufology that are really in, you know, fighting for full disclosure may not agree with what I have to say. But in our Constitution, it has a Preamble, you know; and it says, “We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility ....” And that’s a big key. The government’s charged with that. Could you imagine if the President stood up publicly, on the news, and said, “Look, your neighbor down the street is being abducted every night by aliens. And there’s nobody that can stop it; and you could be next.” What would happen to the world markets? What would happen to our civilization? My goodness, it would fall apart. You know, people run in the streets and riot in the streets today and lose their minds for far less than that. You know, Hitler took an imaginary demon that he made of the Jews, and mutilated the entire continent with it. So, you know, that concerns me. It really does.
Thomas P. Fusco, “Behind The Cosmic Veil: A New Vision of Reality.” Veritas Radio. Mel Febregas, interviewer. January 4, 2013. Retrieved (transcribed) on January 6, 2013.

In addition, as suggested out by radio talk show host, Mel Fabregas, not many governments would like to admit that they are helpless when facing the issue of angelic visitation. Thus, the campaign of disinformation, including the so-called evil aliens, may have been inevitable. If I were in a political or bureaucratic leadership position, I would probably take the same approach:

Sometimes I think that our government may not be so straightforward because: Imagine if you had to tell the people, your constituents, that there’s an extraterrestrial race that is more advanced than us, and there’s nothing we can do about it.
Mel Fabregas, “Awake and Abducted.” Veritas Radio. From a question asked by Febregas during an interview. November 13, 2009. Retrieved (transcribed) on September 10, 2012.
Steven Macon Greer, M.D.

The work of Steven M. Greer, M.D. (born, 1955), develops an interesting approach to the subject of angelic visitation through The Disclosure Project, the Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence (CSETI), and ET Contact Now. As with many ufologists, he claims that his statements can be disproven. They are not, he says, conspiracies:

That [free, nonpolluting energy developed from UFOs] is not a conspiracy theory. We can prove this in a court of law that this has happened over and over again. And the reason that we are moving quickly to let the world know that this exists is that the ultimate shield against that happening is two things: Number one – my absolute assurance that I will take a bullet before I will let this be suppressed, and number two – that there is no amount of money, that you cannot put enough zeros after a one, to buy us out and keep this thing from getting out to the public.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., from an interview on Coast to Coast AM Radio with George Noory. The Disclosure Project. November 13, 2007. Retrieved on April 29, 2012.

On a positive level, Greer relies upon eyewitness testimonies, and he appears to respect the interplanetary travelers and their stewardship. He is, however, a leader of the disclosure movement. Greer contends that “extraterrestrials,” and their technologies, have nothing to do with conspiracy theories:

People think that it’s a monolithic conspiracy, but they’re wrong. About 40% to 50% of people involved in these supersecret projects want this stuff out. They know we’re running out of oil, China is industrializing, and the polar ice caps are melting. And they know that if this [advanced E.T. technology] was announced today, it would take ten to 20 years to get it into widespread application to avert an economic, strategic, geopolitical and environmental catastrophe. They see that and want to fix it, but they’re still a minority. They’re more enlightened, but it’s the ruthless ones who rule.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., UFOs: What the Government Really Knows. Retrieved on April 29, 2012.
Steven Greer is the founder and international director of CSETI, the only worldwide organization dedicated to establishing peaceful and sustainable relations with extraterrestrial life forms. He is a medical doctor specializing in trauma medicine. He is the former chairman of the Department of Emergency Medicine at Caldwell Memorial Hospital in North Carolina. He is a lifetime member of Alpha Omega Alpha, USA’s most prestigious academic honor society for physicians. He is the father of four girls. He has studied and worked in the U.S., Europe, the Caribbean and Israel. He served for three years at the World Center of the Baháʾí Faith in Haifa, Israel. Prior to becoming a physician, Dr. Greer worked extensively as an instructor of meditation and was president of the International Meditation Society in the Bahamas. He has appeared on numerous national and international news programs. He has worked extensively with senior government, military and civilian leaders around the world in spearheading and coordinating a definitive announcement concerning the detection of extraterrestrial life forms.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., “Extraterrestrials and the New Cosmology.” Biography provided for Greer’s article. Earth Portals. 1995. Retrieved on December 9, 2012.

I agree with Greer on this point:

If you have the means to travel faster than the speed of light, amongst different star systems or even galaxies, which means that you could find a thousand worlds like earth which don’t yet have intelligent life on them, what is there on earth that they need? This is silly.... And, moreover, if you understand the physics of transdimensional sciences, you can materialize out of the elemental, so-called zero-point energy field anything you want – whether it be ruby, gold, plants, genetic material, what have you. You can do that. In other words, you’ve reached the point of scientific capability where, sort of like in Star Trek, if you want a meal, it sort of just materializes.... So, if you’re an interstellar civilization, they’re coming all the way to earth for what? You know, so and so’s egg and my sperm? Please, don’t flatter yourself. This is delusional nonsense.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., “A Fireside Chat with Zany Mystic.” YouTube. January 22, 2011.

On the other hand, Greer repeated the common far-right esoteric meme that a secret cabal is withholding knowledge of the extraterrestrial presence. This alleged cabal has, according to Greer, been depriving the world of free energy and supporting economic slavery to the petroleum industry. By focusing on technology, I would respectfully suggest that Greer, and some similarly minded people, are repeating the mistakes made by the Eisenhower administration back in 1954:

I want to share with you somewhat of a a personal story tonight of ... where we are going to be going for the next 5000,000 years – yes, 500,000 years. Because we are at the time in history where one big cycle in history where one big cycle is closing, and another cycle is opening – the duration of which will be 5,000 centuries on earth of unbroken peace, of universal peace; and, at the end of that cycle, we, our descendents, will be extraterrestrial visitors to other worlds – helping those planets. That’s our future. And, actually, it has already happened, because time doesn’t exist.... I didn’t know that the President of the United States had been denied access to controlling these [unacknowledged or “black”] projects, that there was a secret cabal, called Majestic [Twelve], that is keeping this information [on extraterrestrials] from the world for a reason which, at that time, I was unaware of; and that the secrecy was killing the life of the planet.
By 1993, we had contact with extraterrestrial civilizations in expeditions that we had taken to Belgium and Mexico and England and the United States and all over. And there was no doubt in our mind that they were ready to answer our call, because we were going without prejudice, without fear, in the spirit of universal consciousness and universal peace. The problem, I found, is that in the corridors of power, ... there is a vast and powerful secret, shadowy government that has withheld from the people of the world this information, and, in doing so, have completely taken our planet of the course it should be on. And so it is time now for a course correction. It should have happened 100 years ago – 50 at the latest. But here we are in 2009, and, guess what, we’re going to do it.... If we are passive, we are enabling the controllers. And, therefore, we must rise up – not in violence, but in peace, but with one voice, without fear. And we’ll say, “Enough of the secrecy. Enough of oil. Enough of the petrodollar. Enough of economic slavery. Enough of the wars.” It is time for a new civilization, and we will see that it will be born in our lifetime in the coming months and years.... The earth must be preserved. And these [extraterrestrial] visitors – some call them guardians of life on earth – are not going to allow one generation of men to destroy the biosphere, and the planet, and the promise of humanity.... We’re going to bring out the energy systems that have been withheld and release the people of the world from the economic slavery of the zero-sum game of fossil fuels. These extraterrestrial civilizations are here to help us and to understand us and to be here when we become a mature civilization ready to go into space peacefully. None of them are hostile, by the way. If they were, this conference [in Spain] wouldn’t be happening....
Steven M. Greer, M.D., “Contact & Disclosure: The Final Sequence.” YouTube. August 9, 2009. Retrieved (transcribed) on December 9, 2012.

The official space program has outlived its longevity, and there is, allegedly, currently nothing in the public domain to replace it. Unfortunately, disclosures of angelic spaceship and alternative energy might, Greer contends, contradict the powerful interests of a petroleum-driven military and economy:

The reasons for the secrecy are simple: The inertia of highly classified programs, embarrassment over past illegal actions taken to enforce secrecy, and the fact that the energy and propulsion systems behind the mysterious UFO objects have been studied and fully understood. This disclosure would spell the end for oil, gas, coal and other conventional forms of power – and with that, the end of the current oil-based geopolitical order and economy. The truth is our tax dollars have been used to investigate this matter for decades and it is time for a dividend on that investment. The full disclosure of the facts will enable humanity to attain a sustainable civilization without global warming or the need for oil.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., “Insiders Expose Reasons for Secrecy. The Disclosure Project. November 13, 2007. Retrieved on April 29, 2012.

From my reading, when it comes to the issue of angelic visitation, even the highest government bureaucrats are, for the most part, as clueless as anyone else. Nevertheless, these statements reflect some of Greer’s proposals for examining and publicly disclosing the angelic issue:

CSETI [Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence] is committed to the thoughtful long-term development of bilateral ETI-Human communication and exchange, and open public education on the subject.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence. Retrieved on April 28, 2012.
Beginning in 1993, I started an effort that was designed to identify firsthand military and government witnesses to UFO events and projects, as well as other evidence to be used in a public disclosure.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., The Disclosure Project. Retrieved on April 28, 2012.
The universe is teeming with intelligent life. In fact, the universe itself is intelligent and alive. The multiplicity of life in the universe, while diverse, is essentially a singularity; beyond division, it exists in the unitive state, a marvelous, conscious Oneness.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., “Extraterrestrials and the New Cosmology.” Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence. 1995. Retrieved on April 28, 2012.

The undisclosed spacecraft, with advanced technologies, may, Greer said, be both angelic and terrestrial:

For nearly 10 years we [The Disclosure Project] have been meeting with senior CIA, Pentagon and political figures, advocating a general disclosure on so-called UFOs, Extraterrestrial Intelligence and related energy and propulsion systems currently held by illegal, “classified” projects. These projects, unsupervised by the Congress or President, are illegal, rogue, shadowy operations that are a direct threat to both short term and long-term national and world security concerns....
Let no one interpret this as an indictment of “The Government,” “The CIA,” “The Pentagon,” etc. to the contrary, the point is that the conventional, legal government, military and intelligence community are for the most part the first victims of these operations, not the perpetrators.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., “Disclosure and 9/11. The Disclosure Project. November 13, 2007. Retrieved on April 29, 2012.
... how would the public react to the fact that the multi-billion dollar space program, using internal combustion rockets and the like, has been a primitive and unnecessary experiment since much more advanced technologies and propulsion systems were in existence before we ever went to the moon? NASA and related agencies have, for the most part, been as much a victim of this secrecy as has the rest of the government and the public. Only a small, very compartmentalized fraction of NASA people know of the real ET technologies hidden away in these projects.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., “Understanding UFO Secrecy. The Disclosure Project. 1999. Retrieved on April 29, 2012.
... [We can] discern ET spacecraft from man-made classified technologies.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., “CSETI Ambassador to the Universe Training.” The Disclosure Project. Retrieved on April 29, 2012.

Many people, after entering medicine, burn out and leave the field. The reasons why Greer quit his job as an emergency physician, and entered the disclosure field, are, of course, known only to him. Nevertheless, certain ethical questions have been raised about some of his activities (PDF file). For instance, time and time again, Greer has recounted an odd story about “briefing” former CIA Director R. James Woolsey, Jr., on extraterrestrials. This claim was disputed by Woolsey back in 1999. He politely asked Greer to no longer retell the narrative. Nevertheless, Greer has apparently disregarded Woolsey’s request.

R. James Woolsey
CSETI events that began in the 1992 era have continued to this day. Suppressive countermeasures have also been occurring at the expeditions ever since. Because of how these early events had been reported to the public, the head of Army intelligence, CIA Director R. James Woolsey, and others took our efforts very seriously. So seriously that after the events of 1992 in Pensacola, I was invited to a conference and then to a hotel room in the wee hours of the morning with the former head of Army intelligence and a number of other military intelligence folks. What occurred was an inquiry.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., Contact: Countdown To Transformation. Crozet, VA: Crossing Point, Inc.. 2009. Kindle edition.
I get a FedEx to my house, and in the FedEx is a letter. And it says, “Dr. Greer, you’re going to be the first person to brief the president [Bill Clinton] and the sitting CIA director on this subject.” ... They were telling me the truth, God help me [raises his hand]. I had a three-hour meeting with the CIA director, R. James Woolsey. And in this meeting I learned that he, the president, and the secretary of defense, and others in his [President Clinton’s] administration had been denied access to the secret projects dealing with this subject [extraterrestrials]. And he was virtually in tears – because he learned that the presidency and the executive branch of government had been decapitated – cut off. This is precisely what Eisenhower warned about when he said, “Beware the military-industrial complex.” He was not anti-military. He was talking about this secret government complex that would hijack this and other issues – and lie to the president. And, for this reason, we learned that the [Clinton] administration was terrified of dealing with this.... [T]he CIA director Woolsey turned to me, and he said, “How do we disclose that we don’t have access to?” It was a terrible moment – terrible, really.... And in the aftermath of this meeting, I learned that the president [Clinton] himself had been denied access as well as his chief of staff and others. One of his [Bill Clinton’s] friends later came to my home and said, “Dr. Greer, the president is very supportive of what you are recommending, but he is concerned that if he does this action [disclosure], he will end up like John F. Kennedy – assassinated.” ... I thought he was joking. He was not joking.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., “Contact & Disclosure: The Final Sequence.” YouTube. August 9, 2009. Retrieved (transcribed) on December 9, 2012.

For me, as a sociologist, prayerful relations between earthly homo sapiens and angelic beings, including chalice-bearers of pure light, are a kind of speculative and applied exosociology:

There is a vast amount of literature that supports this hypothesis [of life on other planets]. I have looked at this issue from a sociological perspective since creating the term “Exosociology” in 1974.
Life on other planets exists as a “Social Fact” even if it does not exist as a biological fact. If we ever discover life forms in a biological sense, the implications will be largely sociological for our planet.
Richard E. Yinger, “Life on other planets?Exosociology. Blog. March 24, 2005. Retrieved on December 11, 2012.
The term exosociology, first introduced in 1974 by the sociologist Richard E. Yinger, was suggested by exobiology which by the 1960s was an established field of space science.
Sociology: Reviews of New Books, Volumes 3-5. Washington, DC: Helen Dwight Reid Educational Foundation (now a part of Taylor & Francis). 1975. Page 139.

Exopolitics, however, is a world apart from the considerably tamer discipline of exosociology. Most observers would, I suspect, acknowledge exopolitics as the most unusual modification, or perhaps extension, of the disclosure movement. Yet, exopolitics is also regarded as a serious field of inquiry by many people. In my view, although intermediate angels are watching over us, and helping to protect us during our struggles with maturity, our immediate concerns should be on establishing the unity of humanity on Earth and, more specifically, on improving our relationships with one another, not with cosmic diplomacy.

Ed Komarek (born, 1948) has provided his own list of the founders of exopolitics:

When Alfred Webre introduced the term Exopolitics into the public domain over a decade ago, this galvanized into organized action several individuals who had been already thinking along these lines. These individuals were Paola Harris, Michael Salla, Alfred Webre, Tom Hansen, Steve Bassett, Manuel Lamiroy and myself....
... Bill Uhouse released ... [a] statement to Steven Greer’s Disclosure Project that summaries his very detailed story of Grey-Earth human cooperation in the field of aerospace.
Ed Komarek, UFOs: Exopolitics and the New World Disorder. Cairo, GA: Shoestring Publishing. Kindle edition.

Since definitions of the term, exopolitics, have varied, I will, in order to to illustrate the diversity of interpretations, simply provide quotations from several notable members of the field. In other words, I will let them speak for themselves. To begin, the founder of exopolitics is Yale Law School graduate, Fulbright scholar, and futurist Alfred Lambremont Webre (born, 1942). Although he is, in my opinion, a brilliant parodist or satirist, in a similar vein to the great Patrick Layton “Pat” Paulsen (1927-1997), many others oddly take Webre seriously. The field of exopolitics, which he named, is, it seems to me, a deliberate caricature of ufology. You may listen to my radio show on the subject.

Here are Webre’s own words:

The Exopolitics model holds that Earth is presently isolated from interaction with organized intergalactic civilization because it is under intentional quarantine by a rational, structured Universe society. There are signs around us, however, of a Universe initiative to reintegrate Earth into interplanetary society. It is possible that Earth may be permitted to rejoin Universe society, under certain conditions, at a future time certain....
In the quarantine hypothesis, Earth’s humanity is not yet sufficiently morally evolved to be unilaterally included in a Universe “dimensional” role. Universe society does not want us to export war or violence into interstellar or inter-dimensional space. The powerful nations of Earth, led by a secret command-and-control network in the United States, are attempting to continue the militarization of outer space. These Earth nations are on a collision course with Universe society’s ethics and laws pertaining to the peaceful use of space. The militarization of outer space may be the single most important factor preventing the end of Earth’s isolation from civilized space society. Humanity may not be permitted into Universe society without an absolute ban on warfare and weapons in a jurisdiction ruled by the standards of a common Universe government....
Public interest diplomacy with off-planet cultures complements the goals of the Disclosure Movement, which seeks the release of reverse-engineered extraterrestrial energy, propulsion, and other technologies allegedly held in secret by certain terrestrial governments, most notably the U.S. government.
Alfred Lambremont Webre, J.D., M.Ed., Exopolitics: Politics, Government and Law in the Universe. Vancouver, BC: Universebooks. 2004. Pages 45, 53, and 145.

Jim Fetzer apparently takes Webre seriously:

Alfred Lambremont Webre, J.D., doesn’t know when to leave bad enough alone. It is not merely that he broke his promise to me to keep his exotic personal opinions about time travel, foreknowledge, and Martian Pleisiosaurs out of The Vancouver Hearings as a condition for his serving in the capacity of a judge, but he has gone out of his way in attempting to trivialize the matter and cast ridicule and scorn upon those of us who were responsible for organizing the hearings as though he were the innocent victim of a campaign to disgrace him.
Jim Fetzer, “Alfred Lambremont Webre, JD: 9/11 disinfo op?Veterans Today: Military & Foreign Affairs Journal. October 21, 2012. Retrieved on June 18, 2013.

Second, Michael E. Salla (born, 1958) wrote:

... [There is an] increasing likelihood that official government disclosure of an ET presence will instantly catapult the topic from the shadowy world of conspiracy theories, alternative science and New Age philosophy to mainstream public policy. Such disclosure will lead to the birth of a new field of public policy, “exopolitics,” which can be defined as the policy debate over the choices governments and populations need to make in formulating and implementing legislative and policy responses to the presence of ETs in human affairs.
Michael E. Salla, Exopolitics: Political Implications Of The Extraterrestrial Presence. Mesa, AZ: Dandelion Books, LLC. 2004. Kindle edition.
Exopolitics is the study of the political actors, institutions and processes associated with extraterrestrial life. While exobiology studies the biology of extraterrestrial life found on Earth or elsewhere in the universe, exopolitics studies the politics concerning extraterrestrial life either found on or visiting Earth, or existing elsewhere in the universe. The institutional processes, policies and decisions taken to deal with extraterrestrial life have occurred mostly in secretly appointed committees and governmental agencies. Allegedly “the best minds” have discussed problems supposedly too complex and disturbing for the general public.
The main justification for non-disclosure of evidence confirming the existence of extraterrestrial life is that U.S. policy makers believe that the general public is simply not ready.
Michael E. Salla, Exposing U.S. Government Policies On Extraterrestrial Life: The Challenge Of Exopolitics. Kealakekua, HI: Exopolitics Institute. 2012. Kindle edition.

In my opinion, the primary way in which we can respond to the angelic presence, in light of the reported events of 1954, is to promote world peace and environmental sustainability. However, according to another of the originators of exopolitics Paola Leopizzi Harris:

Exopolitics takes as its central belief the idea that the extraterrestrial presence is a fact and goes on to address the issues of how people should react to this and engage with extraterrestrials, both politically and from a wider societal perspective. There are links with what might be called a New Age perspective, in that those aligning themselves with Exopolitics tend to view extraterrestrials as benign, while painting governments (particularly the US government) in a less favorable light and accusing them of being involved in a conspiracy to cover up the truth about our alien visitors.
Paola Leopizzi Harris, Exopolitics: All The Above. Bloomington, IN: AuthorHouse. 2009. Kindle edition.

Because of all the conspiratorial silliness connected with exopolitics, Harris has since distanced herself from the field:

... it is logical that the creation of Exobiology goes hand-in-hand with the creation of Exopolitics, as we, on this planet, will need to study the implications but, even more, the protocols for contact!...
It is interesting to note that I have returned to the term Ufology instead of Exopolitics which I used in the original book title because of the contamination surrounding this area done by ego-driven writers who do not research anything but use this new term for tabloid journalism and profit. They do it by inciting excitement, fear and confusion in the readers. I feel that the conspiracy theory theme which is now prevalent under exopolitical banner is non beneficial, is dangerous and distracts the general public from the true purpose of Exopolitics which should be education which brings some type of enlightenment. I have become very disillusioned by it all and this type of Exopolitics has given this discipline a bad name and added much disinformation to valid research.
Paola Leopizzi Harris, UFOs: How Does One Speak to A Ball of Light? Scotts Valley, CA: CreateSpace (a division of 2012. Kindle edition.

Stephen Bassett specifically links exopolitics with the disclosure movement:

... exopolitics is a developing field of study addressing the totality of the historical, social and political implications of extraterrestrial related phenomena. The most important exopolitical issue at present is the disclosure movement, an international effort to bring about formal acknowledgment by world governments of an extraterrestrial presence engaging the human race.
Stephen Bassett in Tim Brosnan, Bassett Launches Exopolitics World Network Cities Initiative. Press release. August 27, 2010. Retrieved on December 29, 2012.

Next, here is how exopolitics is understood by Ed Komarek:

As a child and young man, I grew up among some of the earliest ecologists, and now strive to move the newly emerging field of Exopolitics forward as one of the founders of the field of Exopolitics.
Exopolitics is simply defined as the politics of the universe. Exopolitics is about extraterrestrial races and civilizations, and how these advanced space faring cultures interact among themselves and with us....
Okay so how are we to place exopolitics and terrestrial politics into this greatest possible perspective.... I suspect that these few individuals and their families incarnating together could be the elite globalists whose agenda is to maintain dominion over earth and its peoples out of predatory self-interest. These individuals seem stuck in a lower state of consciousness that of a feudal nature that takes a win-lose approach to life.
Ed Komarek, UFOs: Exopolitics and the New World Disorder. Cairo, GA: Shoestring Publishing. Kindle edition.
My main interest and intent in the field of Exopolitics is not to prove that ET spacecraft exist, and that various ET races with different ethical levels are very active on, in and around earth. I am already convinced of this fact. What I am interested in is to gain from the wisdom that the ethical ETs have to offer and share it with my fellow human beings. Therefore my main interest is in cases of contact where individual civil liberties are fostered and respected. I am not interested in cases of contact nor do I wish to involve myself with unethical ET races that violate basic human rights and liberties.
It is my intent to first communicate indirectly with ethical ET races and civilizations through those who already have achieved contact and hopefully from there enter into face-to-face discussions and negotiations with ethical ET races. Of course I understand that benevolent ET interactions with earth humans has been thoroughly trashed, both by frauds that claim contact but don’t have it, and by those that believe all ETs to be dangerous and unethical. It’s been my job to sort through the garbage for those golden nuggets and diamonds that have been trashed and tossed aside by the UFO/ET community along with the waste. I intend to concentrate my time on benevolent contact cases where there are actual sighting of craft in the vicinity of the contact person by other individuals. I know of a number of contact people, some who I am in contact with.
Ed Komarek, Exopolitics: A Comprehensive Briefing. Draft copy. Revised in February, 2008. Retrieved on December 29, 2012. Page 56.

Steven Greer has advocated a nonxenophobic, unprejudicial approach to exopolitics:

We have watched with some concern as the emerging area of exo-politics has taken a dangerous and potentially ruinous turn towards rumor, urban-myth speculation and inflammatory xenophobia....
While there are certainly diverse opinions regarding why any given extraterrestrial civilization may wish to visit Earth at this time in our history, recent public comments by Michael Salla have added a virulent strain of fear-based xenophobia, based on the flimsiest of documentation....
Today, we see racist appellations applied to certain alleged ET groups – The Grays! The Reptilians! The Tall White Ones! Must we go down this tired, dirty path again? Must we replay the sordid history of human racism, prejudice, and xenophobia as we begin our first steps towards the stars?...
There is no way to assess an ET agenda without first grasping the covert human agenda....
It is not easy. It takes enormous patience, perseverance, diligence and care.
But it is worth it – for to do otherwise is to wittingly or unwittingly make exo-politics an arm of the propaganda war machine.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., Exopolitics or Xenopolitics? 2006. Retrieved on January 27, 2013.
Suggestibility and the Hoax of Intentional Contact

The disclosure movement is, by definition, gnōstic. However, love and unity are, I feel, more important than knowledge. Love should precede knowledge, not the other way around. Many disclosure and exopolitics enthusiasts have utilized psychicism to willfully or deliberately contact alleged intermediate angels. Various forms of ESP (extrasensory perception) have been adopted, including remote viewing (systematic clairvoyance), channeling nonterrestrial entities, and astral projection (out-of-body experiences or OBEs). For instance, according to James Gilliland of Enlightened Contact with Extraterrestrial Intelligence (ECETI):

This process is what some refer to as “The Quickening.” The veils between worlds are lifting yet most are mentally, emotionally, and spiritually unprepared for this process. Come learn powerful tools, techniques and experience initiations of the highest consciousness and energy.
James [Gilliland] will share his experiences with the appearance of Spiritual Masters and other Off World Visitors. His near death experience opened up what can only be referred to as Inter-dimensional mind which covers a very wide range of subjects including: Near death experience, life after death, the process and where one goes according to consciousness, clearing unseen negative influences, and more!
James Gilliland, “ECETI Self Mastery Workshop Training Series.” ECETI: Enlightened Contact with Extraterrestrial Intelligence. Trout Lake, WA. 2012. Retrieved on December 9, 2012.

The following prediction, allegedly channeled through Gilliland, was never fulfilled:

It is now established and was decided as of earth date, Wednesday July 25th, 2012., by the Pleiadian high council in alliance with four other galactic councils, under galactic codex guidelines that we the Pleiadian Family of Light will now intervene fully into Gaia’s ascension. Furthermore it has been decided that we will make full contact with earth beings in eight days from this transmission on August 4, 2012 at the world Olympic Games in London, England, for the entire world to see!...
Our disclosure date has been given to you ....
We have given your world leaders until August 4 to move out of the way or They will be moved out of the way between you and us!
They have interrupted our disclosure since April of this year [2012] and we have waited until this, the very last moment doing all we could to stop the destruction on earth without direct intervention! That time has now come To its end! In 8 days all world G20 leaders will announce us and we will appear or they will not and we will appear anyway! Those leaders opposed will be removed and will not be part of the good work we will do with you through the rest of 2012 and beyond! The door is now open and we are coming through!
Pleiadian GLR Michal channeled by James Gilliland, Message from James Gilliland of about UFOs Showing up at the Olympics on August 4th! July 29, 2012. Retrieved on August 10, 2012.

Another proponent of disclosure, “Montalk,” has discussed channeling, as well:

In less than a decade, mankind will be confronted with undeniable public disclosure of the alien presence....
... Channeling involves one or more individuals allowing themselves to be used by unseen intelligences who communicate information through them. This includes the use of Ouija boards, mediumistic trance states, automatic writing, and conscious verbalization of intuitive impressions. Pendulum dowsing, muscle testing, scrying, and crystal gazing may also allow such communication. The channeled sources may claim to be anything ranging from aliens to angels, deceased persons to demonic beings, famous individuals in history, time travelers, other dimensional entities, the subconscious, and impersonal archetypes.
Montalk, Discerning Alien Disinformation. 2009. Pages 1 and 27

Intentional contact enthusiast Wilbur Allen is involved with the disclosure and exopolitics movements (MP4 video). In this screen shot from an MP4 video near Area 51 in Nevada, followed by a description, Allen allegedly requested and received telepathic commands from apparent chalices of pure light:

Wilbur Allen
An example of telepathic communication between human subject and ET object. All during my expedition of AREA 51 and Sedona, I received telepathic commands from the objects in the sky.
Wilbur Allen, Area 51 Object Materialization. November 15, 2012. Retrieved on January 17, 2013.

Finally, Steven Greer is a former teacher of the allegedly “Vedic” Transcendental Meditation® (TM®). He also has mystical or esoteric interests. Imagine anyone informing a close friend that, using a Vedic system of remote viewing, she had just boarded an extraterrestrial spacecraft and conversed with its occupants. Now imagine that the person who organized this paid event was a medical doctor. Aside from the fact that, to the best of my knowledge, there are no traditional Vedic systems of remote viewing (systematic clairvoyance), such an imaginative scenario would, at least to me, certainly be difficult to comprehend.

In attempting to contact intelligent angelic beings, Greer and his followers, through CSETI (Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence) and ET Contact Now, have cultivated certain siddhayaḥ (Sanskrit plural of siddhi, supernatural Hindū kuṇḍalinī accomplishment or ability). That is to say, they have developed psychic powers, including astral projection or out-of-body experience (OBE) and remote viewing. Although the allegedly Vedic Transcendental Meditation Sidhi® program is, as far as I know, unrelated to Greer’s current activities in the disclosure and exopolitics movements, both structurally and substantively, these are two brief descriptions:

With the TM-Sidhi Programme, thought and action spontaneously become more in accord with the evolutionary power of Natural Law. This results in greater skill in action – the ability to fulfil our desires naturally while effortlessly promoting the evolution of everyone and everything....
... The TM-Sidhi program was brought to light by Maharishi [Maharishi Mahesh Yogi] from the Yoga Sutras of Patanjali, from the ancient Vedic tradition.
The Transcendental Meditation Sidhi Programme for Meditators. 2010-2011.
The names of the sutras used in the TM-Sidhi program are:
Strength of an elephant
Bronchial tube
Inner light
Moon Polestar Trachea Navel Distinction between intellect and transcendence Transcendence intuition Transcendence finest hearing Transcendence finest sight Transcendence finest taste Transcendence finest touch Transcendence finest smell.
The “levitation” or “flying” technique, now known as “Yogic Flying,” is used in the same way as all other sutras: “Relationship of body and akasha – lightness of cotton fiber.“
This phrase is mentally repeated every fifteen seconds after doing a twenty minute session of TM. Each sutra is mentally repeated twice (if time allows 4 times), with a 15 second pause in between each repetition.
After doing the flying sutra for 5-30 minutes, the instruction is to rest for 10-30 minutes and then read the Hindu Scriptures for 5 minutes.
TM-Sidhi Techniques. Retrieved on July 8, 2013.

The following two diagrams of the TM-Sidhi system are taken from a PDF file:

TM Sidhis
TM Sidhis

Many or most of the CSETI contacts, if they possess any legitimacy whatsoever and are not merely the products of hypnotic suggestibility, could be encounters with chalices of pure light or other ghostly entities, not with extraterrestrials. Greer describes his Vedic contact protocol (more information provided in this MP3 audio file), or “siddhis,” below:

I will try. It’s normally at least a seven-day process [of learning how to contact extraterrestrials]. But I will give you a very brief summary because we don’t have seven days.
Number one, we train people in a meditation technique – it is Vedic – to be able to go into a deep level of the unbounded mind. From there, we teach them a Vedic approach – from the Sanskrit – to remote view distant places. Once there is a lock-on, and seeing an extraterrestrial vehicle, then we turn it into what we call a coherent thought sequencing – where we then connect to their people or their communications system. And then we use our own coherent thought sequencing, like a laser, to show them our exact location.... When you have a group of people doing this, we have never done it where we have not had contact ... in some form. So that’s the first [part].... That’s the primary [part]. Because interstellar civilizations use technologies that interface with consciousness and thought – always.
Number two, because our minds may not be as accurate, we have some electronic signals that were recorded in the crop circles. And also when we made contact in Mt. Shasta [California], there was a tone that came through that was extraterrestrial. And, actually everyone in the group, about thirty or forty people, from the sound could see the form of the craft. It’s sort of the Vedic concept of “name” and “form” – where the vibratory resonance forms the shape. But we recorded it on a little tape recorder – and so we now have processed that – and we are sending that out into space over radio signals from our site.
And the third are lasers. We have rather high-powered lasers that you’re not supposed to have [chuckles]. And we send those up as a vector point, because the one that I use will go 100 miles out into space.
So, we use all three of these things simultaneously – after we have prepared people to do this in a spirit of universal peace, without prejudice, without fear, and without any trying to pick and choose amongst these extraterrestrial civilizations. Because this is a senior ambassador team. And even if you were to believe that some of them might not be friendly, you need an ambassador to North Korea and Īrān more than you do to Great Britain. So, my point is that this is the path of wisdom.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., How To Make Contact With ETs/Star People. MP3 audio file. January 26, 2013. Retrieved (transcribed) on January 26, 2013.
God does exist, as do His Messengers. For me, nothing would ever be the same....
... I wondered about some of the so-called siddhis (or spiritual powers) described in the Vedas [Sanskrit, Vedāḥ, knowings, the Hindū scriptures]. I thought it would be interesting to test the limits of this for the physical body. I began to think about the abilities we have – if we are all consciousness and our bodies are actually filled with the light of awareness. What might we really achieve?...
... in the hotel room, I went through the [extraterrestrial contact] protocol we’d created in 1973 on ... [a] spacecraft.
I then went into the state of unbounded consciousness, and then expanded awareness off the mountain, around the Alps, into space, and out into our Solar System. Seeing the vastness of space, I said to these craft and the ETs on board, “My name is Steve. I don’t know if you remember me, but we met a couple years ago ....”
Steven M. Greer, M.D., “Improbable Messenger: Chapters 1 and 2.” The Disclosure Project. 1999. Retrieved on April 30, 2012.
You are invited to attend a special week with Dr. Steven Greer and the senior CSETI [Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence] Contact Team to make contact with ET civilizations....
During this intensive training program you will learn:
  1. Advanced training in mantra meditation, and a very advanced course in the ancient Sanskrit Vedas
  2. Advanced techniques of Remote Viewing [systematic clairvoyance], Precognition [psychically predicting the future] and the Science of Consciousness
  3. The Effects of the Sanskrit Puja [pūjā, adoration] as we make sacred the place for Contact using this ancient Vedic Ceremony
  4. An update on world-wide Disclosure Project developments by Dr. Greer and the progress being made with leaders around the world
  5. An in depth review of New Energy technologies, including free energy from the zero point field, anti-gravity and how the World can be transformed with these new sciences
  6. A deep understanding of the next great cycle on Earth: One of Universal Peace, Free Energy, Abundance and Enlightenment through higher states of Consciousness
  7. How to set up your own Contact Team in your local area to continue to make Contact with ET visitors to Earth!
  8. Steven M. Greer, M.D., Ambassador to the Universe & Consciousness Trainings/Expeditions. CSETI: Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence. December 28, 2010. Retrieved on December 9, 2012.

No one, Greer said, has ever been harmed by his Vedic siddhis or protocols:

One of the sets of evidence we have through CSETI, which has gone around the world and made contact all over the world with thousands of people. We have never had a harmful event happen. We have never had anything resembling anything that has frightened or harmed anyone on the contact team....
I think that what I’m saying is one has to be very careful if you’re going to be involved with disclosure and contact in saying, “This group [of extraterrestrials] is bad. This group [of extraterrestrials] is good.”
Steven M. Greer, M.D., “Steven Greer: The Unknown Agenda Barcelona, Spain, July 2009.” Project Camelot. Kerry Cassidy and Bill Ryan, interviewers. MP3 audio file and PDF file. Retrieved on February 5, 2013.

Therefore, Greer’s siddhis essentially mimic the TM-Sidhi Program only in some of its terminology. On the other hand, as pointed out by one of my previous online correspondents in June, 2013, these contact protocols are reminiscent of the method developed by George Adamski:

I [George Adamski] am a firm believer that people who desire to convey messages to one another can do so, even though they neither speak nor understand the other’s language. This can be done through feelings, signs, and above all, by means of telepathy. I had been teaching this as fact for 30 years and now I concluded I would have to use this method if information of any kind was to pass between us. And there were a lot of things I wanted to know, if I could only think of them.
So, to convey the meaning of my first question to him [a man from Venus], I began forming, to the best of my ability, a picture of a planet in my mind. At the same time I pointed to the sun, high in the sky.
He understood this, and his expression so indicated.
Then I circled the sun with my finger, indicating the orbit of the planet closest to the sun, and said, “Mercury.” I circled it again for the second orbit, and said, “Venus.” The third circle I spoke, “Earth,” and indicated the earth upon which we were standing.
I repeated this procedure a second time, all the while keeping as clear a picture of a planet in my mind as I was able to perceive, and this time pointing to myself as belonging to the Earth. Then I indicated him, with a question in my eyes and my mind.
Now he understood perfectly, and smiling broadly he pointed to the sun; made one orbit, made the second, then touching himself with his left hand, he gestured several times with his right index finger toward the second orbit.
I took this to mean that the second planet was his home, so I asked, “You mean you come from Venus?”
This was the third time I had spoken the word “Venus” in relation to the second planet, and he nodded his head in the affirmative. Then he, too, spoke the word “Venus.”
His voice was slightly higher pitched than an adult man’s. Its tonal quality was more that of a young man before his voice completes the change from childhood to maturity. And although he had spoken but one word, there was music in his voice and I wanted to hear more of it.
Desmond Leslie and George Adamski, Flying Saucers Have Landed. 1953. Public domain. Retrieved on June 23, 2013.
The two men [George Adamski and the Venusian] began to communicate, via a combination of telepathy, gestures, and facial expressions. The spaceman was from Venus, he informed Adamski. His visit was friendly, but serious in purpose. For he had come to warn us of the dangers of nuclear explosions-dangers for both the Earth and its neighbors in the Solar System.
Professor Solomon, George Adamski: The Story of a UFO Contactee. Baltimore, MD: Top Hat Press. 2009. Page 9.

As displayed below, an alleged 4-5 feet (1.2-1.5 meters) tall humanoid-shaped pictograph of light or, perhaps, the ghostly apparition of a chalice-bearer of pure light, in a photograph taken on November 17, 2009, may have shapeshifted from the orb-like entity shown on the top right. The same apparent specter is presented as a cutout on the bottom right. The pictures were taken at a CSETI (Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence) contact event, overseen by Greer, in Southern California’s Joshua Tree National Park. The three images of this hypothetical being, are followed by a description:

This photograph offers extraordinary evidence of interstellar, transdimensional technology, and the efficacy of CSETI [extradimensional] contact protocols....
You will note that the ET is suspended in a cone of light which is originating from a small orb to the left of the bush. This is precisely the orb that we had seen that followed us up the path, and is in the location where the ET voices were heard just before the photo was taken.
Steven M. Greer, M.D., “CSETI Expedition Yields First Ever Photograph of an Extraterrestrial.” CSETI: Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence. Crozet, VA. 2011. Retrieved on January 4, 2013.

Finally, Robert Bingham claims to have developed a multistage process for contacting or “summoning” angelic spacecraft and intermediate angels (MP4 video file):

  1. Keep an open heart and good intentions.
  2. Focus intensely on a spot in the sky.
  3. Mentally transmit, “Please Come, Thank You.”
  4. Observe the sky.
The Dangers of Intentional Contact

To my understanding, chalices of pure light or psychic fields have been created as communication and transportation vehicles for departed souls, not for souls in this world. Therefore, paranormal or parapsychological activities, in which the focus is on acquiring knowledge or gnōsis rather than on cultivating love and unity, may result in extreme mental suggestibility. Once placed into a self-hypnotized psychic state, individuals can talk themselves into almost anything. Their thoughts and understandings may become untrustworthy, misguided, and, in certain cases, paranoid or delusional.

ʿAbduʾl-Bahá says that the main difference between the gnostics and the religionists is that the gnostics maintain the existence of only two worlds, the world of God and the world of the creature. The prophets, however, maintained the existence of three worlds: the world of God, the world of the Will or the Word, and the world of created things. The prophets, therefore, maintained that a knowledge of God is impossible. As ʿAbduʾl-Bahá says, man can never know God or even imagine Him. If he does, that object is not God but an imaginary idol.
From a letter, dated November 29, 1929, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1724.

That is to say, the majority of individuals involved with psychicism are, according to Shoghi Effendi, deeply disturbed on a psychological level:

With reference to psychic phenomena referred to in your letter: These in most cases are an indication of a deep psychological disturbance. The friends [Baháʾís] should avoid as much as possible giving undue consideration to such matters.
From a letter, dated November 20, 1937, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1737.

In my opinion, utilizing our psychic fields in this world might, perhaps inevitably, result in imaginary ideas and illusions. We will be walking around in the dark. No Prophetic guidance has been provided for psychic phenomena. If, however, we choose to develop these powers on our own, our perceptions, communications, and spiritual frequencies may, as I see it, literally become distorted when we arrive in the next world. Hopefully, this problem will, through the grace of God, be eventually corrected. Nevertheless, individuals may, if my personal intuitions are correct, initially experience considerable confusion.

Insight, or inner vision, is developed through love and meditation. The psychic field, however, is intended for the next world. So it would appear, these two faculties of the soul are not the same. As Shoghi Effendi wrote through his secretary:

... there are those famed and accomplished men of learning, possessed of praiseworthy qualities and vast erudition, who lay hold on the strong handle of the fear of God and keep to the ways of salvation. In the mirror of their minds the forms of transcendent realities are reflected, and the lamp of their inner vision derives its light from the sun of universal knowledge.
ʿAbduʾl-Bahá, The Secret of Divine Civilization. Page 21.
The Guardian [Shoghi Effendi] feels also very thankful and happy to learn that three new believers have recently joined your group. He is praying fervently to Baháʾuʾlláh that these new members may increasingly gain in spiritual power and insight, and thus become valuable helpers to your assembly.
From a letter, dated March 31, 1949, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi The Light of Divine Guidance. Volume 2. Page 39.
Truly mystical experiences based on reality are very rare, and we can readily see how dangerous it is for people to go groping about in the darkness of their imagination after the true thing. That is why, as you point out, we are warned against all psychical practices by the Master [ʿAbduʾl-Bahá].
If we are going to have some deeply spiritual experience we can rest assured God will vouchsafe it to us without our having to look for it.
From a letter, dated October 25, 1942, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1742.

Further, the subtle mental manipulation which results from engaging in psychic phenomena is reinforced by associating with like-minded esoteric individuals:

... such occult practices as certain Hindus have introduced in the States, and which some superficial and superstitious individuals have adopted and are trying, by all sorts of devices, to popularize, are absolutely foreign, nay positively opposed to the very spirit and letter of the [Baháʾí] Teachings, and the believers [Baháʾís], therefore, should strictly and at all times avoid the company of such people, lest they may unconsciously and inevitably fall under their baneful influence and become gradually alienated from the Cause [of God].
... The friends [Baháʾís] also should be warned not to indulge in such activities that draw their inspiration from Hindu occultist sources, as these do not only lead them away from the Cause [of God], but can cause them considerable mental harm, and thus permanently injure their mind as well as their body.
From a letter, dated August 5, 1939, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí. Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1773.

More broadly, ʿAbduʾl-Bahá wrote:

The differences among the religions of the world are due to the varying types of minds. So long as the powers of the mind are various, it is certain that men’s judgements and opinions will differ one from another. If, however, one single, universal perceptive power be introduced—a power encompassing all the rest—those differing opinions will merge, and a spiritual harmony and oneness will become apparent. For example, when the Christ was made manifest, the minds of the various contemporary peoples, their views, their emotional attitudes, whether they were Romans, Greeks, Syrians, Israelites, or others, were at variance with one another. But once His universal power was brought to bear, it gradually succeeded, after the lapse of three hundred years, in gathering together all those divergent minds under the protection, and within the governance, of one central Point, all sharing the same spiritual emotions in their hearts.
ʿAbduʾl-Bahá, Selections from the Writings of ʿAbduʾl-Bahá. Pages 63-64.

Based upon my understanding of the above passage, if certainty or conviction were a sufficient proof for truth, knowledge would be many points, not just one. According to the Best Beloved:

... these Essences of being [the Prophets] are immensely exalted above such fanciful images, and are immeasurably glorified beyond all these vain sayings and above the comprehension of every understanding heart. Their so-called learning, when compared with that Knowledge, is utter falsehood, and all their understanding naught but blatant error. Nay, whatsoever proceedeth from these Mines of divine Wisdom and these Treasuries of eternal knowledge is truth, and naught else but the truth. The saying: “Knowledge is one point [unity?], which the foolish have multiplied” is a proof of Our argument, and the tradition: “Knowledge is a light which God sheddeth into the heart of whomsoever He willeth” a confirmation of Our statement.
Baháʾuʾlláh, The Kitáb-i-Íqán. Pages 183-184.

Truly, life in this world is not long enough to waste one’s time by pondering the imponderable and imagining the fanciful. I am reminded of:

Lauded be Thy name, O my God! I entreat Thee by the fragrances of the Raiment of Thy grace which at Thy bidding and in conformity with Thy desire were diffused throughout the entire creation, and by the Day-Star of Thy will that hath shone brightly, through the power of Thy might and of Thy sovereignty, above the horizon of Thy mercy, to blot out from my heart all idle fancies and vain imaginings, that with all my affections I may turn unto Thee, O Thou Lord of all mankind!
Baháʾuʾlláh, Prayers and Meditations by Baháʾuʾlláh. Page 75.

Prayer and meditation are, in my opinion, safer, and considerably more reliable, than psychic activity. To my understanding, each of us can lovingly draw close to other beings and, over time, even acquire knowledge of, or from, them. In a spirit of sacred fellowship, we can tune into the hearts of other souls. Take it for what it’s worth, but because of my growing awareness of the angelic spiritual connections discussed in this book, I sometimes pray to, or inwardly commune with, our blessed planetary guardians. As a result, some of them have, I feel, become my own inner angels, too:

The hearts that yearn after Thee, O my God, are burnt up with the fire of their longing for Thee, and the eyes of them that love Thee weep sore by reason of their crushing separation from Thy court, and the voice of the lamentation of such as have set their hopes on Thee hath gone forth throughout Thy dominions.
Thou hast Thyself, O my God, protected them, by Thy sovereign might, from both extremities. But for the burning of their souls and the sighing of their hearts, they would be drowned in the midst of their tears, and but for the flood of their tears they would be burnt up by the fire of their hearts and the heat of their souls. Methinks, they are like the angels which Thou hast created of snow and of fire. Wilt Thou, despite such vehement longing, O my God, debar them from Thy presence, or drive them away, notwithstanding such fervor, from the door of Thy mercy? All hope is ready to be extinguished in the hearts of Thy chosen ones, O my God! Where are the breezes of Thy grace? They are hemmed in on all sides by their enemies; where are the ensigns of Thy triumph which Thou didst promise in Thy Tablets?
Baháʾuʾlláh, Prayers and Meditations by Baháʾuʾlláh. Pages 157-158.
O God, my God! I call Thee, Thy Prophets and Thy Messengers, Thy Saints and Thy Holy Ones, to witness that I have declared conclusively Thy Proofs unto Thy loved ones and set forth clearly all things unto them, that they may watch over Thy Faith, guard Thy Straight Path and protect Thy Resplendent Law. Thou art, verily, the All-Knowing, the All-Wise!
ʿAbduʾl-Bahá, The Will and Testament of ʿAbduʾl-Bahá. Page 13.

During a meditation on April 28, 2013, at about 5:00 PM, I reached the understanding that, through the spirit of faith (spiritual attributes, especially love), many of the functions performed by individual psychic fields in the next world might be made available, perhaps in some future Dispensation, within the collective rational faculty, rational soul, or human spirit:

Reflect: Who in this world is able to manifest such transcendent power, such pervading influence? All these stainless hearts and sanctified souls have, with absolute resignation, responded to the summons of His decree. Instead of complaining, they rendered thanks unto God, and amidst the darkness of their anguish they revealed naught but radiant acquiescence to His will. It is evident how relentless was the hate, and how bitter the malice and enmity entertained by all the peoples of the earth towards these companions. The persecution and pain they inflicted on these holy and spiritual beings were regarded by them as means unto salvation, prosperity, and everlasting success. Hath the world, since the days of Adam, witnessed such tumult, such violent commotion? Notwithstanding all the torture they suffered, and manifold the afflictions they endured, they became the object of universal opprobrium and execration. Methinks patience was revealed only by virtue of their fortitude, and faithfulness itself was begotten only by their deeds.
Do thou ponder these momentous happenings in thy heart, so that thou mayest apprehend the greatness of this Revelation, and perceive its stupendous glory. Then shall the spirit of faith, through the grace of the Merciful, be breathed into thy being, and thou shalt be established and abide upon the seat of certitude.
Baháʾuʾlláh, The Kitáb-i-Íqán. Pages 235-236.
... the human spirit, unless assisted by the spirit of faith, does not become acquainted with the divine secrets and the heavenly realities.
ʿAbduʾl-Bahá, Some Answered Questions. Page 317.

In my opinion, these quotations reveal much safer, and considerably more reliable, angelic contact protocols. Prayers can be offered to souls whether living or departed:

O God, my God! I call Thee, Thy Prophets and Thy Messengers, Thy Saints and Thy Holy Ones, to witness that I have declared conclusively Thy Proofs unto Thy loved ones and set forth clearly all things unto them, that they may watch over Thy Faith, guard Thy Straight Path and protect Thy Resplendent Law. Thou art, verily, the All-Knowing, the All-Wise!
ʿAbduʾl-Bahá, The Will and Testament of ʿAbduʾl-Bahá. Page 13.
... we must not be rigid about praying; there is not a set of rules governing it; the main thing is we must start out with the right concept of God, the Manifestation, the Master, the Guardian—we can turn, in thought, to any one of them when we pray. For instance, you can ask Baháʾuʾlláh for something, or, thinking of Him, ask God for it. The same is true of the Master or the Guardian. You can turn in thought to either of them and then ask their intercession, or pray direct to God. As long as you don’t confuse their stations, and make them all equal, it does not matter much how you orient your thoughts.
From a letter, dated July 24, 1946, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1486.

I frequently pray to souls who have departed from this world, including my physical and spiritual parents and my beautiful guardian angel, and to the beloved Universal House of Justice. Dear Shoghi Effendi prayed to ʿAbduʾl-Bahá’s sister, the Greatest Holy Leaf (al-Waraqiy al-ʿUlyā or in Persianized Arabic, Varaqiy-i ʿUlyā):

Dearly-beloved Greatest Holy Leaf! Through the mist of tears that fill my eyes I can clearly see, as I pen these lines, thy noble figure before me, and can recognize the serenity of thy kindly face. I can still gaze, though the shadow of the grave separate us, into thy blue, love-deep eyes, and can feel, in its calm intensity, the immense love thou didst bear for the Cause of thine Almighty Father, the attachment that bound thee to the most lowly and insignificant among its followers, the warm affection thou didst cherish for me in thine heart. The memory of the ineffable beauty of thy smile shall ever continue to cheer and hearten me in the thorny path I am destined to pursue. The remembrance of the touch of thine hand shall spur me on to follow steadfastly in thy way. The sweet magic of thy voice shall remind me, when the hour of adversity is at its darkest, to hold fast to the rope thou didst seize so firmly all the days of thy life.
Bear thou this my message to ʿAbduʾl-Bahá, thine exalted and divinely-appointed Brother: If the Cause for which Baháʾuʾlláh toiled and labored, for which Thou didst suffer years of agonizing sorrow, for the sake of which streams of sacred blood have flowed, should, in the days to come, encounter storms more severe than those it has already weathered, do Thou continue to overshadow, with Thine all-encompassing care and wisdom, Thy frail, Thy unworthy appointed child.
Intercede, O noble and well-favoured scion of a heavenly Father, for me no less than for the toiling masses of Thy ardent lovers, who have sworn undying allegiance to Thy memory, whose souls have been nourished by the energies of Thy love, whose conduct has been moulded by the inspiring example of Thy life, and whose imaginations are fired by the imperishable evidences of Thy lively faith, Thy unshakable constancy, Thy invincible heroism, Thy great renunciation.
Whatever betide us, however distressing the vicissitudes which the nascent Faith of God may yet experience, we pledge ourselves, before the mercy-seat of thy glorious Father, to hand on, unimpaired and undivided, to generations yet unborn, the glory of that tradition of which thou hast been its most brilliant exemplar.
In the innermost recesses of our hearts, O thou exalted Leaf of the Abhá [al-Abhā, the Most Glorious] Paradise, we have reared for thee a shining mansion that the hand of time can never undermine, a shrine which shall frame eternally the matchless beauty of thy countenance, an altar whereon the fire of thy consuming love shall burn forever.
Shoghi Effendi, Baháʾí Administration. Pages 195-196.

Furthermore, contact protocols are unnecessary. Chalices of pure light, from the Supreme Concourse, and the blessings of intermediate angels will descend upon servants of the Cause or Command of God (al-ʿabīd al-Amr Allāh) in this world:

O handmaid of God! The stars in the sky do not exert any spiritual influence on this world of dust; but all the members and parts of the universe are very strongly linked together in that limitless space, and this connection produceth a reciprocity of material effects. Outside the bounty of the Holy Spirit, whatsoever thou hearest as to the effect of trances, or the mediums’ trumpets, conveying the singing voices of the dead, is imagination pure and simple. As to the bounty of the Holy Spirit, however, relate whatsoever thou wilt—it cannot be overstated; believe, therefore, whatsoever thou hearest of this. But the persons referred to, the trumpet-people, are entirely shut out from this bounty and receive no portion thereof; their way is an illusion.
ʿAbduʾl-Bahá, Selections from the Writings of ʿAbduʾl-Bahá. Pages 160-161.
On every daring adventurer in the service of the Cause of Baháʾuʾlláh the Concourse on high shall descend, “each bearing aloft a chalice of pure light.”
Shoghi Effendi quoting Baháʾuʾlláh, Messages to America. Page 18.

Return to the table of contents.

V. Disinformation, Misdirection, & Fantasy
O contending peoples and kindreds of the earth!... Arise and, armed with the power of faith, shatter to pieces the gods of your vain imaginings, the sowers of dissension amongst you....
Baháʾuʾlláh, quoted in Baháʾí International Community, Statement on Baháʾuʾlláh. Page 17.

Simply put, I almost entirely reject the notion of malevolent visitors. Vast scientific, without spiritual, progress is, in my opinion, an oxymoron. There is no empirical evidence that anyone has been killed by intermediate angels. Claims to the contrary are, I believe, either outright disinformation or socially alienated, disunified paranoia. Discussions of evil reptilians serve the function of stigmatizing serious researchers as wierd or even insane. Evil, which is a relative concept, depends upon of one’s epistemology or perspective. Any seeming negativity might simply reflect our own human limitations.

Furthermore, any lapses in judgment by members of a particular species would, I presume, be addressed through collective security. In my opinion, we earthly humans do not need to worry about this very hypothetical issue:

The principle of collective security He [Baháʾuʾlláh] unreservedly urges; recommends the reduction in national armaments; and proclaims as necessary and inevitable the convening of a world gathering at which the kings and rulers of the world will deliberate for the establishment of peace among the nations.
Shoghi Effendi, God Passes By. Pages 217-218.
Collective Security    A political strategy in which governments enter into an agreement that an attack on any one member will bring about a collective, retaliatory attack by the others.
Larry E. Sullivan, “Collective Security.” The SAGE Glossary of the Social and Behavioral Sciences. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc. 2009.

Unfortunately, in each age, the leaders of humanity have turned against the Holy Prophets and Their chosen ones:

Why is it that the advent of every true Manifestation of God hath been accompanied by such strife and tumult, by such tyranny and upheaval? This notwithstanding the fact that all the Prophets of God, whenever made manifest unto the peoples of the world, have invariably foretold the coming of yet another Prophet after them, and have established such signs as would herald the advent of the future Dispensation. To this the records of all sacred books bear witness. Why then is it that despite the expectation of men in their quest of the Manifestations of Holiness, and in spite of the signs recorded in the sacred books, such acts of violence, of oppression and cruelty, should have been perpetrated in every age and cycle against all the Prophets and chosen Ones of God?...
Leaders of religion, in every age, have hindered their people from attaining the shores of eternal salvation, inasmuch as they held the reins of authority in their mighty grasp. Some for the lust of leadership, others through want of knowledge and understanding, have been the cause of the deprivation of the people.
Baháʾuʾlláh, The Kitáb-i-Íqán. Pages 12-13 and 15.

The demireality of prejudice, hate, and fear is an inappropriate response to the dear intermediate angels. I am also not about to test angels. Logically, if advanced civilizations, and their technologies, posed any threat to the people of this planet, the Earth’s population would have been decimated by now. Evaluating the motivations of these highly developed beings, using our comparatively primitive standpoints, will likely result in tremendous misunderstanding and confusion:

What is happening to us is not the result of any Illuminati conspiracy, whether it is a current secret society or not. The people that propose, vote on, and sign legislation and enforce their phony laws do it right out in the open. Their names are known....
Who gains by obstructing the identity of the enemy? The only people that gain from spouting this Illuminati crap are those in power now and those that work for those in power. It might be the most insidious form of disinformation that there is out there.
Illuminati Patriotism, Idiocy, and Fear.” Surreal World. Blog. September 22, 2009. Retrieved on May 1, 2012.

For many Illuminati conspiracists, political and cultural elites, or members of other powerful organizations, are believed to possess a higher level of spiritual gnōsis than the masses. In my opinion, this assumption of an inner knowledge, stolen from humanity by a few ancient bloodlines, is unjustifiable. (Politics, I suspect, are irrelevant to angels.) When we judge our visitors, or anyone else, using historically or culturally limited standards, we miss the point of the universal oneness of existence. On the other hand, by trusting only in God and relying upon His guidance, our hearts become open to the divine attributes in all the worlds of being.

Although the conspiracy movement is filled with fraud and insanity, I would never call everyone a liar. While I remain hugely skeptical of direct or indirect human encounters with unfriendly aliens, I am not closed to the possibility of seemingly hostile interactions. Since, however, I am not a libertarian or a nationalist, my interpretations of these events might differ. Events or associations which could, to a person on the far right, appear offensive or threatening, I might view as either compassionate or defensive. Indeed, I am far more persuaded that earthly governments have been antagonistic towards intermediate angels than the other way around.

When certain elites successfully establish themselves as the standards of truth, while perhaps releasing Illuminati disinformation, knowledge is reduced to the affairs of state, and wild speculations proliferate. Indeed, one of the major problems with conversations on unidentified flying objects and intermediate angels has been a tendency toward a statist epistemology (or knowledge) along with political reductionism and the fallacy of authority. Rather than focusing upon the recorded and oral histories of eyewitness observers, the emphasis has sometimes been placed upon government revelations and alleged military whitewashes.

1. As requested ... there is presented below the considered opinion of this [Air Materiel] Command concerning the so-called “Flying Discs.” ...
It is the opinion that:
a. the phenomenon reported is real and not visionary or fictitious.
b. There are objects probably approximating the shape of a disc, of such appreciable size as to appear to be as large as man-made aircraft.
c. There is a possibility that some of the incidents may be caused by natural phenomena, such as meteors.
d. The reported operating characteristics such as extreme rates of climb, maneuverability (particularly in roll), and action which must be considered evasive when sighted or contacted by friendly aircraft or radar, lend belief to the possibility that some of the objects are controlled either manually, automatically or remotely.
U.S. Lieutenant General N.F. Twining, General Twining’s Letter. Air Materiel Command. Official U.S. military document (obtained through the Freedom of Information Act). September 23, 1947. December 25, 2012.

In any event, reductionism, or focusing upon a particular set of variables, is necessary to study any subject properly, fairly, and comprehensively. Unfortunately, the popular and scientific definitions of reductionism are frequently not the same. In a scientific context, reductionism is specific to a particular hypothesis. Other reductionisms, with different hypotheses, are not excluded. Holism, while sometimes appropriate on the theoretical or explanatory level, is problemetic from a methodological perspective. Methodologically, holism muddies the waters and confuses the subject under consideration.

Further, some writers have claimed that many so-called UFO groups have been infiltrated, even founded, by members of government agencies. There have even been allegations that, in order to promote conspiratorial disinformation, ufology itself has largely been a psychological operation (psyop), dominated by military and intelligence types, and turned into junk science and paranoia:

It seems inevitable that the exopolitics [political relations with the universe] nuts are being fed baloney by disinfo types. Even without such help, they are and will continue to be counterproductive to any real revelation. Infiltration of UFO groups and other paranormal organizations has been devastating, for decades. Keeping ufology marginalized has kept the real scientists away. That leaves the research to amateurs and phonies. There has been some astonishingly good work done by amateurs, but it remains marginalized and unexamined by the people who could do something with it. The bunkum campaigns also go without any sort of peer review, which leaves the curious bystander woefully unprepared to think effectively about what they might see or read about.
Another problem is that paranormal researchers of various stripe tend to skew the data to fit their own beliefs. This sort of self-censorship is a normal human behavior, and is part of what peer review is designed to counteract. You don’t get away with ignoring significant data when you have colleagues and competitors examining your research.
The Drone Enigma: A Global Search For The Truth. June 6, 2009. Retrieved on August 22, 2012.
Government agents posing as concerned citizen “UFOlogists”—also mimicked by unwitting dupes falsely induced by them—recently have naively revived this old incident [Majestic Twelve or MJ-12], alleging that a “government cover-up” in 1947, concealed “evidence of aliens from space,” and secret collaboration between them and our secret collaboration between them and our “brilliant” military authorities and government.
William R. Lyne, Pentagon Aliens. (Formerly, Space Aliens from the Pentagon.) Lamy, NM: Creatopia Productions. Third edition. 1999. Page 120.
This letter is to all the conference boards, talk show hosts and others within the [UFO] community who continue to deal with half truths and perpetuate the dark threatening agendas concerning our off world visitors totally ignoring the fact that the majority of off worlders are very spiritually and technologically advanced as well as benevolent.
The fear and suspense along with other hidden agendas via disinformation agents has so infiltrated ufology that the higher truth has been virtually pushed out. The UFO community has become the very conspiracy and censors of truth they set out in the beginning to expose....
The vast majority of off worlders which includes those coming from the higher dimensions are benevolent so why is the vast majority of the conferences and radio show programming focused on the negative regenerate side? Why is the negative, regenerate side given all the air and podium time which is completely disproportionate to reality? Personally I believe the majority of the UFO community has become so convoluted and riddled with disinformation along with those sitting on boards who perpetuate the mis and disinformation with NWO [new world order] connections not to mention the material driven circus there is no way any off world visitor would have anything to do with it. As a venue for truth it is unsalvageable.
This is why I have no more desire to operate or involve myself further with these groups....
You have my permission to copy and send this far and wide.
James Gilliland, Email Message. Retrieved on November 10, 2012.

The next quotation, from retired Command Sergeant Major and ufologist Robert Dean (born, 1929), associates the alleged “secret space program” with the widely discounted views of Zecharia Sitchin. In my opinion, that fact alone makes the following comments somewhat questionable. On the other hand, since this hypothetical space program is, admittedly, secret, I really have no basis for drawing any empirical conclusions. The subject of clandestine space activities, whether involving other planets or Earth’s moon, should, in my opinion, be left to the historians of the future.

In United States government national laboratories like San Dia, Los Alamos, Brookhaven national laboratory in Long Island, which is one of most super secret laboratories; anyhow, we have scientists and military guys who have been working alongside of some of those dudes [extraterrestrials], and they are in our midst. When I retired, we knew of four different groups, and they were all humanoid; but they were all not the kind of guys who could walk up and down the street on a Saturday afternoon without being seen or responded to.
But one of the groups of four looks exactly like us in the sense that it could be sitting here in this auditorium next to you and you wouldn’t know it. Next to you in an airplane, or a restaurant, or a theater. They’re in our midst, guys – this one group, particularly, is in our midst. Apparently since 1954 when I met them at Morock airforce base, in California; they’ve been working with us, trying to help us make that transition from adolescence into adulthood. Why are they doing that? Well, apparently this is the same group that had a hand in engineering our genetics 10,000-100,000 years ago. If you want a little history on that subject, read Zecharia Sitchin, which I suspect most of you are familiar with. His stories are shockingly accurate – in the sense that they literally tell the essential story of our beginnings....
The Quadrillion dollar question: Where did all our money go and why are we in such debt globally? There is a separate space program, which you guys are paying for and they’re not telling you anything about it, and as a result, NASA is a bit of a joke. We have a special space program and it is apparently known as the United States Aerospace Command and it is a joint service agency. That means it includes Navy, Army, Air Force, Marine Corps, and it also includes the British Aerospace Command.
Robert Orel Dean, Awake and Aware Conference. 2009. Retrieved on April 30, 2012.

In 2009, Paul LaViolette, Ph.D., a physicist and systems scientist, repeatedly hung up on the Internet radio program, Veritas Radio (a weekly unintentional dark comedy or satire), but he placed the blame on intelligence operatives. Meanwhile, he fed the host, Mel Fabregas, conspiracy theories on interstellar space travel, 9/11 “truth,” and other subjects. The fact that the guest, not the host, was always on the disconnecting end never even raised suspicions. (You can listen to the first hour.) Intriguingly, many, if not most, ufologists, including Robert Dean, are current and former members of military, intelligence, and research agencies.

The Supreme Headquarters Allied Powers Europe (SHAPE), NATO’s military headquarters for Europe from 1951-2003 and since 2003 responsible for all of NATO’s operations, is not normally associated with Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs). However, Mr. Robert O. Dean, a retired U.S. Army Sergeant Major, has stated in numerous speeches, interviews and internet postings that in 1964 SHAPE prepared a highly classified, limited-distribution document analysing the threat posed by UFOs to NATO, a document with the title “The Assessment: An Evaluation of a Possible Military Threat to NATO Forces in Europe.” ...
In conclusion, extensive searches of NATO and SHAPE archives have failed to find the alleged “Assessment” itself or even the slightest hint that such a study was every carried out. Given the huge effort that Mr. Dean alleges went into this study and the extended time period during which it was prepared (2½ years according to Mr. Dean), it seems inconceivable that not even the slightest trace of this massive study and the resulting “Assessment” would remain anywhere in NATO or SHAPE, if the document had actually existed....
While some readers may dismiss these conclusions as being part of some big NATO cover-up of the existence of UFOs, I would like to point out that I am not saying that UFOs do or do not exist, I am simply showing that there is absolutely no plausible evidence that SHAPE prepared a huge “Assessment” of UFOs in the 1960s.
Dr. Gregory Pedlow, The Alleged SHAPE “Assessment” of UFOs in 1964: What the Official Records Show. Official NATO Document. Retrieved on September 9, 2012.
The military still encounters UFOs, as many reports continue to prove. Moreover, secrecy orders about UFOs remain in effect. In 1975, the late Senator Barry Goldwater stated that UFOs were still classified “above Top Secret.” ...
In the mid-1980s, UFO researcher William Moore admitted to working covertly with the intelligence world, to the shock and dismay of his colleagues. But stuff like this is surely the tip of a large iceberg. Ufology is dominated by men and women connected to the world of intelligence, usually through prior experience in the military or CIA.
Richard M. Dolan, Science, Secrecy, and Ufology. Rochester, NY: Keyhoe Publishing Company. 2000. Retrieved on September 9, 2012.
A Non-Conspiratorial Campaign of Silence

There has never been, I would suggest, a conspiracy to cover up secret knowledge of intermediate angels. Instead, the opposite appears to be true. Governments have either avoided directly addressing the issue, in an apparent campaign of silence, or they have explained it away, since they have neither fully understood nor successfully resolved it:

To date, the firm conclusions of Project BlueBook are: (1) no unidentified flying object reported, investigated, and evaluated by the Air Force has ever given any indication of threat to our national security; (2) there has been no evidence submitted to or discovered by the Air Force that sightings categorized as unidentified represent technological developments or principles beyond the range of present day scientific knowledge; and (3) there has been no evidence indicating that sightings categorized as unidentified are extraterrestrial vehicles.
Project Blue Book. Official U.S. government document. February 1, 1966. Retrieved on September 29, 2012.
The public was often skeptical of [United States] Air Force explanations attributing UFO sightings to swamp gas, weather balloons or other natural phenomena. Pentagon officials repeatedly denied allegations the military had evidence of extraterrestrial visits.
Linda D. Kozaryn, Civilians, Not Military Investigate UFOs. Official U.S. government document. April 8, 1997. Retrieved on September 29, 2012.
[The Project] Clementine [spacecraft] was supposed to be NASA, and, all of a sudden, the [U.S.] Air Force took it over. I wonder why.... The key reason [for silence on the spaceship issue] is if a major government, who bills itself as a leader in science, cannot explain something, then it’s not going to talk about it. Because its scientists are supposed to be able to explain any anomaly that big.... They better have an explanation for it. So it’s going to take them time to study it before an announcement would be made, but I think that the Japanese will beat us to it.
U.S. Army Major Ed Dames (retired), “Remote Viewing Mars.” Coast to Coast AM. George Noory, host. October 16, 2012. Retrieved (transcribed) on October 17, 2012.

Consequently, through conspiracy theory trickery and hoaxing, infiltrating ufology groups and posing undercover as ufologists, making threats against whistleblowers, and marginalizing serious researchers, the issue of angelic entities and their spacecraft has been handled much like a psychological intelligence operation or psychological warfare. As a ventriloquist, I have practiced, by throwing my voice, the art of “magical” misdirection. “Whatever works,” I suppose:

Psychological Operations [psyops]: Planned operations to convey selected information and indicators to foreign audiences to influence their emotions, motives, objective reasoning, and ultimately the behavior of foreign governments, organizations, groups and individuals.
Richard K. Smith, “Information Warfare: Psychological Operations Implications for 21st Century Organizational Leadership.” Federal Information Systems Security Educator’s Association. University of Maryland (College Park, Maryland). March, 2004. Retrieved on August 21, 2012.
“... despite all those pairs of eyes trained to keep track of us, it was our job to overwhelm the senses of the human members of the surveillance teams .... Done right, it would be a classic demonstration of hiding the smaller motion within the larger motion – the very mantra of magic, illusion, and misdirection.” [Henry Louis “H.L.” Mencken, 1880-1956]
Expert practice of denial, deception, and illusion, and expert countering of denial, deception, and illusion are of the highest priority in the evolving work of intelligence. They are rooted in the human experience.
A. Denis Clift (President, Joint Military Intelligence College), “Where the Rabbit is Likely to Pass.” Defense Intelligence Agency. Official U.S. government document. January 15, 2002. Retrieved on August 20, 2012.
Enoch Crosby, a counterintelligence officer, posed as an itinerant shoemaker (his civilian trade) to travel through southern New York while infiltrating Loyalist cells. After the Tories started to suspect him when he kept “escaping” from the Americans, Crosby’s superiors moved him to Albany, where he resumed his undercover espionage.
Intelligence Techniques.” Central Intelligence Agency. Official U.S. government document. March 15, 2007. Retrieved on August 22, 2012.

Many psychological operations also utilize conversational hypnosis and the empirically questionable neuro-linguistic programming (NLP):

One of the most important and useful aspects of using NLP to master yourself is in the art of creating resource states. Resource states are states of mind that can be used to positively re-program your past, present and future.
Colin G. Smith, Neuro Linguistic Programming NLP Techniques: Quick Start Guide. Privately published. 2012. Kindle edition.
Conversational hypnosis, also commonly known as covert hypnosis, is the art of influencing others by giving them direct subconscious commands to follow, that seem like normal everyday conversation. It is a style of communication that you will use to subtly direct anyone’s subconscious mind to take action.
Michael Kiff, Conversational Hypnosis: A Practical Guide. Las Vegas: Define Success. 2012. Kindle edition.
I am a veteran “global private intelligence professional” who specializes in “psychological operations” including the use of “conversational hypnosis” (I am certified as a Master Trainer in NLP and can perform hypnotherapy for vocational needs) ....
Dark Lords – The Power Within. March 23, 2010. Retrieved on January 4, 2013.

William Lyne agrees that ufology is dominated by official trolls:

I had known for at least forty years that CIA/OSI [the CIA Office of Scientific Intelligence] disinformationists control the UFOlogy network, which they themselves created, involving all mass media, especially TV and publishing.
William R. Lyne, Pentagon Aliens. (Formerly, Space Aliens from the Pentagon.) Lamy, NM: Creatopia Productions. Third edition. 1999. Page 1.

Secrecy should also not be confused with conspiracies to do harm. Angelic beings may well be an open secret, but confidentiality is often driven by fear. To individuals of a certain mindset, these beings are likely terrifying. They cannot be controlled. For that matter, spy agencies will, as required by their trade, keep their confidences and intelligence conspiracies from other governments and the general public. Information is provided on a need-to-know basis. Some corporations, in maintaining a competitive edge, have engaged in surreptitious activities. Children are often threatened by their parents, or by others, not to publicly reveal abusive relationships.

con·spir·a·cy  (kən-spîrˈə-sē)
n. pl. con·spir·a·cies
1. An agreement to perform together an illegal, wrongful, or subversive act.
2. A group of conspirators.
3. Law An agreement between two or more persons to commit a crime or accomplish a legal purpose through illegal action.
4. A joining or acting together, as if by sinister design: a conspiracy of wind and tide that devastated coastal areas.
The American Heritage® Dictionary of the English Language. Fourth edition. Editors of the American Heritage Dictionaries (a team), editors. New York. Houghton Mifflin Company. 2009.
conspiracy [kənˈspɪrəsɪ]
n pl -cies
1. a secret plan or agreement to carry out an illegal or harmful act, esp with political motivation; plot
2. the act of making such plans in secret
Collins English Dictionary: Complete and Unabridged. Elspeth Summers, Jeanette Kuether, and Alan Isaacs, editors. New York: HarperCollins Publishers. 2003.

Terror is immobilizing. It can discourage an individual from speaking emancipatory truth to power. In other words, panic, through disinformation and intimidation, works to the benefit of global capitalism and other disunifying systems and practices. Disinformation is, of course, also sometimes planted. When governments, corporations, or, in some cases, pranksters feed paranoids disinformation, on almost any subject, a fanatically fearful feeding frenzy frequently follows. Suggestible and gullible people are, by definition, quite easy to control, manipulate, misdirect, or propagandize.

The subject of intermediate angels and their spacecraft could be viewed by certain special interest groups in the military-industrial complex, or by military and corporate partnerships, in some or in many countries as a national (homeland) or global security issue. Through the outpouring of official disinformation, a popular lack of social scientific knowledge regarding progaganda techniques, and an apparent failure to study good critical thinking processes, the subject of angelic contact has been clouded. Getting to the bottom of certain specific issues, or solving the puzzle in its entirety, has been rendered nearly impossible.

Another alleged fear concerns provoking widespread public unrest – much like the panic which ensued during the 1938 radio broadcast, The War of the Worlds (MP3 audio file). In addition, some individuals or agencies might have altruistically wrestled with the dangers of civil unrest after upsetting or busting the paradigms of some traditional religious organizations.

It has been the downfall of great nations and cultures when a new reality is not readily accepted by the masses. The social order was severely ravaged by the last world war, with great damage to the religious dogma of “earth without end,” thus making a government disclosure irresponsible and inherently dangerous. The scientific community would predictably question such a reaction as a world suffering from a Buck Rogers delerium and attack anyone of their own ranks for believing such fantasy. Science itself, may undergo a traumatic transformation, with belief structures in shambles, putting the institutions under scrutiny by the layman, thus eroding any credibility. Science would be left with an image of credulity....
One of the most difficult aspects of controlling the perception in the public’s mind of government attempts of denial and ignorance—is actual control of the press. Until a clear intent is established with diplomatic relations firmly in hand, it is the recommendation of the President’s Special Panel with concurrence from MAJESTIC TWELVE, that a policy of strict denial of the events surfacing from Roswell, N.M., and any other incident of such caliber, be enforced. An inter-active program of controlled releases to the media, in such fashion to discredit any civilian investigation, be instituted in accordance with the provisions of the 1947 National Security Act.
Majestic Twelve Project, Annual Report, Summer 1952. Possibly fabricated official U.S. government document. Retrieved on June 5, 2012.
An individual’s reactions to such a radio contact [with extraterrestrials] would in part depend on his cultural, religious, and social background, as well as on the actions of those he considered authorities and leaders, and their behavior, in turn would in part depend on their cultural, social, and religious environment. The discovery would certainly be front-page news everywhere ....
The knowledge that life existed in other parts of the universe might lead to a greater unity of men on earth, based on the oneness of man or on the age-old assumption that any stranger is threatening Much would depend on what, if anything, was communicated between man and the other beings ....
The positions of the major American religious denominations, the Christian sects, and the Eastern religions on the matter of extraterrestrial life need elucidation. Consider the following: “The Fundamentalist (and anti-science) sects are growing apace around the world and, as missionary enterprises, may have schools and a good deal of literature attached to them.” ...
... studies would include historical reactions to hoaxes, psychic manifestations, unidentified flying objects, etc. Hadley Cantril’s study, Invasion from Mars (Princeton University Press, 1940) [about Orson Welles’ “War of the Worlds” radio broadcast], would provide a useful if limited guide in this area. Fruitful understanding might be gained from a comparative study of factors affecting the responses of primitive societies to exposure to technologically advanced societies [referring to earlier notions of “cargo cults”?]. Some thrived, some endured, and some died.
Donald N. Michael, Committee on Long-Range Studies of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Brookings Report). From The Brookings Institution. December, 1960. Official U.S. government document. (File contains the full report, followed by the report with some typographical errors corrected, followed by footnotes.) Retrieved on June 16, 2012.
So back to Roswell in 1947. The theory is that at least one flying disc was recovered with alien bodies inside it. With this shocking evidence and the sheer panic that the US public had shown a decade earlier to Orson Welles’ “War of the Worlds” radio broadcast the story was quickly hushed up internally and externally....
The secret had to be kept to prevent society from collapsing and the profound effect on the world’s religions.
Alleged Reasons for UFO Secrecy. Retrieved on May 23, 2012.

Nick Pope worked, from 1985-2006, for the British Ministry of Defence (MoD). One of his responsibilities was operating the UK government’s “UFO” project. Pope has openly admitted his role as a “disinformation agent,” especially when it came to the interests of some members of the Royal Family in UFO phenomena:

I’m not sure how I feel about promoting a book [Government Circles], the (lengthy) subtitle of which is displayed on the front page and reads “It’s 2009 and it is time to rewrite history. Nick Pope and the MoD attempt to change the official UK crop circle and UFO histories. But they are taken to task through the documented historical evidence from the National Archives!” – but what the hell, Colin Andrews and I are friends. The book stems from an “official history” I wrote some years ago, detailing the military and the MoD’s involvement in the crop circle phenomenon. I wrote the article at a time when I was still working for the MoD and it’s no secret that MoD has downplayed its interest and involvement in the crop circle issue, as it has with the UFO phenomenon. This has been the policy for many years and clearly I had to play my part in this when I worked for the government. In this interesting and important new book, Colin Andrews takes me and the MoD to task for this. He has a point and has highlighted fascinating new evidence documenting greater official interest in crop circles than has previously been acknowledged. Some of the issues Colin highlights have arisen because the line between official and private interest (even within government, the military and the intelligence agencies) can be blurred. There are particular sensitivities and political difficulties when members of the Royal Family are involved. Nonetheless, I recommend this book, even though I come across as the bad guy. Order from Amazon or check out Colin’s website at for further details.
Nick Pope, Weird World. August, 2009. Retrieved on August 19, 2009.

Personally, I am unconcerned about the information revealed by goverment agencies or their surrogates. I do, however, pray that, under divine guidance, the intermediate angels decide, in the near future, to visibly intervene in world affairs or, in some other way, to make their presence indisputable. Governments are, generally speaking, notoriously conservative and protective of the status quo or established order. They are frequently patronizing and paternalistic. This is a brief excerpt from sociologist and economist Max Weber’s definition of traditional authority:

A system of imperative co-ordination will be called “traditional” if legitimacy is claimed for it and believed on the basis of the sanctity of the order and the attendant powers of control as they have been handed down from the past, “have always existed.”
Max Weber, The Theory Of Social And Economic Organization. Talcott Parsons, editor. New York: The Free Press (Simon & Schuster). 1964. Page 341.
Playing Rough

To be clear, I have nothing against any government or military agency. The current world order consists of sovereign, and quasi-sovereign, nation states. These entities have been imperialistically pursuing the means to defeat any potential adversaries. I can certainly understand, from the perspective of certain bureaucrats, the predicament faced by any military-industrial complex. Weaponization and mistrust, played out on a global stage, can be a deadly combination. Perhaps as a last resort, extreme measures have, according to some individuals, occasionally been taken:

One older officer discussed with me [a U.S. Army Brigadier General] what possibly could happen if there was a revelation [about extraterrestrials]. He was talking about being erased and I said, “Man, what do you mean erased?” And he said, “Yes, you will be erased—disappear.” And I said, “How do you know all this?” And he said, “I know. Those threats have been made and carried out. Those threats started way back in 1947. The Army Air Force was given absolute control over how to handle this. This being the biggest security situation that this country has ever dealt with and there have been some erasures.”
Quoted in Steven M. Greer, M.D., Disclosure: Military and Government Witnesses Reveal the Greatest Secrets in Modern History. 2001. Page 235. Retrieved from Scribd on May 21, 2012.
Last weekend I was in Los Angeles for the National UFO Conference (NUFOC) to speak about “UFO Crash Retrievals and the American Government’s Policy of Denial in the Interest of National Security.” One of my colleagues from Canada, Grant Cameron, was going to speak at the conference about the “64 Reasons Why The U.S. Government Can’t Tell the Truth About UFOs.” ... Grant’s research the past few years has been physically traveling in the United States to American National Archives and Presidential libraries looking for time and date links between White House meetings and alleged UFO crash retrieval events. Grant’s work has strongly contributed to the emerging Big Picture of American presidents as far back as Franklin Delano Roosevelt having knowledge about UFO crash retrievals and cover-ups.
Grant was scheduled to speak on Sunday afternoon, September 4, at the NUFOC conference, but instead there was a public announcement that his phone had been disconnected, his e-mail was not working and that no one had heard from him. Given that Grant Cameron is a well grounded man who is the building facility manager at the University of Manitoba in Winnipeg, Canada, and reporter and producer of the popular website,, we were all alarmed. I tried Grant’s cell phone number and only heard a rapid beeping.
Finally after returning to Albuquerque from the NUFOC conference, I was able to hear Grant’s firsthand account of what appears to be American Homeland Security’s premeditated and deliberate block on Friday morning, September 2, 2005, at the Vancouver International Airport. Grant Cameron was not allowed to enter the United States. He had been pulled aside by one customs checker and then sent into the offices of three U. S. Homeland Security agents. There was no courtesy from the man in front of Grant, only arrogance.
Linda Moulton Howe, Canadian UFO Researcher Blocked by U. S. Homeland Security From Speaking at NUFOC Conference, Hollywood. 2005. Retrieved on May 23, 2012.

Following a pair of concepts from criminology, one need not use specific deterrence. General deterrence, or frightening and intimidating many people into silence by harassing only a few, is often sufficient:

Crime can be controlled through the threat of formal punishment, and punishment serves two vital deterrent purposes: specific deterrence sends a message to the individual offender, while general deterrence sends a message to society.
Larry E. Sullivan, The SAGE Glossary of the Social and Behavioral Sciences. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc. 2009. Page 76.

The extent to which U.S. citizens have been the victims of targeted killings by the federal government is unknown, but it certainly has been an issue of concern for some legislators:

... amendment #21, offered by Rep. Holt (NJ), ... would prohibit any Intelligence Community employee or contractor from engaging in the assassination/targeted killing of a U.S. person unless specific criteria are met; amendment #22, offered by Rep. Holt (NJ), ... would require the Director of National Intelligence and Director of the CIA to publicly disclosure any legal opinions or memoranda used to justify the President’s target killing program against United States persons; amendment #2, offered by Rep. Jackson Lee (TX), ... would prevent any of the funds authorized under this Act from being used to violate a person’s civil liberties ....
U.S. House of Representatives, House Report 112-504. 112th Congress. 2d Session. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office. Official U.S. government document. Retrieved on August 13, 2012.
Congressman Dennis Kucinich (D-OH) [Democrat-Ohio] today announced that he has introduced H.R. [House Resolution] 6010, which prohibits targeted killings of U.S. citizens. The announcement comes on the heels of a lawsuit brought by the American Civil Liberties Union and the Center for Constitutional Rights challenging the government’s legal authority to prohibit pro-bono lawyers from representing U.S. citizens on lists for targeted assassination without due process....
It has been reported that the CIA and the Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC) maintain lists of individuals they can target for execution simply for being suspected of involvement in terrorism, in subversion of their most basic constitutional rights and due process of law. These individuals can be targeted for killing at anytime, despite being far from any battlefield, wherever they may be.
Congressman Dennis Kucinich, Kucinich Bill will Stop the Extrajudicial Killing of Americans. Official U.S. government document. August 5, 2010. Retrieved on August 13, 2012.

The next quotation combines, in my opinion, unverifiable information, concerning Philip Schneider’s alleged murder, with clever disinformation or trickery. That is to say, apart from the question of homicide, the information provided on Christian persecution might have been designed to appeal to a sympathetic target audience. For what it’s worth, the accounts of an alleged Dulce underground base raise considerable objections, in my mind, to the naïve ethnocentric proposition of ongoing technological cooperation between intermediate angels and, for the most part, Americans.

I can’t tell you the number of people I have personally talked to that have been in some of the most secret government programs, including Phill Schneider five days before he was murdered, a guy by the name of Tex Armstrong who absolutely validated everything that I’d ever been told, and multiple generals and multiple intel agents. But, you know what the common thread was in all these guys: They said it was something – not what you’d expect from intergalactic or interplanetary visitors. He said the occult emanations – he even told me about one guy that was present at Dulce – the [alleged alien] underground base at Dulce [New Mexico] – who was a Christian; and when he saw some of these entities, in person now, he rebuked them in Jesus’ Name – under his breath; and, listen, a general told me this – no friend of a friend of a friend – and, absolutely, the aliens demanded – this is interesting – Christians not be present at Dulce when they cut their deal. And Dulce is one of many alien hives that exist.
Steve Quayle, Episode 622: The Vatican and Alien Connection/Petrus Romanus. Omega Man™ Radio. April 4, 2012. Retrieved on May 23, 2012.

The following passages provide some explanations:

... physicist Paul Bennewitz, ... after digging into Air Force and National Security Agency secret projects at Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico in the late 1970s that he believed were connected to the activities of sinister extraterrestrials and UFOs, was put under deep surveillance by the US military and intelligence services, and was bombarded by the murky world of officialdom with a mass of disinformation, faked stories and outright lies in order to divert him from his research – which worked. In fact, it worked rather too well, and led to the mental and psychological disintegration of Bennewitz....
And so a plan was initiated: Having learned the essential parts of Bennewitz’s theories – very ironically from the man himself, by actually breaking into his home while he was out and checking his files and research notes – that aliens were mutilating cattle as part of some weird medical experiment; that they were abducting American citizens and implanting them with devices for purposes unknown; that those same aliens were living deep underground in a secure fortress at Dulce, New Mexico; and that we were all very soon going to be in deep and dire trouble as a direct result of the presence of this brewing, intergalactic threat, the Air Force gave Bennewitz precisely what he was looking for – confirmation that his theories were all true, and more.
Of course, this was all just a carefully-planned ruse to bombard Bennewitz with so much faked UFO data in the hope that it would steer him away from the classified military projects of a non-UFO nature that he had uncovered. And, indeed, it worked....
As long-time watchers of the ufological research scene will be aware, American Intelligence even brought Bill Moore ... into the scheme and asked him to keep them informed of how their disinformation operations against Bennewitz were working. In return, Moore was promised – and provided with – data and documents on super-secret, official UFO projects, crashed saucers, dead aliens, and more.
Nick Redfern, Industrious Military Flying Saucers. November 19, 2011. Retrieved on July 17, 2012.
At the Dulce Base treason is “ANYTHING that mentions the details of daily operations at this facility, when outside the confinement of the this base.” When I first arrived, a “need to know” policy was in effect. The story the “honchos” told us was that “this is a Tri-Biotransfer Facility with Advanced Technology, doing advanced adventurous methodology for medical and mental gains.” ...
... the Dulce Base [New Mexico] IS A SECRET FACILITY! These people are very good at what they do. They do not tell the truth about the unfortunate people that end up in “Nightmare Hall.” I worked with aliens. With that in mind, you should get the idea of the secrecy and the security at that place.
Dulce Base: The Thomas Castello Declaration. November 19, 2011. Retrieved on July 17, 2012.

Earlier, Philip Scheider claimed to have discovered an underground alien base (Dulce, New Mexico). He began shooting. Schneider was then, he stated, wounded by the angelic entities. Even if the report happened to be partially accurate, which is obviously doubtful, these alleged alien beings were apparently acting in their own defense:

In 1979, Philip [Schneider] was employed by Morrison-Knudsen, Inc. He was involved in building an addition to the deep underground military base at Dulce, New Mexico. The project at that time had drilled four holes in the desert that were to be linked together with tunnels. Philip’s job was to go down the holes, check the rock samples, and recommend the explosives to deal with the particular rock. In the process, the workers accidentally opened a large artificial cavern, a secret base for the aliens known as Grays [Greys]. In the panic that occurred, sixty-seven workers and military personnel were killed, with Philip Schneider being one of only three people to survive. Philip claimed that scars on his chest were caused by his being struck by an alien weapon that would later result in cancer due to the radiation.
Tim Swartz (with the assistance from Cynthia Drayer), The Mysterious Life and Death of Philip Schneider.

Some people have speculated that Scheider’s stroke was a murder:

The Clackamas County Coroner’s office initially attributed Philip Schneider’s death to a stroke. However, in the following days disturbing details about his death began to surface, leading some to believe that Philip Schneider had not died from a stroke, but had in fact been murdered.
Tim Swartz (with the assistance from Cynthia Drayer), The Mysterious Life and Death of Philip Schneider.

Schneider was, arguably, a conspiracy theorist. Such paranoia can have deadly consequences. If a radical libertarian or neofascist believes that the Illuminati, or whatever bogeymen, are out to get him, his life may become, almost literally, a ticking time bomb. When confronting their imaginary persecutors, paranoids can make lots of enemies. Eventually, their fears may even become a self-fulfilling prophecy. They have been murdered by civilians and, in some cases, killed by law enforcement officers. Unfortunately, many people did not seem to learn the lesson about marginalizing, “othering,“ fear, and and hate following the devastating events of World War II.

This writer suggests some other possibilities:

Phil [Schneider] told a nice story. Too bad his story did NOT match the other 12 people who got out of DULCE BASE, in 1979.
They told their stories to others between 1979 and 1989. Phil Schneider did not tell his BOGUS Story till about 1995.
Phil was unable to answer even the most simple questions “Privately” put to his by people who did know about the Dulce Base. Phil had never heard of “Project Gasbuggy.” He claimed to be a knowledgable “Geologist” and explosives expert. He described the construction of the Dulce base incorrectly. He did not know the info kept from all previous releases of info about the base. Example: Anyone who was EVER in the base would KNOW the unusual nature of the hallway floors and what was the ONLY area of the base that did not have that “material” on the floor. He did NOT know the real unique “Shape” of the Dulce Elevators. He did not know the distance BETWEEN each level. He did not know that each level had a highly noticeable DIFFERENCE than any other level. He did NOT know the Security Requirements or procure about going from one level to another.
Schneider was never able or willing to prove his allegations (e.g. showing the entrance to Dulce Base or where Tunnels he drilled were located)....
Phil said, “My Father, Otto Oscar Schneider, fought on both sides of the war. He was originally a U-boat captain, was captured and repatriated in the United States.” The simple answer to this one is that there was no U-boat commander in WWII with that name. Only 2 commanders with that last name in the war; Herbert Schneider died while in command of U-522 and Manfred Schneider only commander the small XXIII boat U-4706 for the last 3 months of the war, never on patrol. This story is just that, a story....
Schneider was in the last few months of his death. Perhaps Schneider secretly knew that his cancer was not picked up from some alien weapon, but from radiation he had been exposed to from studying rocks/tunnels in his lifetime. He was a geologist afterall. Moreover, Schneider may have believed that the government was reponsible for his death (he was employed by them), and by telling the world an array of astonishing, convincing stories, he wished to deliver a blow to federal government. But why would he commit suicide? As mentioned, Schneider was coming up to the final months of his life. In his lectures he spoke of how he had been threatened by government officials, as had his wife if he spoke about his past. It is very possible that Schneider killed himself, but intended that his legion of followers believed he was murdered. This obviously would authenticate his story.
The Phil Schneider Controversy – Pro and Con. August 29, 2006. Retrieved on October 14, 2012.

Many popular ufologists and alleged eyewitnesses, including Schneider, have been associated with the patriot movement:

To many, William Cooper [from the patriot movement] was merely a laughably paranoid, far-right conspiracy theorist.....
In the 17-officer operation in November, two sheriff’s deputies disguised as pickup-driving civilians tried to lure Cooper away from his house and his large stock of weapons. Cooper surprised them by driving, not walking, to come scare them off....
William Cooper was killed by multiple shots before he made it inside. An acquaintance of Cooper’s said that the officers were lucky to get him when they did, because Cooper kept a semi-automatic AK-47 by the front door.
Conspiracy Theorist Slain in Police Shootout.” Intelligence Report. Spring, 2002. Issue 105. Montgomery, AL: Southern Poverty Law Center. Retrieved on July 26, 2012.
The evidence forecasting David Koresh’s intention to orchestrate a mass suicide was contradictory. Koresh and his followers repeatedly assured the negotiators that they did not intend to commit suicide.
Evaluation of the Handling of the Branch Davidian Stand-Off in Waco, Texas, February 28 to April 19, 1993.” U.S. Department of Justice. October 8, 1993. Retrieved on July 26, 2012.

Aside from the Branch Davidians (1993), the most well-known examples of radical libertarianism in the United States, and what I call “the rednecking of America,” were the Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, domestic terrorist bombing (1995), which involved Terry Nichols and Timothy McVeigh, and the domestic terrorist massacre (2012), at the Sikh temple in Oak Creek (metropolitan Milwaukee), Wisconsin, by “white power” musician Wade Michael Page:

The primary mission of this department is to prevent terrorist attacks on our nation. The document on right-wing extremism sent last week by this department’s Office of Intelligence and Analysis is one in an ongoing series of assessments to provide situational awareness to state, local and tribal law enforcement agencies on the phenomenon and trends of violent radicalization in the United States. I was briefed on the general topic, which is one that struck a nerve as someone personally involved in the Timothy McVeigh prosecution.
Janet Napolitano, “Statement by U.S. Department of Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano on the Threat of Right-Wing Extremism.” U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Official U.S. government document. April 15, 2009. Retrieved on July 27, 2012.
The skinhead former soldier who killed six people and critically wounded three at a Sikh temple ... [on August 5, 2012] was a frustrated neo-Nazi who had been the leader of a racist white-power band.
Wade Michael Page, who was kicked out of the army in 1998 when he worked at Fort Bragg in Psychological Operations, gave an interview two years ago to white supremacist website Label 56, telling them that he started the band End Apathy because of his wish to “figure out how to end people’s apathetic ways and start moving forward.” ...
Witnesses said the 40-year-old opened fire just before services, entering the kitchen at the Sikh Temple of Wisconsin in suburban Milwaukee at about 10.30am as women prepared a Sunday meal....
He was finally gunned down by police officer Lt Brian Murphy, 51 ....
Laura Pullman, Michael Zennie, and Louise Boyle, “Pictured: Shooter Who Gunned Down Six at Sikh Temple Who was Vocal Member of Nazi Punk Band and was Kicked out of the Army.” Daily Mail (newspaper). London, UK. August 6, 2012.

Similar, perhaps, to the incident regarding the supposed blacklisting of Christians, by intermediate angels, from negotiation meetings, a presidential “briefing document” was allegedly shown to journalist Linda Moulton Howe by special agent Richard Doty (Air Force Office of Special Investigations). If the account is accurate, she might have been subjected to disinformation or just a practical joke. Not many Christians, I suspect, would take angelic visition seriously if they associated the issue with Jesus as a space alien. Needless to say, Howe comes from a Christian background:

This is some of the information, or misinformation, [Richard] Doty and others related about EBE’s [extraterrestrial biological entities’] communication....
The briefing paper itself stated that these ETs have come at various intervals in the earth’s history to manipulate DNA in already existing terrestrial primates and perhaps in other life forms as well. To the best of my memory, the time intervals for this DNA manipulation specifically listed in the briefing paper were 25,000; 15,000; 5,000; and 2,500 years ago.
There was also a paragraph that stated, “Two thousand years ago extraterrestrials created a being” that was placed on earth to teach mankind about love and non-violence.
Linda Moulton Howe, An Alien Harvest: Further Evidence Linking Animal Mutilations and Human Abductions to Alien Life Forms. Linda Moulton Howe Productions. Special limited edition. 1989. Pages 150-151.
In the book [Mirage Men by Mark Pilkington] you get to know Rick Doty, a former Air Force Office of Special Investigations agent who admits to having passed on fake documents to UFO researchers....
... After being encouraged in his delusions for some years by Doty and others working out of Kirtland [Air Force Base, Albuqerque, New Mexico], [civilian engineer Paul] Bennewitz developed serious paranoid psychosis and had to be institutionalised for a month. During this entire time Bennewitz was quite influential in the UFO field, and many of the ideas he promoted, and was encouraged to believe by AFOSI – that there’s an ET base next to Dulce, New Mexico, that the ETs have traded their technology with the US government – are still central to the UFO lore. My sense is that Bennewitz was deliberately targeted to distribute nonsense into the UFO community.
... Doty argues that all the deception is a way of preparing people for the truth when it is revealed, and he seems to believe wholeheartedly in aliens. In fact he claims to have seen an alien being interviewed at an Air Force base. Did he really see something?
Was he really shown something, or does he really believe that he’s been shown something? Any of these eventualities are possible and that’s what makes Doty, and his story, so fascinating.... All I can say for sure is that Rick isn’t crazy, and he has an incredible ability to generate UFO stories, seemingly spontaneously.
David Hambling, “ Mirage Men: UFO Researcher Mark Pilkington on Deception and Psychological Warfare.” Wired (magazine). October 6, 2010. Retrieved on August 2, 2012.

The propaganda industries, such as public relations and marketing or advertising, have been highly successful in promoting materialistic consumption and in furthering governmental objectives, including selling wars and political candidates. The cultivation of propaganda, whether as art or as social science, has been significantly influenced by Sigmund Freud’s nephew Edward Bernays. He was the principal founder of the field, frequently taught in journalism schools, of public relations. In describing propaganda, Bernays used the metaphor of an “invisible government.” I just call it demireality, disunity, or evil.

The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country.
We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of. This is a logical result of the way in which our democratic society is organized. Vast numbers of human beings must cooperate in this manner if they are to live together as a smoothly functioning society.
Our invisible governors are, in many cases, unaware of the identity of their fellow members in the inner cabinet.
They govern us by their qualities of natural leadership, their ability to supply needed ideas and by their key position in the social structure. Whatever attitude one chooses to take toward this condition, it remains a fact that in almost every act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons—a trifling fraction of our hundred and twenty million-who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires which control the public mind, who harness old social forces and contrive new ways to bind and guide the world.
Edward Bernays, Propaganda. 1928.

These same industries have, it appears to me, been utilized to debunk the issue of angelic visitation. When alleged government and public figures comment on the spaceship issue, I am always skeptical. Since I do not assume that politicians or other bureaucrats have special or inside knowledge, my first thought is that the person could be playing games. In any event, I am a sociologist, and an independent thinker, not a mind reader. I have no desire to speculate upon, or to criticize, the understandings or intentions of politicians and civil service workers. Indeed, there may have been an official attempt to debunk, through trickery, angelic spaceship claims:

The “debunking” aim would result in reduction in public interest in “flying saucers” which today evokes a strong psychological reaction. This education could be accomplished by mass media such as television, motion pictures, and popular articles. Basis of such education would be actual case histories which had been puzzling at first but later explained. As in the case of conjuring tricks, there is much less stimulation if the “secret” is known. Such a program should tend to reduce the current gullibility of the public and consequently their susceptibility to clever hostile propaganda.
Report of Meetings of Scientific Advisory Panel on Unidentified Flying Objects: Convened by the Office of Scientific Intelligence, CIA.” Robertson Panel. Congressional Intelligence Agency (CIA). Page 20. Official U.S. government document (provided through the Freedom of Information Act). January 14-18, 1953. Retrieved on August 26, 2012.
... a group of scientists selected by the CIA advised our government to encourage all agencies within the intelligence community to influence mass media and infiltrate civilian research groups for the purpose of debunking UFOs. Media could then become a tool for covertly controlling public perception, a mouthpiece for government policy and propaganda, to “debunk,” or ridicule, UFOs. Public interest in UFO incidents was to be strongly discouraged and diminished through these tactics, and intelligence operatives could make sure that the facts were kept from leading researchers through disinformation. In the name of national security, the subject was fair game for the entire U.S. intelligence apparatus. All of these recommendations were written in black and white by the CIA panel and then classified, and the public did not have access to the full report until 1975, when the explosive Robertson Panel Report was finally released in its entirety.
Leslie Kean, UFOs: Generals, Pilots and Government Officials Go On the Record. New York: Random House, Inc.. 2010. Page 107.

Official disinformation, often through ridicule, has, apparently worked. The subject of intermediate angels and their spaceships is rarely taken seriously in the mainstream media. First, many ufologists are, perhaps by temperament, paranoid or, at least, highly suspicious. Second, others eventually become frustrated by the lack of “official” revelations, and the repeated disinformation, and will believe almost anything – no matter how bizarre or extravagant. Given both the high level of disinformation and its effect upon the public consciousness, the best policy, in my opinion, is to be skeptical about any assertions concerning intermediate angels.

The suggestion that the UFO taboo is functionally necessary for modern, anthropocentric rule does not mean that it will be automatically maintained. Such a strong prohibition takes work. To be clear, this is not the conscious work of a vast conspiracy seeking to suppress “the truth” about UFOs, but the work of countless undirected practices that help us “know” that UFOs are not extraterrestrial and can therefore be disregarded.
Leslie Kean, UFOs: Generals, Pilots and Government Officials Go On the Record. New York: Random House, Inc.. 2010. Page 277.
What HAS decreased is the media’s interest in carrying stories about UFOs. This is not suprising, since the ridicule curtain ... is still in effect....
... [A certain] TIME article went on to describe a UFO investigator named Philip Mantle as one of “a new breed of UFOlogists who do not believe that UFOs come from outer space.” Where has TIME been all these years? They interview New Agers wearing pyramid hats, and then interview Philip Klass, and they think they have a complete overview of ufology!
The Swamp Gas Journal. Volume 6. Number 3. November 1992. Retrieved on May 23, 2012.

As a sociologist of religion, I have studied many alternative belief systems. Although I do not agree with most of them, I respect them, with few exceptions, nonetheless. Since, however, people believe in all sorts of unconventional and esoteric ideas, a healthy dose of skepticism is always justified. In my opinion, the question of angelic visitation needs to be separated from the abundance of viral silliness one can readily find on the web. Furthermore, some extremists, in various social movements, could also have “fusion paranoia” or certain clinical psychological disorders.

THE MAJOR new development, reports [Michael] Barkun, professor of political science in the Maxwell School at Syracuse University, is not just an erosion in the divisions between these two groups [the “politically disaffected” and the “culturally suspicious”], but their joining forces with occultists, persons bored by rationalism. Occultists are drawn to what Barkun calls the “cultural dumping ground of the heretical, the scandalous, the unfashionable, and the dangerous” – such as spiritualism, Theosophy, alternative medicine, alchemy, and astrology.
Thus, the author who worries about the Secret Service taking orders from the Bavarian Illuminati is old school; the one who worries about a “joint Reptilian-Bavarian Illuminati” takeover is at the cutting edge of the new synthesis. These bizarre notions constitute what the late [journalist] Michael Kelly termed “fusion paranoia,” a promiscuous absorption of fears from any source whatsoever.
Daniel Pipes, “Fusion Paranoia—A New Twist in Conspiracy Theories.” January 14, 2004. Originally published in The Jerusalem Post. Retrieved on June 8, 2012.
viral /ˈvʌɪr(ə)l/
1. of the nature of, caused by, or relating to a virus or viruses.
2. relating to or involving an image, video, piece of information, etc. that is circulated rapidly and widely from one Internet user to another: a viral ad campaign | the video went viral and was seen by millions.
noun an image, video, advertisement, etc. that is circulated rapidly on the Internet: the rise of virals in online marketing.
Oxford Dictionary of English. Third edition. Edited by Angus Stevenson. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. 2012.

Thus, alliances between nations and human decisions in general are usually influenced by multiple interests, not just one. Rather than engaging in social scientific research and investigative journalism, related to specifically observable events, fusion paranoia is the fabrication of simplistic and overarching unified conspiracy theories, superconspiracies, metanarratives, big-picture claims, or connecting the dots (lowbrow rationalism). However, arguments, no matter how well formed, do not in themselves count as evidence. Even winning an argument, especially a conspiratorial one, is largely irrelevant.

For example, the following statement is a logical syllogism: All mice are elephants. Tiny is a mouse. Therefore, Tiny is an elephant. It is logical but wrong. Whereas syllogisms can be proven or disproven, scientific hypotheses can only be supported or rejected. Syllogisms are logical. Hypotheses are empirical. The various scientific methods are founded on empiricism, not rationalism. A good critical thinker applies an empirically-grounded rationalism. No wonder that conspiracy theories generally focus on logic, or connecting the dots, not on evidence. When evidence is presented, it is generally both highly selective and used to support predetermined conclusions.

The Unified Conspiracy Theory is a conspiracy theory, popular with some paranoids, that all of reality is controlled by a single evil entity that has it in for them. It can be a political entity, like “The Illuminati,” or a metaphysical entity, like Satan, but this entity is responsible for the creation and management of everything bad.
Michael Barkun coined the term “superconspiracy” to refer the idea that the world is controlled by an interlocking hierarchy of conspiracies. Similarly, Michael Kelly, a neoconservative journalist, coined the term “fusion paranoia” in 1995 to refer to the blending of conspiracy theories of the left with those of the right into a unified conspiratorial worldview.
Unified Conspiracy Theory. RationalWiki.

As an example of fusion paranoia in Western popular culture, some people have combined the idea of an imaginary planet “Nibiru,” based upon Zecharia Sitchin’s apparent misinterpretation of Ancient Sumerian (Sumerian, eme-ĝir, native tongue) texts, with a prediction from different sources that an alleged Planet X would collide with Earth on May 27, 2003. The fact that this event never transpired has, at least so far, not killed off the urban legend:

Those familiar with either the writings of Zecharia Sitchin or the current Internet rantings about “the return of Planet X” are likely familiar with the word “Nibiru.” According to self-proclaimed ancient languages scholar Zecharia Sitchin, the Sumerians knew of an extra planet beyond Pluto. This extra planet was called Nibiru. Sitchin goes on to claim that Nibiru passes through our solar system every 3600 years. Some believers in Sitchin’s theory contend that Nibiru will return soon – May of 2003 to be exact. These followers of Sitchin’s ideas also refer to Nibiru as “Planet X,” the name given to a planet that is allegedly located within our solar system but beyond Pluto. Adherents to the “returning Planet X hypothesis” believe the return of this wandering planet will bring cataclysmic consequences to earth.
Michael Heiser quoted in, Issues that Matter Most: Meet Planet “X” (Niburu). Retrieved on July 22, 2012.
I am a Norwegian politician. I would like to say that difficult things will happen from the year 2008 till the year 2012....
Planet X is coming, and Norway has begun with storage of food and seeds in the Svalbard area and in the arctic north with the help of the US and EU and all around in Norway. They will only save those that are in the elite of power and those that can build up again: doctors, scientists, and so on.
A Letter from a Norwegian Politician (allegedly). Retrieved on July 22, 2012.

I am also, to be honest, highly dubious regarding the frequent claims of direct, ongoing, and interpersonal relationships or arrangements between earthly humans and interplanetary, or coplanetary, alien entities. However, I am not closed minded on the subject. If certain dealings with governments, along with the technological and other knowledge gained from aliens, are not yet revealed to the public, the intermediate angels might have legitimate reasons. Nevertheless, my reaction to this unanticipated announcement would, I imagine, be amazement or, more accurately, confusion.

Unlike many researchers, [U.S. Col. John] Alexander has long contended there’s no UFO coverup, that the only info the feds are holding back involve sources and methods. Near the end of his military tenure, Alexander says he queried military brass about UFOs – all the way up to two-star rungs – and insists they were entirely candid when they said they didn’t know squat about it. What he does have scalding words for is the way the Air Force fumbled the ball on the Roswell Incident (three separate official verdicts), as well as the 1969 University of Colorado study on UFOs. The Colorado whitewash marginalized the evidence and allowed the USAF to close to its public investigation.
“UFOs are real. The evidence for things flying all over our skies that aren’t ours is overwhelming,” Alexander says.
The Father of Psychic Warfare, UFOs and the NIDSci [National Institute for Discovery Science]. June 24, 2010. Retrieved on August 22, 2012.
A selective process in which individuals will accept only that information that is perceived to be in accordance with their existing beliefs. Alternatively, they will scrutinize any information that is not in accordance with their beliefs, often rejecting it by finding fault with the methodology and results. Earlier studies in communications research suggested that people received messages and were affected by messages in the same way. Later selective processes research, however, suggested instead that people’s perceptions and interpretations of messages were affected by their education, class, and family background.
“Selective Perception.” The Sage Glossary of the Social and Behavioral Sciences. Edited by Larry E. Sullivan, R. Burke Johnson, Cynthia Calkins Mercado, and Karen J. Terry. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, Inc. 2009. Page 466.

However, according to a message allegedly conveyed to contactee Jim Sparks, the agreements were broken by earthly governments, not by the intermediate angels:

What you have been a part of and what you must do.... We have been in contact with your government.... Secret agreements.... Some of your people have been hurt to protect this secret. Our hands had no part in this. We contacted your leaders because your planet is in grave trouble.... Agreements as to when your people would be made aware of our presence.... Agreement has not been kept. It was also agreed steps would be taken to correct the environmental condition of your planet with our advice & technology. We say “advice” because we respect that this planet is yours. They also broke this agreement.
Message to Jim Sparks, Journal of Abduction-Encounter Research. Second quarter, 2007. Retrieved on May 21, 2013.

Perhaps, from a angelic standpoint, earthly humans are simply not yet ready for widespread direct contact:

... [Bruno] Ghibaudi claimed to have been invited to a meeting with “space people,” that is a meeting with aliens who were worming their way into our society, working among us, in touch with Earth people serving in logistics and general support for these visitors, beings who weren’t so different in appearance from ourselves....
Ghibaudi said that his interlocutors had a benign character, and were willing to help us, in spite of our violent and immature nature, that they are discreetly visiting our Earth, from time to time, not being perfect, nor infallible, but far beyond us both in technology and morality. In these meetings, they spoke about our misuse of nuclear power, and the risk of a generalized atomic war, stating that in any case, apart from some specific intervention on their own part, they were not allowed to interfere in the evolution of backward beings like us. The truth is, any species must cut its own path, facing the consequences of its failures and victories. They said that we are not ready yet for a mass contact, which would serve only to knock us out of balance, without teaching us what we can only discover by and for ourselves.
Stefano Breccia, Mass Contacts. Central Milton Keynes, UK: AuthorHouse UK Ltd. 2009. Pages 5-6.

In my admitted doubtfulness, I have sometimes wondered why any advanced angelic beings would intentionally provide earthly governments with sophisticated technological capabilities. Frankly speaking, I find that proposal to be counterintuitive. Anyone, with even a superficial grasp of human history, would, it seems to me, realize that working with governments would be the last way to assist humanity. Yet, at the same time, I will acknowledge that my failure to appreciate the wisdom in this alleged transfer of technology could simply be a limitation on my own part.

... [In 1987, Lloyd] Duscha went into a discussion of the Corps’ [U.S. Army Corps of Engineers’] involvement in the 1960s in the construction of the large and elaborate NORAD base buried deep beneath Cheyenne Mountain, in Colorado. And then he said:
As stated earlier, there are other projects of similar scope, which I cannot identify....
I would add, parenthetically, that I believe these multiple “interesting facilities” that are “classified,” which he “cannot identify” are likely to be either a) undersea, b) involve sensitive projects involving UFO technology and/or joint alien/human operating bases, and/or c) be located on the Moon and/or Mars and/or other planets and planetoids elsewhere.
Dr. Richard Sauder, “Vorticular Madness Of The Dark Magicians.” Event Horizon Chronicle. Blog. December 25, 2011. Retrieved on April 22, 2012.

Clearly, as I see it, if Earth’s governments were really acquainted with the intermediate angels, or appreciated their providential mission, countries throughout the globe would, for the most part, be cooperating by now. The nations of the world would not be mindlessly accelerating towards a seemingly imminent head-on collision. If anything, I suspect that the meme of inter-species collaboration is itself propaganda or disinformation. Therefore, I largely agree with Mack Maloney on the unliklihood that planetary governments have been working, behind the scenes, with intermediate angels.

They [the U.S. government] know that UFOs exist.... Does the U.S. military know what they are, and that’s what they’re not telling us; or is it that they don’t know what they are, and that’s what they’re not telling us? ... If there’s something up there they can’t defend against, they’re not going to broadcast that.... So is it that they don’t know what it is, and they don’t want to admit it – that they can’t protect us from these things – or, a lot of people believe, that they know what they are, and for some reason they just want to keep it secret.... The U.S. military does know more about UFOs than they’re telling us; and there is a good chance that they know more about UFOs than any other government around the world, and that’s why they’re keeping it a secret.... But you don’t want to put something as important as the investigation of UFOs into the hands of the U.S. military. They are the worst people to handle such an important thing. It should be given to scientists....
... He [Bill Burns] believes that U.S. secret weapons are now disguised to look like UFOs, because when people see something weird flying over, and it looks like a flying saucer, they just think, well, it’s a UFO .... There’s a possibility of that.... [T]hey [the U.S. government] can project things in the sky .... There’s cloaking devices now where they are able to cloak soldiers and tanks .... On the other hand, if the U.S. military or the U.S. government had this secret to UFOs, and knew how they fly and where they came from, why would they go through this whole pretense of NASA, for instance? Where NASA has this whole big bloated bureaucracy that where we’re sending basically a dump truck into space for twenty years with the space shuttle? ... So, I don’t buy this whole thing where the U.S. government knows what they are, and that they actually work with the aliens ... I just think that that’s nonsense. I think that they know more than we do, but I don’t think that they know exactly what they are.... 90% of [U.S. military] secret projects don’t work out.
Mack Maloney, “UFOs From Alexander the Great to the Gulf War with Mack Maloney – UFOs in Wartime: What They Didn’t Want You To Know” (MP3 audio file). Alternative Future Radio. Creative Commons. Retrieved (transcribed) from an audio interview on August 3, 2012.

On the other hand, God’s Will is frequently inscrutable to us:

Lauded be Thy Name; I render Thee thanks for every instance of Thine inscrutable Decree and offer My praise for every token of Thy tribulations.
The Báb, Selections from the Writings of the Báb. Page 184.

Nevertheless, even leaving aside the validity of particular close encounters, any relative human interpretations, especially without any terrestrial points of reference, will be deeply flawed. Delusion is inevitable. Moreover, seemingly miraculous events and tales, even if they demonstrate something, would, at most, be a proof for the bystander only:

The Holy Manifestations are the sources of miracles and the originators of wonderful signs. For Them, any difficult and impracticable thing is possible and easy. For through a supernatural power wonders appear from Them; and by this power, which is beyond nature, They influence the world of nature. From all the Manifestations marvelous things have appeared.
But in the Holy Books an especial terminology is employed, and for the Manifestations these miracles and wonderful signs have no importance. They do not even wish to mention them. For if we consider miracles a great proof, they are still only proofs and arguments for those who are present when they are performed, and not for those who are absent.
For example, if we relate to a seeker, a stranger to Moses and Christ, marvelous signs, he will deny them and will say: “Wonderful signs are also continually related of false gods by the testimony of many people, and they are affirmed in the Books. The Brahmans have written a book about wonderful prodigies from Brahma.” He will also say: “How can we know that the Jews and the Christians speak the truth, and that the Brahmans tell a lie? For both are generally admitted traditions, which are collected in books, and may be supposed to be true or false.” The same may be said of other religions: if one is true, all are true; if one is accepted, all must be accepted. Therefore, miracles are not a proof. For if they are proofs for those who are present, they fail as proofs to those who are absent.
ʿAbduʾl-Bahá, Some Answered Questions. Pages 100-101.

Some writers have made the claim, obviously unsubstantiated, that one of the developments out of the powerful corporatocracy, or military-industrial complex, might be a “classified” or secret space program. It is, allegedly, operated as an undislosed project (so-called black operations or black ops). Aside from the clandestine space activities of the U.S. Department of Defense and other military agencies, I personally doubt the accuracy of this proposition. In my opinion, it might even be, instrumentally, disinformation or misdirection. Nevertheless, here are a few relevant quotations:

The military’s small, top-secret version of the space shuttle rocketed into orbit Tuesday for a repeat mystery mission, two years after making the first flight of its kind....
These high-tech mystery machines – 29 feet long – are about one-quarter the size of NASA’s old space shuttles and can land automatically on a runway....
But one scientific observer, Jonathan McDowell of the Harvard-Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics, speculates the spaceplane is carrying sensors designed for spying and likely is serving as a testbed for future satellites.
Marcia Dunn, “Secret Shuttle Launch: X-37B Spaceplane Takes Second Flight Into Space, Air Force Says.” The Huffington Post. Arianna Huffington, President and Editor-in-Chief. December 11, 2012. Retrieved on March 31, 2013.
There is a Secret Space program that the public doesn’t know about.
This program employs technologies based on hyperdimensional physics and torsion field physics. We are engaged in a war in space that is also being kept secret. It involves players on this planet who are obsessed with supremacy. The ETs are taking a hands-off posture, but are watching to see what happens. Most of the UFO community has no idea that this is going on, and some in the UFO field are part of the problem. This is a global situation, not limited to the USA.
Secret Space Program. Retrieved on April 29, 2012.
... [The American-made] antigravity propulsion system—this flying saucer—was one of three that were in this hangar at Norton Air Force Base. They called [it] the Alien Reproduction Vehicle [ARV], also nicknamed the Flux Liner.
The Greatest Secret in Modern History: UFOs and a Solution to the Environmental and Energy Crisis.” The Disclosure Project. November 13, 2007. Retrieved on April 29, 2012.

These are some of the criteria used by Richard Boylan, Ph.D., to evaluate disinformation:

Quick Test for Disinformation
Does it paint the Star Visitors in a bad light?
Does it pick a particular star race to disparage?
Does it insinuate bad motives for why the Star Visitors are here?
Does the writer claim to “channel” one or more Star Visitors bearing florid, extravagant, politicized and/or sensationalized messages?
Richard J. Boylan, Ph.D., The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly of the UFO Scene. Retrieved on June 6, 2012.

I have observed a curious phenomenon when studying various thought systems. True believers might agree on most issues. Since, however, they generally care a great deal about the subject, they hammer each other over seemingly small points of difference. Thus, accusations of disinformation are even found even between fellow believers in the conspiracy or cabal. Thrive, for example, is an an anti-“Illuminati,” pro-libertarian capitalist, or anarcho-capitalist film. Even so, some other Illuminati conspiracists have claimed that its producer, Foster Gamble (a member of the old-monied Gamble family), is an Illuminati disinformation agent:

This new documentary [Thrive in 2011] ... may be a dis-info/brainwashing project. Truth mixed with lies. This entire project from top to bottom is covered with Illuminati symbolism. This film just really gives me strange vibes.
Thrive: Illuminati Sponsored Project (Proceed with Caution). October 11, 2011. Retrieved on May 15, 2012.
... Thrive ... might be linked to [the] Illuminati agenda.
Thrive: What on Earth Will It Take? – Trailer Review. YouTube. Retrieved on May 15, 2012.
Military-Industrial Complex

Clearly, the corporatocracy and its political appeasers do not constitute a grand conspiracy. On the other hand, certain presidents, since the end of World War II, may have taken an interest in the issue of angelic presence. Dwight David “Ike” Eisenhower (1890-1960), a five-star general during World War II, became the thirty-fourth President of the United States. He was also, some writers have alleged, informed about the spaceship issue:

Colonel Holomon brought out a piece of what appeared to be metallic debris. He explained that this was material that had come from a New Mexico crash in 1947 of an extraterrestrial craft .... I got an opportunity to travel with the President [Eisenhower]. He was very, very interested in what made [the extraterrestrial spacecraft] go .... But Eisenhower got sold out. He realized that the [study of these technologies] was not going to be in the best hands. That was a real concern.
General Stephen Lovekin (United States Army), quoted in, The Greatest Secret in Modern History UFOs and a Solution to the Environmental and Energy Crisis. The Disclosure Project. Retrieved on April 29, 2012.

If various unsubstantiated reports are accurate, President Eisenhower was concerned about the improper utilization of “extraterrestrial” technologies (MP4 video). They had supposedly, either before or during his administration, been placed under the jurisdiction of an apparent conglomerate or monopoly which he designated, “the military-industrial complex.” At the end of his term in office, he warned Americans about the dangers of this public-and-private entity. In light of revelations, by whistleblowers, on the worldwide expansion of the American surveillance state, his cautions are understandable.

According to certain accounts, Eisenhower was not alone in his misgivings:

Control of ... [certain] “black operations” by the military was very quickly taken over by small, powerful groups of people who kept everything secret. Several people testified that President Dwight Eisenhower was very interested in and concerned about UFOs but that as early as Eisenhower’s presidency the elected government lost control to private interests. Many think that this was the basis of Eisenhower’s sharp warning about the military-industrial complex in his last speech as president. Since Eisenhower’s era, the elected government has been kept in the dark about UFOs and UFO technology. The military-industrial complex owns it all. Many presidents, including John Kennedy, Jimmy Carter, Ronald Reagan, and Bill Clinton, have been aware of the existence of UFOs and have tried but failed to break through the secrecy of military-industrial black operations.
Acorn Abbey, “One more UFO post....” Into the Woods. Blog. No date. Retrieved on May 10, 2012.
From direct witness testimony we [The Disclosure Project] know that [U.S. Presidents] Eisenhower, Kennedy, Carter and Clinton were frustrated in their attempts to penetrate such [extraterrestrial and spacecraft] projects.
Understanding UFO Secrecy. The Disclosure Project. Retrieved on April 29, 2012.

Once again, there is, literally, no secret government. However, President Bill Clinton (born, 1946), in his frustration at not being able to get to the bottom of the angelic subject, allegedly referred to the bureaucratized and institutionalized military-industrial complex as “a secret government within the government.” Whether he was being serious or speaking mostly in jest, to humor the reporter, is unknown:

This situation of being exiled from the information necessary to deal with the [UFO] issue caused the Clinton great frustration. Years later Sarah McClendon, a senior White House reporter, substantiated the President’s great frustration over UFOs, and the cause for it.
McClendon told Dr. [Steven] Greer that she had, at one point, put the question of UFO secrecy to Clinton. She asked the President why he didn’t just do something to disclose the truth about UFOs. McClendon said that the President leaned over to her and in response to her question said, “Sarah, there’s a secret government within the government, and I have no control over it.’
Extraterrestrial Politics in the Clinton White House: Clinton Interest – Part 5.” The Presidents UFO Site. Retrieved on September 18, 2012.
Wars with Aliens

Possibly inspired by the “hollow earth” legend and The War of the Worlds panic, there has been an allegation that a “war” against angelic beings has been, or continues to be, staged in the vicinity of the Southern Ocean and Antarctica. Quite honestly, the images of the purported “UFOs” look to me, as a layman, more like balloons than spaceships. If long-term military exercises of this type were being conducted, on any significant scale, I assume that they would have become obvious, or been leaked, by now. Although I am always open-minded to empirical evidence, I remain extremely skeptical.

A new report circulating in the Kremlin today [January 12, 2011] prepared for President Medvedev by Russian Space Forces (VKS) 45th Division of Space Control says that an upcoming WikiLeaks release of secret US cables details that the Americans have been “engaged” since 2004 in a “war” against UFOs based on or near the Continent of Antarctica, particularly the Southern Ocean.
According to this report, the United States went to its highest alert level on June 10, 2004 after a massive fleet of UFOs “suddenly emerged” from the Southern Ocean and approached Guadalajara, Mexico barely 1,600 kilometers (1,000 miles) from the American border....
The fears of the Americans regarding these Southern Ocean UFOs began, this report says, during the unprecedented events of July 11, 1991 (referred to as 7/11) when during the Solar Eclipse these mysterious aircraft appeared by the hundreds over nearly all of Mexico, even their Capital city. Most notable about the events of 7/11 were that as millions of Mexicans were watching on their televisions the National broadcasts of these UFOs over Mexico City, the American media refused to allow their people to view it....
After WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange warned that he would release secret US cables relating to the Southern Ocean UFO-U.S. war, he was immediately arrested [on unrelated charges] ....
Wikileaks founder Julian Assange’s claim that his organisation has unreleased documents about UFO may not be as illuminating as it seems.
Internet sources have said that these documents may merely be minor off-hand comments between diplomats instead of revelations about the existence of extraterrestrial life.
Alleged U.S.-ET War On or Near Antarctica. From a few separate sources. Retrieved on June 30, 2012.
claimed UFOs (MP4 video), spotted over Guadalajara, Mexico, which allegedly
originated from an undersea Southern Ocean base (June 10, 2004, Mexican TV)

On September 19th, I read Gordon Duff’s September 18th story (radio interview), similar to the one above, which was originally published in the military and foreign affairs journal, Veterans Today (discussed in this MP4 video). Obviously, I cannot read Duff’s mind, and I am not going to judge his intentions. However, the idea of extended warfare between Earth’s relatively primitive technology and a angelic race is, on face value, absurd:

... an Asian intelligence agency reports that a combined fleet operation between the US and China has been going on, a full combat operation against what we are told is a “highly unfriendly extra-terrestrial threat.”
Extraterrestrial craft are operating from underwater bases.
Advanced US sub-orbital weapons platforms represented as “tested” have actually been deployed from Vandenburg Air Force Base. These are armed with energy weapons.
UFO tracking has been moved from conventional to nano-technology with microscopic sensors being used to detect behaviors such as dimensional rifts and distortions in time, things only discussed in TV shows like Fringe and X Files.
The actual classified memo on very short distribution mentions only the following:
Opposition is extraterrestrial and extremely aggressive and unfriendly.
The threat represents a “clear and present danger” and is isolated to the Pacific Basin.
China is forced to carry US responsibility because our own naval capability is sitting in the Persian Gulf when America is under a very real threat.
Attempts to seek confirmations or to directly verify these operations will lead to fatal consequences....
I either have to give this a 70% or reclassify a reliable official source as purposefully leaking something that makes no sense.
Gordon Duff, UFO War: Chinese and US Navy off San Francisco. September 18, 2012. Retrieved on September 19, 2012.
UFO war

Duff, the Chairman of the Board for Veterans Today, identifies with the conspiratorial 9/11 truth movement. If a highly placed government or military informant wished to publicize as important an issue as inter-species warfare in the Pacific basin, why would she not turn, for instance, to a mainstream journalist or an academic? Certainly, such a person could maximize the account’s credibility, visibility, and sphere of influence. In addition, when I checked the Live Ships Map at, I could find no unusual maritime activity off the West Coast of the U.S.

Marine Traffic

Furthermore, as Duff wrote, one of the original sources was Kerry Cassidy. She is a well-known conspiracy theorist, one of several fringe talk show hosts on American Freedom Radio, and a founder (along with Bill Ryan) of Project Camelot.

She [Kerry Cassidy] conducts interviews documenting the testimony of whistleblowers with above top secret clearances, as well as with researchers and experiencers covering all aspects of reality both on and off planet. Kerry speaks at conferences around the world on the subjects of ETs, the Illuminati agenda, mind control, the matrix, prophecies, 2012 and many other subjects. She is an intuitive and spent years researching the occult and studying Eastern philosophy. While spending dedicated time in meditation, she linked her chakras in her 20s and has had multiple samadhi experiences since then.
Speakers.” Conspiracy Con 2012. June 2-3, 2012. Santa Clara Marriott. Santa Clara, CA. Retrieved on September 20, 2012.
One wonders when he [former Minnessota Governor, and professional wrestler, Jesse Ventura] will get to the point of talking openly about the secret government and black projects and the hidden economy that operates surrounding our secret space program.
Kerry Cassidy, Project Camelot Productions. Retrieved on February 27, 2012.
... [A] source is claiming 3 objects around 19% the size of the moon are headed here containing ... [a] race of beings who do not have the best of intentions.
Kerry Cassidy, “Kerry’s Blog: Daily Intel Report.” Project Camelot Productions. September 20, 2012. Retrieved on September 21, 2012.

Understandably, this reference to Cassidy has since been surgically removed from the story on the Veterans Today website:

Kerry Cassidy was an early source on this [story on the UFO war] and should be credited. Her initial suspicions were inaccurate but her information has been confirmed.
Gordon Duff, UFO War: Chinese and US Navy off San Francisco. September 18, 2012. Retrieved on September 19, 2012.

Duff has also said:

They [aliens who have abducted humans] had a simple interest in eating us.
Gordon Duff, “Alien Secrets & the Military.” Coast to Coast AM. George Noory, host. October 16, 2012. Retrieved (transcribed) on October 17, 2012.
Well, after putting this [UFO war] story out, which, uh – I don’t know if you have had the chance to read this to people or not, or you can recommend a site where they can find it. It’s not hard to locate. I included up to the edge of what I was allowed, as far as classified information about U.S. weapons systems. And since I’m doing it in an informal publication on the Internet, what I write can be considered deniable. It’s a better source. If I were to publish the same thing in Foreign Policy, I’d be in jail. So we can talk about pretty much anything you want, which in some ways is a unique opportunity, because I can probably answer more questions accurately than most people you get....
As we speak, many of the people making these [YouTube] videos [on UFOs] are being rounded up.... A truck arrives outside the house, a knock comes on the door. It says, “Candygram.” And the next thing you see is an M16 or a rifle butt, and you wake up taped to a chair, wearing a hood.... Oh, yes [they are rounding up people who are hoaxing UFO videos on YouTube]. Pretend I’m not saying this, because it’s probably classified.
Gordon Duff, “UFO Wars.” Ground Zero. YouTube video. Clyde Lewis, host. September 25, 2012. Retrieved on October 17, 2012.

Regarding the previously mentioned Majestic Twelve documents:

There is a cult within the intelligence community, those who chase the brass ring, the highest level of security of any documents or programs. Even presidents have been denied access.
Our only connection to that “other world” is television, shows like Fringe and the dozens of TV shows and hundreds of films based on the Majestic Twelve documents. Few are aware that shows like X Files or films like Independence Day or Close Encounters of the Third Kind are based on evidence with an aspect of discernible authenticity. Did you catch my use of ”weasel words” there?
Gordon Duff, “Is Fantasy Now a Reality, Has it Always Been?Veterans Today. August 5, 2011. Retrieved on October 17, 2012.
Let’s look at another document .... I am not even sure I can find even a halfway decent redacted copy. Years ago I saw a real one. It scared the living “bejezus” out of me.
We call that document Majestic 12.
The full collection of documents will include the plots of the X-Files television show, the movie Close Encounters of the 3rd Kind and dozens of other shows and movies. An “unredacted” verson of Majestic 12 will include treaties that allow aliens to kidnap humans for experimentation and gives evidence of centuries of alien involvement in world history and of suppressed technologies that should have changed our lives.
Gordon Duff, “America: The Government That Fears Its Own Must Fall.” Veterans Today. December 12, 2011. Retrieved on October 17, 2012.

On the other hand, according to U.S. Army Major Edward “Ed” Dames (retired):

[Regarding] MJ-12 [Majestic Twelve] ... the documents [that Gordon Duff was talking about] ... anybody, anybody, in the UFO community, so called, knows about the MJ-12 documents. They’re fake.... All the hypotheses that Project Blue Book [U.S. government investigation of spaceships] put forward about the existence of UFOs and what they are, the problem was never solved. So the MJ-12 documents were put out on the streets, to leak out on the streets, as a trap door ... to watch to see who was interested in those documents that the U.S. goverenment put out – and try to ferret out, from civilian scientists and other technicians, the people that might really know the truth about UFOs. That’s the story of the MJ-12 documents.
U.S. Army Major Ed Dames (retired), “Remote Viewing Mars.” Coast to Coast AM. George Noory, host. October 16, 2012. Retrieved (transcribed) on October 17, 2012.

I also tend to sympathize with these two writers:

... 9/11 anti-Semitic conspiracy theories are now ... influentially being promoted by a network of anti-Israel conspiracists who endorse and reinforce each other’s work. They blame Israel for numerous nefarious deeds and false flag operations.
Among the key figures in this group of conspiracists are Gordon Duff, who runs the anti-Semitic Web site Veterans Today, Alan Sabrosky, a former U.S. Army War College instructor who writes for Veterans Today; and Kevin Barrett, who runs the Truth Jihad Web site and Internet radio show. They have become the most popular promoters of theories claiming that Israelis and Jewish members of the Bush Administration carried out the 9/11 attacks as a false flag operation to provoke a war against Israel’s enemies....
Gordon Duff is an anti-Semitic conspiracist whose innocuous-sounding Web site, Veterans Today, features anti-Israel and Holocaust denial materials. The site also offers a platform for numerous columnists who promote anti-Semitic 9/11 conspiracy theories, as well as Duff’s own screeds.
Decade of Deceit: Anti-Semitic 9/11 Conspiracy Theories 10 Years Later.” Anti-Defamation League of B’nai B’rith. New York, NY. 2011. Retrieved on January 13, 2013.
To me it’s [Duff’s story] plain disinfo [disinformation] – mixing a little of mainstream news with rumors ... in order to stir up brains around ... the UFO/Conspiracy sites.
Comment on Gordon Duff’s Article. September 30, 2012. Retrieved on October 9, 2012.

A contrary perspective to Duff’s interspecies warfare, but similarly unverifiable, was written in the article’s comments section by “archaeologist, theologian, and author” Ian Ross Vayro:

If there was a UFO/Alien threat they would hit Washington, New York or Los Angeles; not a patch of Ocean off San Francisco. I am an archaeologist and author and my contacts say when they pulled up the deep drill from the BP [British Petroleum] rig that burned in the Gulf [of Mexico] it brought up a living organism from deep in the Earths crust that spread across the floor in the Gulf....apparently the same organism is emanating from a fissure in the ocean floor off San Francisco (which could make sense with the fault lines there) and the Chinese and US Navies are trying to monitor it (or analyse it or capture it or kill it off)....The UFO thing is dis-information to cover up what is going down.
Ian Ross Vayro, comment on, UFO War: Chinese and US Navy off San Francisco. September 18, 2012. Retrieved on September 19, 2012.

Personally, I find such claims of intermediate angels firing upon humans to be preposterous. Angels are not adversaries. My personal advice, for whatever it might be worth, is to forget the hateful fear-mongering. By heartfully loving the dear intermediate angels, one will, I suspect, quickly discover that the conspiratorial approach is misguided. Prayerfully thank the angels for their service to the Lord and to humans on the Earth. At some point in time, perhaps through the interventions of the Prophets and Their celestial angels, the old world order will, God willing, be brought down. One can only reflect and surmise.

Still, the silliness of interspecies wargames aside, a useful lesson can be learned. If spacecraft were to openly land on the planet, or on the proverbial White House lawn, many of the most powerful military agencies would shoot at them. Presumably, the intermediate angels could defend themselves. Yet, in the midst of a disintegrating world order, there would be no dialogue or conversation. Nothing would come of open visitation except hostility and fear. In some religious quarters, these angelic souls would even be characterized as demons or fallen angels. The time is not right. Our species needs to grow up.

Babylonian Artifacts

In a fascinating angelic spin on neocolonialism and Western imperialism, ʿIrāq’s weapons of mass destruction referred, allegedly, to a storehouse of Babylonian artifacts, possibly even including ancient weapons of mass destruction. To my knowledge, these claims, which I obviously cannot substantiate, were first made by mythologist William Henry:

It is well known that Iraqi President Saddam Hussein has connected himself with Nebuchadnezzar, spending over $500 million during the 1980’s on the reconstruction and the re-establishment of ancient Babylon.... In essence, Saddam is saying he is the reincarnated Nebuchadnezzar.... Saddam controls an asset infinitely more important and powerful than oil....
If Saddam Hussein truly connects himself with Nebuchadnezzar, he most certainly would be interested in acquiring ... [a certain] substance .... [T]his exotic substance, ... with a little bit of know how can be transformed into weapons of mass destruction....
Fifteen years later, in 1991, a coalition of forces moved on Babylon. The motivation was the containment of Saddam Hussein/Nebuchadnezzar and his potential weapons of mass destruction.
William Henry, Ark of the Christos: The Mythology, Symbolism and Prophecy of the Return of Planet X and the Age of Terror. Hendersonville, TN: Scala Dei. 2002. Pages 91, 101, and 139.

Other writers have imaginatively woven their own colorful tapestries on the theme of ancient and modern angelic ʿIrāqī technologies, including an alleged stargate:

This paper examines how the need to gain unfettered access to Iraq’s Extraterrestrial (ET) Heritage has played a critical role in influencing US foreign policy in the Persian Gulf region ever since the Carter administration.
The paper analyzes how clandestine organizations based in the US, Europe and Soviet Union/Russia have historically maneuvered amongst themselves to gain the most strategic advantage in having access to and exploiting ET technology hidden in Iraq.
Michael E. Salla, Ph.D., The Secret Race to Control Iraq’s Extraterrestrial Heritage. Retrieved on June 16, 2012.
Imagine this scenario. The U.S. government obtains intelligence that hidden somewhere in central Iraq is an actual stargate, placed there by the ... [ancient] “gods” .... This is a device that employs time-travel technology and permits individuals and equipment to pass into another dimension outside of the space-time continuum. Once there, it is possible to travel across the galaxy or into another galaxy, instantaneously, and then pop back into space-time on another planet....
The government officials know that they must prevent this at all costs because it will mean the end of American world hegemony and will end any chance they might have to get their hands on Iraqi oil. They decide they must invade Iraq and ... close the stargate. But the Russians, Germans, and French, having been intimately involved in archaeological digs in Iraq, know what they’re up to and prefer that the stargate remain open to prevent American domination of the world. With time running out, President George W. Bush invades Iraq in March 2003.... U.S. forces find and take charge of the stargate, thus frustrating the grandiose ambitions of ... Saddam Hussein ....
... According to Dr. Michael Salla, it is probably exactly what actually happened!
Len Kasten, The Secret History of Extraterrestrials: Advanced Technology and the Coming New Race. Rochester, VT: Inner Traditions – Bear & Company. 2010. Pages 98-100.
Did Saddam’s regime have its own top secret version of Area 51? And if so, was this where the elusive WMD [weapon of mass destruction], the unfound weapons of mass destruction that led to the 2003 U.S. invasion of Iraq, were actually stored?
Even before that massive assault against Saddam began, there were persistent reports that the dictator had come into possession of a damaged UFO, possibly shot down either during the 1991 war, or more likely around 1998, while the U.S. military was enforcing a strict no-fly zone over Iraq.
As the story went, the UFO, or pieces of it, were then taken to Iraq’s version of Area 51, a place known as Qalaat-e-Julundi [al-qalʾāt, the fort]. Once there, Saddam had his weapons experts reverse engineer the alien technology, and from that, create some mind boggling WMD. So, was this fantastic weapons cache what the United States was secretly after all along? Was this the elusive WMD? ...
As the story went, the UFO, or pieces of it, were then taken to Iraq’s version of Area 51, a place known as Qalaat-e-Julundi. Once there, Saddam had his weapons experts reverse engineer the alien technology, and from that, create some mind boggling WMD.
Mack Maloney, UFOs in Wartime: What They Didn’t Want You To Know. New York: Berkley Books (Penguin Group). 2001. Kindle edition. Pages 283-284.

Finally, according to Jim Marrs:

In 1999, ABC News reported that nearly four hundred ancient Sumerian artifacts had been discovered in the southern Iraqi town of Basmyiah, about one hundred miles south of Baghdad. The Iraqi News Agency said the objects ranged from animal and human-shaped “toys” to cuneiform tablets and even “ancient weapons.” At least one cylinder seal depicted a tall person thought to represent King Gilgamesh. The antiquities were dated to before 2500 BC and were stored in the basement of the Iraqi National Museum in Baghdad....
Once the capital was in American hands, by late April 2003, looters took at least fifty thousand priceless artifacts and tablets from the Iraqi National Museum. Despite prior attempts to alert American military officers of the danger of losing seven-thousand-year-old artifacts, American authorities failed to prevent the wholesale looting of humankind’s most ancient treasures....
When the looting began, one Iraqi archaeologist summoned U.S. troops to protect the National Museum. Five Marines accompanied the man to the museum and chased out the thieves by firing shots over their heads. However, after about thirty minutes, the soldiers were ordered to withdraw, and the looters soon returned. The only building in Baghdad to receive full American protection was the Ministry of Oil.
Western media portrayed the looting as a chaotic scramble created by common thieves. Yet evidence has emerged that some of these looters were highly organized and had an agenda. According to an Associated Press report, some thieves had keys to the Iraqi National Museum and its vaults....
Who wanted these artifacts gone and why? Could it be possible that the occupation of Iraq had more to do with gaining control over artifacts and technology than with stopping weapons of mass destruction or bringing freedom and democracy to the region?
Jim Marrs, Our Occulted History: Do the Global Elite Conceal Ancient Aliens? New York: HarperCollins Publishers. 2013. Kindle edition.

Return to the table of contents.

VI. Social Scientific Analysis
The evil thou seest in others, in thyself may be true.
Old adage. Source unknown.
Paranoid Mass Behavior and “Othering” Intermediate angels

Once placed into a social scientific context, the modern-day conspiratorial belief in an Illuminati of reptilian-human hybrids could, I believe, be fairly described as a collective obsession, collective behavior, mass hysteria, or mass behavior:

Rather than seeing imperialism and capitalism ... as the enemy of the world’s workers and oppressed peoples, ... [some conspiracists] propagate the fiction that a secret, all-powerful cabal has been running the world since before the dawn of the capitalist era....
Conspiracy “theories” lead to a dead end. If taken at face value, people must believe that there is no hope for change; there is no opportunity to struggle and make things better for the mass of humanity who suffers. After all, how could anyone fight against a hidden, all-powerful enemy that controls every event of significance in the world?...
... Major wars are not conspiracies launched by a handful of people, but result from the constant search by capitalists to open up and dominate new markets to exploit for profits....
Let’s be clear: the struggle against war and exploitation is a struggle against the very system that breeds war—capitalism. It is not the struggle against the Bilderberg Group or some shadowy world government. In fact, no such world government exists.
Daniel Estulin and the Phony ‘Bilderberg Conspiracy.’Party for Socialism and Liberation.

One should also, in my view, recognize the danger of succumbing to confirmation bias:

Confirmation bias is an irrational tendency to search for, interpret or remember information in a way that confirms preconceptions or working hypotheses. It is a type of cognitive bias and a systematic error of inductive reasoning. This bias in information processing is different from the behavioral confirmation effect (also called self-fulfilling prophecy), in which people’s expectations influence their own behavior. People can reinforce their existing attitudes by selectively collecting new evidence, by interpreting evidence in a biased way or by selectively recalling information from memory. Some psychologists use “confirmation bias” for any of these three processes, while others restrict the term to selective collection of evidence, using assimilation bias for biased interpretation. In many situations, people avoid confirmation bias and test hypotheses in a genuinely informative way. The biases appear in particular for issues that are emotionally significant (including some personal and political topics) and for established beliefs which shape the individual’s expectations.
Frederic P. Miller, Agnes F. Vandome, John McBrewster, Confirmation Bias. Publisher’s description. Mauritius: Alphascript Publishing. 2009.

Popular paranoia is fueled by a populist fear of multiculturalism, globalization, social change. Long before the advent of the Internet and its cyberspace, communications philosopher Marshall McLuhan (1911-1980) described humanity’s acoustic space in a televised global village:

“Time” has ceased, “space” has vanished. We now live in a global village...a simultaneous happening. We are back in acoustic space. We have begun again to structure the primordial feeling, the tribal emotions from which a few centuries of literacy divorced us.
Marshall McLuhan, The Medium is the Massage: An Inventory of Effects. Corte Madera, CA: Gingko Press, Inc. 1967 and 2001. Page 63.

Indeed, the world has been brought closer together through the mass media, especially the Internet. Even as the modern era has achieved a huge degree of technological interconnectedness, it remains simultaneously entangled in a volatile demireality, disunity, or social atomization. Maniacal memes and copycat crimes are now played out on a planetary stage. As I previously wrote:

As Marshall McLuhan insightfully wrote, “the medium is the message.” The addictive pseudo-unity of social networking, fueled by websites such as Facebook and Twitter, and wireless “texting” have, it appears to me, exchanged much of the depth of human relationships for superficial and coded half sentences. Personalities flatten. I see college students, raised on gadgets, wandering alone through campus while deeply engaged with their palms. Getting many of them to turn off their devices in class has become a significant behavioral issue. Yet, the ideology of the century appears, so far, to be apathy.
Mark A. Foster, Heartfulness Inquiry. Retrieved on July 15, 2012.

At least from my own observations, when people buy into massive global conspiracies, they often become, over time, increasingly gullible and uncritical. They are easy targets for hoaxers, money-making opportunists, and attention seekers, and jokers looking for a good laugh. Credibility is associated with the spectacular and the bizarre. They can be readily duped or conned. Eventually, these self-deluded individuals might believe in almost anything. While skeptical of common views, they accept wild conspiracies based upon flimsy evidence and coincidence. Others, whether leaders or followers, may participate in their delusion and, perhaps inevitably, in the disillusionment.

In other words, all of these persons will be collectively experiencing cognitive dissonance:

Dissonance and consonance are relations among cognitions – that is, among opinions, beliefs, knowledge of the environment, and knowledge of one’s own actions and feelings. Two opinions, or beliefs, or items of knowledge are dissonant with each other if they do not fit together ....
Dissonance produces discomfort and, correspondingly, there will arise pressures to reduce or eliminate the dissonance. Attempts to reduce dissonance represent the observable manifestations that dissonance exists. Such attempts may take any or all of three forms. The person may try to change one or more of the beliefs, opinions, or behaviors involved in the dissonance; to acquire new information or beliefs that will increase the existing consonance and thus cause the total dissonance to be reduced; or to forget or reduce the importance of those cognitions that are in a dissonant relationship.
If any of the above attempts are to be successful, they must meet with support from either the physical or the social environment. In the absence of such support, the most determined efforts to reduce dissonance may be unsuccessful.
Leon Festinger, Henry W. Riecken, and Stanley Schachter, When Prophecy Fails: A Social and Psychological Study of a Modern Group that Predicted the Destruction of the World. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnessota Press. 1956. Pages 24-25.

One of the dangers of conspiracy theorizing is believing in whatever they puts the alleged powers that be in a bad light. Therefore, an acceptance of conspiracy theories may say more about the conspiracy theorists themselves, and their convoluted usage of logic, than anything else. Their critical thinking is summarily tossed out of the window. The best policy, in my opinion, is to question any claims, especially autobiographical ones, made by a conspiracy theorist. According to studies conducted by Dr. Karen Douglas and Dr. Robbie Sutton:

In the first study, participants were asked whether they would personally play a role in such conspiracies, if they had been in a position to do so. An example of this was “If you were in the position of the government, would you have ordered the attack on the Twin Towers?” The more that participants indicated a willingness to conspire, the more they found the same conspiracy theories to be plausible, interesting, and worth considering.
Further, the researchers found that participants who were highly Machiavellian – defined as willing to exploit others for personal gain – were more likely to indicate willingness to conspire, and as a result, were more likely to believe in conspiracy theories.
In the second study, half of the participants were asked to remember a time that they had helped someone. The research team reasoned that this would temporarily enhance participants’ sense that they are moral people. As expected, these participants, when compared to a control group, were less willing to conspire, and as a result, were less likely to take conspiracy theories seriously.
New Research Reveals Conspiring Conspiracy Theorists.” The University of Kent: The UK’s European University. May 4, 2011. Retrieved on September 22, 2012.

Distortions of extraterrestrial issues by the media, while possibly indicating bias, do not necessarily support a conspiracy:

A former fundamentalist Christian turned professional debunker, Michael Shermer, took this argument to the limit during a July 2007 debate about UFOs on the Larry King Show. Even after others present told him that numerous military officers and pilots have claimed to have seen UFOs, and that the Phoenix Lights incident involved thousands of witnesses who all saw the same thing, Shermer just countered with: “... Eyewitness testimony is not all that reliable... Trained observers are no better than just regular observers.”
Joël van der Reijden, “Recognizing Disinformation in the Media.” Institute for the Study of Globalization and Covert Politics. January 17, 2008. Retrieved on May 25, 2013.
Culture Lag and Future Shock

The rise of conspiracy theories, at the present time, might also be attributed to culture lag. In time of rapidly moving social change, there is sometimes a delay between new circumstances and adaptations to them. Sociologist William Ogburn (1886-1959) wrote:

The rapidity of change in modern times raises the important question of social adjustment. Problems of social adjustment are of two sorts. One concerns the adaptation of man to culture or perhaps preferably the adapting of culture to man.... The other problem is the question of adjustments, occasioned as a result of these rapid social changes, between the different parts of culture, which no doubt means ultimately the adaptation of culture to man....
The ... various parts of culture are not changing at the same rate, some parts are changing more rapidly than others; and since there is a correlation or interdependence of parts, a rapid change in one part of culture requires readjustments through other changes in the various correlated parts of culture.... Where one part of culture changes first, through some discovery or invention, and occasions changes in other parts of culture dependent upon it., there frequently is a delay in the changes occasioned in the dependent part of culture.... It is desirable to reduce the period of maladjustment, to make the cultural adjustment as quickly as possible.
William Fielding Ogburn, Social Change: With Respect to Culture and Original Nature. New York: B.W. Huebsch, Inc. 1923. Pages 200-201.
Another reason why the adaptive portions of the non-material culture [values, norms, etc.] lag behind the changes in the material culture [artifacts] is the fact that the relationship between the adaptive culture and the material culture is not very close, but several steps removed.... In so far as the absense of closeness of contact is responsible for a delay in the changes of the adaptive culture, this state would operate in any state of society, whether it be changes from hunting to domestication of animals or from agricultural to industrial conditions.
William Fielding Ogburn, Social Change: With Respect to Culture and Original Nature. New York: B.W. Huebsch, Inc. 1923. Pages 261-262.

Author and futurist Alvin Toffler (born, 1928) popularized Ogburn’s theory as future shock. He wrote:

William Ogburn, with his celebrated theory of cultural lag, pointed out how social stresses arise out of the uneven rates of change in different sectors of society. The concept of future shock—and the theory of adaptation that derives from it—strongly suggests that there must be balance, not merely between rates of change in different sectors, but between the pace of environmental change and the limited pace of human response. For future shock grows out of the increasing lag between the two.
Alvin Toffler, Future Shock. New York: Bantam Books (Random House). 1970. Pages 3-4.

Toffler turned culture lag from a sociological theory into a futuristic medical and psychiatric model. He defined it in this way:

I coined the term “future shock” to describe the shattering stress and disorientation that we induce in individuals by subjecting them to too much change in too short a time....
First, it became clear that future shock is no longer a distantly potential danger, but a real sickness from which increasingly large numbers already suffer. This psycho-biological condition can be described in medical and psychiatric terms. It is the disease of change.
Second, I gradually came to be appalled by how little is actually known about adaptivity, either by those who call for and create vast changes in our society, or by those who supposedly prepare us to cope with those changes. Earnest intellectuals talk bravely about “educating for change” or “preparing people for the future.” But we know virtually nothing about how to do it. In the most rapidly changing environment to which man has ever been exposed, we remain pitifully ignorant of how the human animal copes....
The inability to speak with precision and certainty about the future, however, is no excuse for silence. Where “hard data” are available, of course, they ought to be taken into account. But where they are lacking, the responsible writer—even the scientist—has both a right and an obligation to rely on other kinds of evidence, including impressionistic or anecdotal data and the opinions of well-informed people. I have done so throughout and offer no apology for it.
In dealing with the future, at least for the purpose at hand, it is more important to be imaginative and insightful than to be one hundred percent “right.” Theories do not have to be “right” to be enormously useful. Even error has its uses. The maps of the world drawn by the medieval cartographers were so hopelessly inaccurate, so filled with factual error, that they elicit condescending smiles today when almost the entire surface of the earth has been charted. Yet the great explorers could never have discovered the New World without them....
We who explore the future are like those ancient mapmakers, and it is in this spirit that the concept of future shock and the theory of the adaptive range are presented here-not as final word, but as a first approximation of the new realities, filled with danger and promise, created by the accelerative thrust.
Alvin Toffler, Future Shock. New York: Bantam Books (Random House). 1970. Pages 11-14.

The lack of attention given to intermediate angels, Sasquatch, giants, and some of the other subjects and ideas considered in this book, assuming that they have any merit, could, I feel, be better explained by American philosopher of science Thomas Samuel Kuhn’s (1922-1996) concept of normal science than by conspiracies. From Kuhn’s dialectical perspective, the “considerable cost” of defending the anomalies or contradictions presented by the data leads, over time, to scientific revolutions. Maintaining the status quo is easier and less threatening to both established professions and entrenched public bureaucracies.

Normal science, the activity in which most scientists inevitably spend almost all their time, is predicated on the assumption that the scientific community knows what the world is like. Much of the success of the enterprise derives from the community’s willingness to defend that assumption, if necessary at considerable cost. Normal science, for example, often suppresses fundamental novelties because they are necessarily subversive of its basic commitments.... [W]hen ... the profession can no longer evade anomalies that subvert the existing tradition of scientific practice—then begin the extraordinary investigations that lead the profession at last to a new set of commitments, a new basis for the practice of science. The extraordinary episodes in which that shift of professional commitments occurs are the ones known in this essay as scientific revolutions. They are the tradition-shattering complements to the tradition-bound activity of normal science.
Thomas S. Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. Second Edition. Enlarged. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. 1970. Page 5.

Likewise, French philosopher and literary theorist Jean-François Lyotard (1924-1998) noted that life in the postmodern world has involved a disenchantment with metanarratives or universal stories. Conspiracy theories, in my view, are signs of disenchantment, social alienation, and distrust concerning the metanarratives of political, economic, and cultural leaders. In place of these discarded metanarratives, whatever their evidentiary support, the conspiracists have constructed extravagant and fanciful ones. In the midst of this estrangement or disaffection, Lyotard then posed the question of where any legitimacy might now be found:

Simplifying to the extreme, I define postmodern as incredulity toward metanarratives. This incredulity is undoubtedly a product of progress in the sciences: but that progress in turn presupposes it. To the obsolescence of the metanarrative apparatus of legitimation corresponds, most notably, the crisis of metaphysical philosophy and of the university institution which in the past relied on it. The narrative function is losing its functors, its great hero, its great dangers, its great voyages, its great goal. It is being dispersed in clouds of narrative language elements—narrative, but also denotative, prescriptive, descriptive, and so on. Conveyed within each cloud are pragmatic valencies specific to its kind. Each of us lives at the inter section of many of these. However, we do not necessarily establish stable language combinations, and the properties of the ones we do establish are not necessarily communicable....
Still, the postmodern condition is as much a stranger to disenchantment as it is to the blind positivist of delegitimation. Where, after the metanarratives, can legitimacy reside?
Jean-François Lyotard, The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge. Translated from the French by Geoff Bennington and Brian Massumi. Minneapolis, MN: The University of Minnessota Press. 1984. Page xxiv.

Once again, according to sociologist Max Weber:

The fate of our times is characterized by rationalization and intellectualization and, above all, by the “disenchantment of the world.” Precisely the ultimate and most sublime values have retreated from public life either into the transcendental realm of the mystic or into the brotherliness of direct and personal human relations.
Max Weber, From Max Weber: Essays in Sociology. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge. 1952 and 1991. Page 155.

Presumably as a response to these and other academic descriptions of disenchantment, with their scientific materialism and rejection of metaphysical speculation, Roy Bhaskar proposed a re-enchantment with nature, including an appreciation for the elegance of science:

In the disenchanted world, nature appears only as an object to be probed and not also cultivated, to be seen but not listened to, a resource to be exploited yet not preserved, as the contradictory other and unremittingly hostile adversary of man, at best to be tamed, dominated, and used. And re-enchantment seems a romantic dream. But it may even so be a necessary one.... Scientific elegance is often confused with simplicity. Truth in science is sometimes beautiful, but it is always profound.
Roy Bhaskar, Scientific Realism and Human Emancipation. New York: Routledge. 2009. Page 65.

Using Bhaskar’s terminology, the Illuminati conspiracists, and similar purveyors of hate, are dominated by the imaginary demireality of fear and divisiveness:

The world of demi-reality is a world of illusion, a world of falsities, which are nevertheless causally efficacious.
Roy Bhaskar, meta-Reality: The Philosophy of meta-Reality, Volume 1, Creativity, Love and Freedom. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. 2002. Page xxii.

Similarly, perhaps, Shoghi Effendi wrote:

Let us pray to God that in these days of world-encircling gloom, when the dark forces of nature, of hate, rebellion, anarchy and reaction are threatening the very stability of human society, when the most precious fruits of civilization are undergoing severe and unparalleled tests, we may all realize, more profoundly than ever, that though but a mere handful amidst the seething masses of the world, we are in this day the chosen instruments of God’s grace, that our mission is most urgent and vital to the fate of humanity, and, fortified by these sentiments, arise to achieve God’s holy purpose for mankind.
Shoghi Effendi, Baháʾí Administration. Page 52.

Moreover, the subject matter of the far-right libertarian conspiracies can, in my view, be more keenly and fully comprehended, by applying the sociology of knowledge, through Kuhn’s sophisticated, and nuanced, notion of epistemic (knowing) paradigms. Whether due to political demands, maintaining existing structures of power dominance, or simply having a common educational background, they defend, sometimes using intellectual dishonesty, the dominant paradigm or worldview. Therefore, while NASA, the military, other government agencies, and private researchers do not represent some large conspiracy, turf battles are common in many fields.

... paradigms provide scientists not only with a map but also with some of the directions essential for map-making. In learning a paradigm a scientist acquires theory, methods, and standards together, usually in an inextricable mixture. Therefore, when paradigms change, there are usually significant shifts in the criteria determining the legitimacy both of problems and of proposed solutions. In the partially circular arguments that regularly result, each paradigm will be shown to satisfy more or less the criteria that it dictates for itself and to fall short of a few of those dictated by its opponent.
Thomas S. Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. Second Edition. Enlarged. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. 1970. Pages 109-110.
... [Thomas S.] Kuhn’s (1962) watershed contribution [was] The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. Kuhn’s historical analysis showed that science does not progress steadily and cumulatively over time but rather represents a series of radical breaks or paradigm shifts, which give way to new and incommensurate foundations from which to build experimental research. Beyond this, Kuhn demonstrated the highly psychological and theory-laden aspects of scientific inquiry, arguing that scientists’ socialization within a particular scientific community has highly determinative implications for the assumptions made, the questions asked, and the methods that guide research.
Anthony J. Peddephatt and Neil McLaughlin, “The Sociology of Knowledge.” 21st Century Sociology: A Reference Handbook. Clifton D. (Dow) Bryant and Dennis L. Peck, editors. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Pages 330-349.

The conspiratorial counterculture is also a paradigm, and conspiracy theories, like their scientific and empirical cousins (many times removed), are puzzle-solving mechanisms. The assumptions of the Illuminati paradigms, grounded on beliefs in a superstitious synchronicity, illustrate the processes of rationally constructing, interrelating, and reporting upon the concurrence of commonplace, everyday activities. However, claims for conspiracies and coverups require hard empirical evidence, not magical coincidences and esoteric interpretations of alleged symbols.

Bringing normal a research problem to a conclusion is achieving the anticipated in a new way, and it requires the solution of all sorts of complex instrumental, conceptual, and mathematical puzzles. The man who succeeds proves himself an expert puzzle-solver, and the challenge of the puzzle is an important part of what usually drives him on....
Because it demands large-scale paradigm destruction and major shifts in the problems and techniques of normal science, the emergence of new theories is generally preceded by a period of pronounced professional insecurity. As one might expect, that insecurity is generated by the persistent failure of the puzzles of normal science to come out as they should. Failure of existing rules is a prelude to a search for new ones.
Thomas S. Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. Second Edition. Enlarged. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. 1970. Pages 36 and 67-68.
In doing sociology, lay and professional, every reference to the “real world,” even where the reference is to physical or biological events, is a reference to the organized activities of everyday life.... Ethnomethodological studies analyze everyday activities as members’ methods for making those same activities visibly-rational-and-reportable-for-all-practical-purposes, i.e., “accountable,” as organizations of commonplace everyday activities.
Harold Garfinkel, Studies in Ethnomethodology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, Inc. 1967. Page vii.
covariation [also called statistical correlation]      A relationship between objects or events such that they systematically vary together in ways that lead to the conclusion that they are causally linked. Distinguish from co-occurrence, the connotation of which is only that the events occur together....
synchronicity      The notion, championed by [psychiatrist and psychologist] Carl Jung, that events that occur at the same time are, on occasion, causally joined in significant ways despite their lack of physical proximity. Jung, unfortunately, failed to appreciate the difference between co-occurrence and COVARIATION resulting in considerable confusion in various quarters. Not surprisingly, parapsychologists embraced the notion, delighted to be in such august company.
Arthur S. Reber, Rhianon Allen, and Emily Reber, The Penguin Dictionary of Psychology. London: Penguin. 2009.

As John Alexander, Ph.D., eloquently observed:

The vast majority of the independent UFO researchers who believe in cover-up and conspiracy theories simply do not understand how the government works. This is the greatest shortfall that I have found with the conclusions they have drawn. Hopefully some light will be shed on how macro-systems function and why understanding that social psychology applies to the UFO field just as much as in any other endeavor. Despite what you may think, UFOs are not an exception to the rules and norms of social sciences....
... According to the conspiracy theorists, some mysterious THEY, an independent, extragovernmental body, makes the determination about which presidents will have access to the knowledge about extraterrestrials, and which will not. Of course who THEY are is never articulated but the conspiracy theorists are absolutely sure THEY exist....
UFO lore is thoroughly infused with the mysterious Majestic 12. According to the legend, MJ-12, as it is better known, a secret cabal comprised of influential scientists and politically connected intelligence heads, forms the oversight committee that controls all of the clandestine UFO material. Postulation about MJ-12 stems from a number of supposedly leaked documents. The origin of the term is not clear, but first use is sometimes attributed to a teletype dated November 17, 1980, and seen by some researchers early the next year. Since then debate over authenticity has raged among UFO researchers with many of the best minds declaring the material to be deliberate counterfeits. Nonetheless, the conspiracy has taken on a life of its own. For the record there is no truth to the matter, but I am regularly accused of being part of this organization....
In Federal bureaucracies, as in many other organizations, information is power. Classified information creates its own mystique, and takes on an air of importance that may or may not be warranted. Unfortunately, there are some bureaucrats who believe that unless a document is classified, it is not important; of course, the higher the level of classification the better. The other side of the coin is that there is so much overclassification that real secrets are hard to sort out from the mundane.
John B. Alexander, Ph.D., UFOs: Myths, Conspiracies, and Realities. New York: St. Martin’s Press. 2011. Kindle edition.

Larry Peter’s (1919-1990) perspective is pessimistic but, perhaps, more sociologically realistic, as well. In many hierarchical or bureaucratic organizations, there is an unfortunate assumption that, if a person performs one job well, she will do as well, or reasonably so, in other positions. Obviously, that conclusion is not always justified. Such an unfounded expectation is unfair to the worker, to the company, and to the public they jointly serve. The employee will probably not be a candidate for future promotions, but she might not get fired either. As a result, one finds a great deal of incompetence in bureaucracies.

In time I saw ... a common feature. The employee had been promoted from a position of competence to a position of incompetence. I saw that, sooner or later, this could happen to every employee in every hierarchy.
... my analysis of hundreds of cases of occupational incompetence led me on to formulate The Peter Principle:
In a Hierarchy Every Employee Tends
to Rise to His Level of Incompetence
Dr. Lawrence J. Peter and Raymond Hull, The Peter Principle. London: Pan Books Ltd. 1969. Pages 21-22.

The omnivorous data collection, or supposed surveillance, by the U.S. National Security Agency, in order to find just a few really bad people, provides an excellent illustration of the principle. Any justification for worrying about this unfortunate bureaucratic incompetence, which might be partially an intimidating bluff, eludes me. Certainly, imperialism, Pax Americana, and the Monroe doctrine are nothing new. They have simply been adapted to the twenty-first century. Similarly, one might point to the reliance by some governments and police departments upon superstitious psychic phenomena.

We tested the artist Ingo Swann [the originator of the previously classified U.S. remote viewing program] who can reliably draw and describe randomly selected photographs sealed in envelopes in another room. In the present experiment the photographs were immersed continuously in repeated presentations (5 times per sec.) of one of two types of computer-generated complex magnetic field patterns whose intensities were less than 20 nT [nano-Tesla, magnetic field strength measurement unit] over most of the area. WINDOWS-generated but not DOS-generated patterns were associated with a marked decrease in Mr. Swann’s accuracy.
S.A. Koren, M.A. Persinger, “Possible Disruption of Remote Viewing by Complex Weak Magnetic Fields around the Stimulus Site and the Possibility of Accessing Real Phase Space: A Pilot Study.” Perceptual Motor Skills (from abstract). December, 2002. Pages 989-998. Retrieved on June 13, 2012.

Conspiracy theories, however, impose purpose and symbolic meaning on mere circumstance. Say, however, someone asked me whether I believed that the events of 9/11 or the assassination of U.S. President John F. Kennedy (1917-1993) were grandly conspiratorial. Honestly, I do not give these leaders that much credit. To me, for instance, the failure by intelligence agencies to uncover the 9/11 plot demonstrates the problems with bureaucracy. Likewise, any possible factual errors by the Warren Commission might be explained by individual agendas, small-scale conspiracies, and the Peter principle.

Since 1971, [Bill] Ward has assisted in over 400 homicide cases, for which he has claimed a 75-to-80% success rate. He is supported in his claims of psychic powers by private and police investigators around the country who say he has provided them with assistance in solving crimes. In the course of his more than two decades of psychic sleuthing, he has shunned most publicity (initially he even required anonymity as a condition of assistance) regarding his police work and, until recently, has worked entirely on a volunteer basis. His motivation, therefore, has been neither fame nor money. Investigators he has worked with are quite convinced of his sincerity.
Jim Lippard, Bill Ward: Veteran Psychic Detective. Retrieved on June 14, 2012.

When someone recently accused me of being brainwashed or “conditioned,” I responded in the affirmative. Yes, I said, I am conditioned. The process was a very expensive, too. I did not finish paying off my student loans until I was well into my 40s. In addition, I pointed out that the brainwashing or thought-reform model has not been widely used in my field, the sociology of religion, since the middle of the twentieth century. This same fellow, who amazingly claimed to be a skeptic, also thought that trying to prove a negative referred to being pessimistic. According to one writer:

One of the artists covering the Spanish speaking market is Belinda, a Mexican singer, songwriter and actress born from a Spanish father and French mother. Her music video entitled Egoista, is simply rife with what we call “Illuminati symbolism,” which are the symbols, codes and themes associated with the occult elite’s agenda. We will see in this article that Belinda’s success is however not the result of good luck. Quite to the contrary, she was groomed to propagate the mind control agenda since her youth at the No. 1 school for teenage pop stars: “Disney.”
Illuminati Symbolism in Former Disney Girl Belinda’s “Egoista.” September 8, 2010. Retrieved on July 20, 2012.

Significantly at odds with the cabalistic mindset, while illustrating the Peter principle, many bureaucracies have demonstrated, at face value, a pretty ineffectual track record. Rather than fixing anything, they frequently seem considerably better at confounding old problems and, in the process, generating new ones. These entrenched social structures may be overshadowed by the demireality of disunity as the absence or opposite of the cosmic envelope or unity:

The term “ground state” is a term ... [which includes] not only the more religious concept of “soul” but also the secular concept of our best or “higher selves”; all ground states are connected in ... the “cosmic envelope.”
Cheryl Frank, “Global Warming and Cultural/Media Articulations of Emerging and Contending Social Imaginaries: A Critical Realist Perspective Interdisciplinarity and Climate Change: Transforming Knowledge and Practice for Our Global Future. Roy Bhaskar, Cheryl Frank, Petter Naess, and Jenneth Parker, editors. New York: Routledge. 2010. Page 114.
Ultimately the dialectic of self-realisation ushers in a dialectic of God-realisation, conveying (in one sense or inflection of “God-realisation”) the conatus to the embodiment of heaven on earth. In such a state, concretely singularised Self-centred subjects flourish in selfless solidarity with each and all in “unity existence” (being and doing).
Roy Bhaskar, From East to West: Odyssey of a Soul. New York: Routledge. 2000. Page 4.

Similarly, these bureaucratic structures are riddled with dysfunctions or failures to function properly:

A social dysfunction is any process that undermines the stability or survival of a social system. The presence of this concept in sociology curbs any tendency toward adopting the doctrine that everything in society works for “harmony” and “the good.”
A social dysfunction is a specific inadequacy of a particular part of the system for meeting a particular functional requirement....
The same pattern can be dysfunctional for some segments of a social system and functional for others.
Robert King Merton and Piotr Sztompka, On Social Structure and Science. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. 1996. Page 96-97.

Also in support of the Peter principle, secrecy, where it can be found, is frequently an indication of bureaucratic incompetence. Committees and task forces are created at the drop of a hat. They are often just as quickly forgotten. Any jobs assigned to one or more individuals become, by the next meeting, “old business.” They are frequently pushed down or off the agenda to make room for new business items. As activities are pigeon-holed, one office may literally have no idea of what the people next door are doing. Even if emails are sent out, many people become overwhelmed and do not get past the subject lines.

Discussions of imaginary secret governments reflect, from a sociological perspective, popular frustrations with bureaucracies and so-called “bureaucratic red tape.” Fresh crises can result in the creation new hierarchies. Yet, even after the initial reasons for starting a bureaucracy have long been forgotten, bureaucracies, once started and institutionalized (formally established), tend to be persistent. They are difficult to dissolve. Bureaucracies, over time, also frequently become nested within other bureaucracies. Thus, we find bureaucracies within bureaucracies within other bureaucracies.

Some corporations have tried to move themselves away from bureaucratic systems. Others have even built models of participatory management into their guidelines. However, when the rubber hits the road, the old bureaucratic, oligarchic (top-heavy) system seems to kick in. The basic concept of bureaucracy was brilliantly examined by sociologist and economist Max Weber:

Characteristics of Modern Bureaucracy
Modern officialdom functions in the following manner:
1. There is the principle of official jurisdictional areas, which are generally ordered by rules, that is, by or administrative regulations....
Their commissions and powers are not precisely delimited and are temporarily called into being for each case.
II. The principles of office hierarchy and of channels of appeal ... stipulate a clearly established system of super- and sub-ordinatIon in which there is a supervision of the lower offices by the higher ones....
III. The management of the modern office is based upon written documents (the “files”), which are preserved in their original or draft form, and upon a staff of subaltern officials and scribes of all sorts....
Office management, at least all specialized office management—and such management is distinctly modern—usually presupposes thorough training in a field of specialization....
When the office is fully developed, official activity demands the full working capacity of the official, irrespective of the fact,. that the length of his obligatory working hours in the bureau may he limited....
The management of the office follows general rules, which are more or less stable, more or less exhaustive, and which can be learned. Knowledge of these rules represents a special technical expertise which the officials possess.
Max Weber, Economy and Society: An Outline of Interpretive Sociology. Edited by Guenther Roth and Claus Wittich. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. 1978. Pages 956-958.
In general, bureaucratic domination has the following social consequences:
(1) The tendency to “levelling” in the interest of the broadest possible basis of recruitment in terms of technical competence.
(2) The tendency to plutocracy growing out of the interest in the greatest possible length of technical training....
(3) The dominance of a spirit of formalistic impersonality: “Sine ira et studio [Latin],” without hatred or passion, and hence without affection or enthusiasm. The dominant norms are concepts of straightforward duty without regard to personal considerations. Everyone is subject to formal equality of treatment; that is. everyone in the same empirical situation. This is the spirit in which the ideal official conducts his office.
Max Weber, Economy and Society: An Outline of Interpretive Sociology. Edited by Guenther Roth and Claus Wittich. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. 1978. Page 225.

Broad-based social changes are the results of coalition-building among bureaucracies, or agencies, and governments. They may have overlapping immediate objectives but different, even contradictory, purposes or intentions. For example, although one of several reasons for U.S. interest in the Middle East may be maintaining the petrodollar, Israel might be more concerned over issues of national security. Through shared interests, in one or more areas, deals are made. Policies are then executed. This type of political pragmatism, not imaginary conspiracy theories, is at the heart of of governmental corruption. It is sometimes called Realpolitik or political realism.

Neoconservatism is a new conservatism that began to exert influence on American politics after 1945 and reached the height of its power during the administration of George W. Bush (2000-2008). Neoconservatism combines conservative social policies with liberal [classical] economics and a Realpolitik (i.e., realist) approach to foreign policy.
Shadia B. Drury, “Neoconservatism.” Encyclopedia of Political Theory. Mark Bevir, editor. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. 2010.
... its [political realism’s] main precepts assert that the international system is characterized by anarchy, states are its principal actors, which are sovereign and rational acting on national interests, the main ones of which are security and survival. To ensure the latter, states are constantly in the pursuit of power, which ultimately leads to the security dilemma....
Although realism developed as a distinct theory in international relations only around World War II, key realist concepts can be found in much earlier works.... One century earlier, the ancient Chinese military strategist Sun Tzu also endorsed the role of realpolitik strategizing in states’ behavior in his classic, The Art of War....
... [Realists] see international relations as relating to objective conditions; they reject ideological, psychological, and normative considerations to explain relations among states that they perceived as defined by the anarchic environment surrounding states; and they view military capabilities and power accrual as paramount to both states’ positioning within the international system and their survival and security.
John T. Ishiyama and Marijke Breuning, 21st Century Political Science: A Reference Handbook. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. 2010.
... [Niccolo Machiavelli] wrote his great work on realpolitik (politics based on practical and material factors rather than on theoretical or ethical objectives), The Prince, between 1513 and 1514 ....
The Prince, written as a guidebook for all political leaders, attempted to show political life as it actually was rather than how contemporary leaders professed it to be ....
Keith Grint, “ Machiavelli, Niccolo (1469-1527).” Encyclopedia of Leadership. George R. Goethals & Georgia J. Sorenson, and James MacGregor Burns, editors. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. 2004.

According to Columbia University sociologist C. (Charles) Wright Mills (1916-1962), the activities of bureaucratic “power elites” are neither hidden nor publicized. He wisely rejected the proposition of an omnipotent elite. Perhaps this basic scenario can be observed with the issue of intermediate angels. Official concern over spaceships is, at least from my perspective, right in front of our eyes. However, due to the popular association between so-called UFOs and the lunatic fringe, along with a pattern of disinformation, the subject is almost never taken seriously by the media. Similarly, it is very rarely pursued by serious researchers.

On face value, I am skeptical of the concept, no matter how defined, the power elite. Reducing the social contradictions found with the highly individualistic capitalist world order to a power elite is, in my opinion, simplistic and even somewhat conspiratorial. Members of the upper classes are not sufficiently unified in their objectives, or class conscious, to constitute an elite. Power is better approached, in my view, by distinguishing between the cosmic envelope (nonduality), expressed as a spiritual socialism, and the demireality (dualism and illusion) of corporate capitalism. Nevertheless, here is Mills’ presentation:

The power elite is composed of men whose positions enable them to transcend the ordinary environments of ordinary men and women; they are in positions to make decisions having major consequences. Whether they do or do not make such decisions is less important than the fact that they do occupy such pivotal positions: their failure to act, their failure to make decisions, is itself an act that is often of greater consequence than the decisions they do make. For they are in command of the major hierarchies and organizations of modern society. They rule the big corporations. They run the machinery of the state and claim its prerogatives. They direct the military establishment. They occupy the strategic command posts of the social structure, in which are now centered the effective means of the power and the wealth and the celebrity which they enjoy.
Such an elite may be conceived as omnipotent, and its powers thought of as a great hidden design....
Internationally, the image of the omnipotent elite tends to prevail. All good events and pleasing happenings are quickly imputed by the opinion-makers to the leaders of their own nation; all bad events and unpleasant experiences are imputed to the enemy abroad....
Within each of the most powerful institutional orders of modern society there is a gradation of power....
To say that there are obvious gradations of power and of opportunities to decide within modern society is not to say that the powerful are united, that they fully know what they do, or that they are consciously joined in conspiracy. Such issues are best faced if we concern ourselves, in the first instance, more with the structural position of the high and mighty, and with the consequences of their decisions, than with the extent of their aware ness or the purity of their motives....
It is not my thesis that for all epochs of human history and in all nations, a creative minority, a ruling class, an omnipotent elite, shape all historical events....
... The American elite is neither omnipotent nor impotent....
The view that all of history is due to the conspiracy of an easily located set of villains, or of heroes, is also a hurried projection from the difficult effort to understand how shifts in the structure of society open opportunities to various elites and how various elites take advantage or fail to take advantage of them. To accept either view—of all history as conspiracy or of all history as drift—is to relax the effort to understand the facts of power and the ways of the powerful....
Class consciousness is not equally characteristic of all levels of American society: it is most apparent in the upper class....
The conception of the power elite, accordingly, does not rest upon the assumption that American history since the origins of World War II must be understood as a secret plot, or as a great and co-ordinated conspiracy of the members of this elite. The conception rests upon quite impersonal grounds....
The rise of the elite, as we have already made clear, was not and could not have been caused by a plot .... “There is a great difference,” Richard Hofstadter has remarked, “between locating conspiracies in history and saying that history is, in effect, a conspiracy ....”
There is nothing hidden about it, although its activities are not publicized. As an elite, it is not organized, although its members often know one another, seem quite naturally to work together, and share many organizations in common. There is nothing conspiratorial about it, although its decisions are often publicly unknown and its mode of operation manipulative rather than explicit.
It is not that the elite “believe in“ a compact elite behind the scenes and a mass down below. It is not put in that language. It is just that the people are of necessity confused and must, like trusting children, place all the new world of foreign policy and strategy and executive action in the hands of experts.
C. Wright Mills, The Power Elite. New York: Oxford University Press USA. 2000. Pages 3-4, 16-20, 26-27, 30, 292-294.

Far-reaching conspiracies require political power. However, according to dear Baháʾuʾlláh, it has been taken away. The power elite is a social fiction:

From two ranks amongst men power hath been seized: kings and ecclesiastics.
Baháʾuʾlláh, quoted by Shoghi Effendi, The Promised Day is Come. Page 71.

Although class-conscious dominators or oppressors have political and economic class interests, and often possess the means to enforce them, they are, like the rest of us, exceptionally ordinary. Power does not turn a mortal being into an omnipotent shaper of grand historical design. Instead, elites, acting in their own vested interests, benefit from popular ignorance, regarding public affairs, and ordinary trust. Some of them are well intentioned. Others might be less than compassionate. In that sense, they are, like all of us, regular, fallible human beings. When things go wrong, as we see today, they become easy targets.

Recalling the old Hasbro board game, Monopoly, the dynamics of power are continually shifting rather than concentrated in certain game players or bloodlines (an historically far-right obsession with genocidal consequences). The ulterior motives of individuals, countries, and corporations are frequently competitive and conflicting. They are disunified, not unified. A singular, huge conspiracy requires a degree of unity, cooperation, or even a limited class consciousness which is largely absent from this world. In the present-day context of disunity, leaks and whistleblowers on huge, complex conspiracies will, especially through the Internet, be inevitable and rampant.

Admittedly, I find the proposition of single, globalized Corporation X to be another absurd extension of the Illuminati conspiracy. Here, however, is a brief discussion of this simplistic view of bureaucracies:

I think what we have is a multi-trillion dollar corporation that has become so powerful that it has become a law into itself and can dictate to not only the American and European governments that created it, but to most other governments around the globe and the UN as well....
Corporation X must have a charter, monopoly and a multi-government oversight board controlled by several key western governments including the United States. This would be similar to the charter the British gave to the British West India Company but in this case Corporation X does not manage an empire directly but rather secretly and indirectly by contracting out the work to large and small subcontracting independent corporations....
Under this scheme the subcontracting corporations are placed in a subservient role and forced to compete with each other for contracts. This would not be all that different that a criminal enterprise in which the enterprise allows the business owner to remain in independent control of the business but must pay a fee and allow access to its books by the criminal enterprise in order to stay in business.
This kind of contracting arraignment would also have some characteristics of a cartel in that Corporation X has a monopoly on the alien resource and can fix the price and manage the resource as does an oil cartel.
Ed Komarek, Targeting UFO/ET Corporation X. October-November, 2008. Retrieved on June 5, 2012.

Additionally, the conspiratorial literature offers a scientistic bonanza. Scientism refers to the common materialist view that scientific methodologies are the best, even the only, way to acquire knowledge or evaluate truth. As science and technology are exaggerated in importance, they are turned into idols. Scientism can also become utopian, such as believing that a small number of people are withholding technology which, if revealed, would solve most or all of our problems. This perspective is clearly contradicted by the historical record. Technological, without a corresponding spiritual, development can be extremely dangerous.

The farfetched conclusions of American historian Richard Dolan (born, 1962) are substantially at odds with the usual social scientific approach to cumulative knowledge, innovation, and cultural diffusion. His perspective is a conspiracy theory, not a scientific theory. He argues that an actual “breakaway civilization,” one which has pursued undisclosed military research on angelic spacecraft, functions, internationally, within the classified world:

If, as I believe, some claims of recovered UFOs are true, it would mean there has been a program to study and replicate them. How could it be otherwise?...
... an invisible empire, with technology superior to the rest of the world, [would be] able to explore areas of our world unavailable to the rest of us. It would probably have a significant built infrastructure, possibly underground and “off the grid” in important ways. It might even have interactions or encounters with non-human intelligences behind the UFO phenomenon....
I believe that members of the breakaway civilization are recruited from the militaries of several nations....
The breakaway civilization is probably not unified. Certainly, rivalries and competition abound within the U.S. and global intelligence scene. It is probably no different here ....
Richard M. Dolan, “A Breakaway Civilization: What It Is, and What It Means for Us.” A.D.: After Disclosure. April, 2011. Retrieved on July 4, 2012.
“One of the ideas I’ve been kicking around for the last few years,” [Richard] Dolan said, “is that of a ‘breakaway civilization.’ I think that this is something that is real. Now, my theory of it is that it originated really in post-World War II society, but there’s nothing preventing such a thing from having happened earlier. The basic idea of the ‘breakaway civilization’ is simply that you have a secret group, a classified group of people, with access to radically advanced technology, radically advanced science, and they just don’t share it with the rest of the world. One scientific breakthrough leads to another, and that leads to another and so on. So the next thing you know, you’ve got a separate group of humanity that is vastly far beyond the rest of the world.”
Sean Casteel, Richard Dolan’s Breakaway Civilization and The Secret Space Program – Who is Responsible? August 27, 2012. Retrieved on August 27, 2012.

Believing in such a super-technological elite, one which has progressed far beyond conventional levels of scientific achievement, reflects an insufficient understanding of the sociology of knowledge. That is to say, knowledge is a social and societal, not an individual, product:

“Sociology of knowledge” is one of the recently emerged branches of sociology.
This branch pre-supposes the idea “that our knowledge is in some measure a social product.” Thinkers had recognised long back the importance of economic, religious, political and other interests in shaping human beliefs and ideas. Of late, the view that even human society and its very structure can influence knowledge, gained sufficient recognition.
Pranav Dua, Essay on Sociology of Knowledge. May 31, 2012. Retrieved on July 9, 2012.
The sociology of knowledge is concerned with the relationship of knowledge to a social base—although what is meant by knowledge and social base is likely to vary from author to author. All the major sociological theorists regarded this as an integral part of their theory.
“knowledge, sociology of.” John Scott and Gordon Marshall, A Dictionary of Sociology. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. 2009.

The reality of the military-industrial complex is, I think, much more obvious and intuitive. Various military, intelligence, homeland security, and other governmental agencies pursue complex relationships with the engines of global capitalism, including the International Monetary Fund, the World Trade Organization, private defense contractors, banks, stock brokers, and additional financiers. Other powerful individuals consult in think tanks, such as the Clinton Global Initiative, the Bilderberg Meetings, and the The Club of Rome. They try, with varying degrees of success, to influence the process through policy recommendations.

There is a difference between secrecy and confidentiality. If high-profile people are not guaranteed confidentiality, in any situation, they will generally not be candid. Similarly, the reasons for security around the Bildergerg meetings and similar think tanks are straightforward and uncomplicated:

  1. The presence of well-known attendees.
  2. The fearmongering, and potentially dangerous mass behavior, from conspiracy theorists.

When my students bring up the Bilderbergers, my standard response is something like, “If you do not like one think tank, then start your own. You can invite whom you please.” The fact that a think tank is private does not make it conspiratorial. Groups will inevitably pursue their own interests. Of course, not all think tanks and proponents of global order, governance, or government share the neoliberal (neoclassical), or global capitalist, approach, such as:

The Rosa Luxemburg Foundation aims to:
Central to the meaning of socialism is common ownership....
We cannot, of course, predict the exact form that would be taken by this future global democracy. The democratic system will itself be the outcome of future democratic decisions.
What is Socialism?World Socialist Movement. Retrieved on July 23, 2012.

In the quotation below, United States Senator Daniel Inouye (born, 1924) might have referred to this military-industrial complex. Inouye’s comments also need to be taken in context. As a Democrat, opposed to the covert policies of a Republican White House, he was specifically addressing the intelligence and military assistance which was given to the Nicaraguan Contras. Their guerrilla warfare sought to overturn the socialist Sandinista government. At the time, President Ronald Reagan’s administration feared the spread of Cuban-style communism in Latin America.

There exists a shadowy government with its own Air Force, its own Navy, its own fundraising mechanism, and the ability to pursue its own ideas of national interest, free from all checks and balances, and free from the law itself.
Daniel Ken Inouye (United States Senator from Hawaii), Senate Select Committee on Secret Military Assistance to Iran and the Nicaraguan Opposition (Iran-Contra hearings). 1987.

Shadowly, or undisclosed, operations are not, literally, a government, under the radar or otherwise. Corporations, instead, commonly compete over some defense contracts and military technologies. On the other hand, when mutually advantageous, many of these same businesses will cooperate in other areas. Monopolies may exist in certain national or regional markets, but they are rarely global. Speculatively, reverse-engineered spaceship technology could be actively utilized, in various projects, by such a corporatocracy or mechanism of corporate dominance.

Many government officials, like other bureaucrats, are concerned about order and predictability. Perhaps some leaders take their assigned jobs too far, but I am not going to judge them. Political decision-making is their world. Truthfully, the activities, alleged secrets, and confidences of politicians are none of my business. Unity is my objective, not partisanship and division, such as conspiratorial, unidentified, connecting-the-dots “ingroup” vs. “outgroup,” “us” vs. “them,” “the public” vs. “the elite”, and “one’s own country” vs. “the enemy.” The issue involves far more than semantics. Demireality or disunity is, in itself, a level of reality albeit quite a negative one. I do not wish to live in that world.


There is no monolithic elite – no reified 1% versus 99%. Instead, in the capitalist world order and its demireality, the relations of power are highly complex and multifaceted. An individual occupying an oppressive status in one situation might occupy the status of an oppressor in yet another. Patricia Hill Collins (born, 1948) is a contemporary feminist sociologist. In 2009, she became the first African American female president of the American Sociological Association. Similar, perhaps, to demireality or disunity, Hill Collins describes power relations using the social constructionist theory of intersectionality and a related conceptual model, the matrix of domination.

I have used the thesis of intersectionality and the idea of the matrix of domination as interrelated constructs to describe social structures of domination. Intersectional thinking suggests that race, class, gender, nation, sexuality, ethnicity, age, and other forms of social hierarchy structure one another. My goal has been to conceptualize intersectionality and study its manifestations in a matrix of domination from one social setting to the next.
Patricia Hill Collins, On Intellectual Activism. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. 2013. Kindle edition.
... I introduced the term matrix of domination as a heuristic device for describing structural power relations that house individuals and groups.
Patricia Hill Collins, Fighting Words: Black Women and the Search for Justice. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnessota Press. 1998. Page 259.

Domination, from an intersectional standpoint, is situational and relative:

Another way of approaching power views it as not something that groups possess but as an intangible entity that circulates within a particular matrix of domination and to which individuals stand in varying relationships. These approaches emphasize how individual subjectivity frames human actions within a matrix of domination.
Patricia Hill Collins, Black Feminist Thought: Knowledge, Consciousness and Politics of Empowerment. New York: Routledge. 2000. Page 274.

Intersectionality emerged out of the postmodern third-wave or revisionality feminism, as some writers attempted to grapple with the interlocking dominations of gender, race, class, and so forth. I have taken intersectionality out of social constructionism and developed it, as a descriptive framework of demireality, within Critical Realism. In other words, most intersectional theorists have generally treated reality as entirely socially constructed, dialogic, or conversational. However, to critical realists, influenced by Roy Bhaskar, social reality exists somewhat independently of our collective constructions.

An Emancipation from demireality is, by my definition, an emancipation from intersectionality. However, in addition to Hill Collins, other writers have utilized intersectionality. For instance, Elisabeth Schüssler Fiorenza’s notion of kyrarchy is, like the matrix of domination, a descriptive model developed out of intersectionality or intersectional theory:

... I have proposed early on to replace the category of “patriarchy” with the neologism kyriarchy, which is derived from the Greek words kyrios (lord/ slavemaster/ father/ husband/ elite/ propertied/ educated man) and archein (to rule, dominate)....
Kyriarchy is best theorized as a complex pyramidal system of interlocking multiplicative social and religious structures of superordination and subordination, of ruling and oppression.... Such kyriarchal relations are still today at work in the multiplicative intersectionality of class, race, gender, ethnicity, empire, and other structures of discrimination. In short, kyriarchy is constituted as a sociocultural and religious system of dominations by intersecting multiplicative structures of oppression. The different sets of relations of domination shift historically and produce a different constellation of oppression in different times and cultures. The structural positions of subordination that have been fashioned by kyriarchal relations stand in tension with those required by radical democracy.
Elisabeth Schüssler Fiorenza, Changing Horizons: Explorations in Feminist Interpretation. Minneapolis, MN: Fortress Press. 2013. Kindle edition.

To Sharon Doetsch-Kidder, intersectionality is an emancipatory spiritual activism:

The inner voice, or “still small voice,” connected with experience is foundational to the epistemology of intersectionality and to why spirit is so central to its development. Intersectionality or multiracial feminism—feminism—what antiracist feminist scholar Chela Sandoval calls “differential consciousness”—grows from an internal sense of the intrinsic value of human beings— of oneself and one’s communities. That is why Sandoval calls differential consciousness the “methodology of love.” “Differential consciousness” describes an ability to read power relations and respond in a way that helps oppressed peoples survive. It is a technology for reading a situation and choosing tactics that enable one to act effectively to equalize power relations. Sandoval uses “technology” to refer to the “practical arts” of activism. Technologies combine pragmatism and creativity, highlighting activism as an artful practice, one that is always changing along with the practitioner and the situations she encounters. Sandoval writes, “The differential technologies of oppositional consciousness, as utilized and theorized by a racially diverse US coalition of women of color, demonstrate the procedures for achieving affinity and alliance across difference; they represent the modes that love takes in the postmodern world.” Working across differences is not only about strategic activism. It is a way of loving others and working from a place of love in the contemporary United States....
I hypothesized that I would draw from activists’ life stories a “queer feminist” theory-in-praxis that prioritizes struggles against racism, poverty, and violence, based on a view of these struggles as central to the projects of women’s and queer liberation.
Sharon Doetsch-Kidder, Social Change and Intersectional Activism: The Spirit of Social Movement New York: Palgrave Macmillan (St. Martin’s Press). 2012. Pages 3-4 and 159.

In my opinion, intersectionality provides a superior description of demireality and power, in the capitalist world order, to Mills’ dualistic ordinary versus extraordinary people. Yet, the matrix of domination, by itself, is misleading. Groups and societies cannot, like Play-Doh, be simply twisted and remodeled according to linguistic structures of social justice. Instead, intersectionality needs to be lifted from the context of social constructionism and placed into metaReality. Although we do not create the Real, we regularly interact with it. Throughout this process of interaction, we can choose whether to develop social systems in the matrix of demireality or in the cosmic envelope.

Emancipation and Empowerment

From an emancipatory standpoint, mega-conspiracies are also dead ends. They are disempowering. If a faceless cabal directs world events, human rights projects are, at long last, hopeless causes. Instead of a single, broad-based, secret, and sinister plot, there are numerous brutally competitive, agenda-driven political and corporate leaderss. Members of this class conscious military-industrial complex operate, in their own interests, as: an oligarchy or a political rulership by the few, an oligopoly or a market controlled by the most privileged, and a corporatocracy or corporate dominance.

... formally the class consciousness of the bourgeoisie is geared to economic consciousness. And indeed the highest degree of unconsciousness, the crassest, form of “false consciousness” always manifests itself when the conscious mastery of economic phenomena appears to be at its greatest. From the point of view of the relation of consciousness to society this contradiction is expressed as the irreconcilable antagonism between ideology and economic base. Its dialectics are grounded in the irreconcilable antagonism between the (capitalist) individual, i.e. the stereotyped individual of capitalism, and the “natural” and inevitable process of development, i.e. the process not subject to consciousness. In consequence theory and practice are brought into irreconcilable opposition to each other. But the resulting dualism is anything but stable; in fact it constantly strives to harmonise principles that have been wrenched apart and thenceforth oscillate between a new “false” synthesis and its subsequent cataclysmic disruption.
György (Georg) Lukács, History & Class Consciousness. 1920.

As demonstrated in the Civil Rights, Women’s Liberation, and other social movements, community building and community organizing have been repeatedly successful in promoting significant change:

In the field of healthy communities, there exists a conflict between those who focus on power-based social change (community organizing) and relationship-based social change (community building). Where those who use the power-based approach believe that, in order to affect change, citizens must form organizations that aim to transform and redistribute power, the relationship-based approach works for change by building strong, caring and respectful relationships among all members of a community....
I suggest that we look at our work in a new way, create new theories and a new collection of anecdotes that match the needs of social change at this period in history. We cannot ignore power issues in a country where the separation between rich and poor has become extreme, for-profit hospitals are becoming more prevalent, dollars dominate elections, the media is controlled by a handful of individuals, and black and Hispanic young men are being incarcerated at alarming rates. As we have seen a decline in civic engagement and volunteerism, and a decreased sense of neighborhood and community, we cannot ignore relationship building. We need both, and we need models that will allow us to have both.
Tom Wolff, Power-Based vs. Relationship-Based Social Change. Retrieved on October 8, 2012.
The Stop Online Piracy Act (SOPA) and the PROTECT IP [Internet Piracy] Act (PIPA) are bills that were introduced into the United States House of Representatives and the United States Senate in the last quarter of 2011. Both are responses to the problem of enforcement of U.S. laws against websites outside U.S. jurisdiction. While the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) and other existing laws have generally been considered effective against illegal content or activities on U.S.-based sites, action is more difficult against overseas websites. SOPA and PIPA proposed to rectify this by cutting off infringing sites from their US based funding (particularly advertising), payment processors, appearances on search engines, and visibility on web browsers, instead. Major providers of all these services are predominantly U.S. based. Notably, the provisions also involved modifying the DNS system, a crucial service that underpins the entire internet and allows computers to locate each other reliably around the world....
Following initial informal discussions which resulted in a positive response, a formal consultation titled “SOPA Initiative” was opened by the community to consider specific proposals and preferred options. These included matters such as location (United States only or worldwide), and whether content should be disabled completely or still accessible after a click-through page. Eventually, the discussion led to a decision strongly in favor of a 24 hour global blackout of the site on January 18, disabling normal reading and editing functions, affirmed in a vote of approximately 1,800 editors....
The impact of the coordinated action was generally considered to be significant.... The New York Times, which framed the netizens’ [portmanteau of Internet citizens’] revolt in terms of the new economy versus the old economy, headlined the activism as a “political coming of age for the tech industry.”
Wikipedia Initiative: SOPA and PIPA. Wikipedia. Retrieved on October 8, 2012.

Edward Smart, inspired by the nine-month abduction of his daughter (then fourteen-year-old Elizabeth), successfully promoted, with his family, the federal adoption of an Amber Alert system for missing children in the United States:

I now have the considerable honor of introducing a man who has become a symbol of hope and courage in the face of every parent’s worst nightmare.
In the summer of 2002, Ed Smart and his family were sleeping peacefully in their Salt Lake City home when an itinerant worker he and his wife, Lois, had hired a few months earlier broke into his daughters’ bedroom and abducted 14-year-old Elizabeth at gunpoint.
For 9 terrible months, until Elizabeth finally was returned safely to her family, Ed Smart remained confident that his daughter was alive. He was a tremendous source of strength for his wife and family, and a beacon of hope for other families of missing children. He also, as many of you know, became an ardent advocate for AMBER Alert. During the months Elizabeth was missing, Ed became a potent lobbying force, personally meeting with Members of Congress and urging them to pass an AMBER bill.
And just last April, Ed stood in the White House Rose Garden with his wife Lois and daughter Elizabeth at his side, as President Bush signed the PROTECT Act, which included the AMBER Alert provisions. Since then, he’s continued to raise awareness of the issue of missing children and to promote nationwide expansion of the AMBER Alert child safety network.
We’re very pleased that both Ed and Lois Smart could be here with us today. Unlike most of us, who are here because of the work we do, Ed and Lois are here because of the terrible ordeal their family went through. Thank you both for using your family’s painful personal experience to help protect other innocent children and their families from the nightmare of child abduction.
The Honorable Deborah J. Daniels, Assistant Attorney General, Amber Alert Technology Conference. December 3, 2003. Retrieved on October 20, 2012.
The Smart family – which received sporadic police tips about their daughter – has lobbied for the national Amber Alert law, even as they searched for their daughter.
Angry Dad Pushes For National Amber Alert. Retrieved on October 20, 2012.

The key to emancipation from the demireality of disunity is the cosmic envelope of unity:

Few will disagree that the universal disease sapping the health of the body of humankind is that of disunity. Its manifestations everywhere cripple political will, debilitate the collective urge to change, and poison national and religious relationships. How strange, then, that unity is regarded as a goal to be attained, if at all, in a distant future, after a host of disorders in social, political, economic and moral life have been addressed and somehow or other resolved. Yet the latter are essentially symptoms and side effects of the problem, not its root cause. Why has so fundamental an inversion of reality come to be widely accepted? The answer is presumably because the achievement of genuine unity of mind and heart among peoples whose experiences are deeply at variance is thought to be entirely beyond the capacity of society’s existing institutions. While this tacit admission is a welcome advance over the understanding of processes of social evolution that prevailed a few decades ago, it is of limited practical assistance in responding to the challenge.
Unity is a condition of the human spirit. Education can support and enhance it, as can legislation, but they can do so only once it emerges and has established itself as a compelling force in social life. A global intelligentsia, its prescriptions largely shaped by materialistic misconceptions of reality, clings tenaciously to the hope that imaginative social engineering, supported by political compromise, may indefinitely postpone the potential disasters that few deny loom over humanity’s future.
Baháʾí International Community, One Common Faith. September 2006. Pages 42-43.
Minimally stated, the philosophy of meta-Reality holds that the dualistic world we inhabit, as best described by (dialectical) critical realism, is ultimately sustained and powered by non-duality as the ground or ground-state of being, as the mode of constitution (reproduction/transformation) of everyday life via transcendence, and as the fine structure or deep interior of beings.
Roy Bhaskar with Mervyn Hartwig, The Formation of Critical Realism: A Personal Perspective. New York: Routledge. 2010. Page 175.

In addition, unethical business practices are a persistent feature of the global capitalist system. In a sense, they define the materialistic methodologies or tactics of modern capitalism. However, while corporations and other entities may attempt to cover their tracks, the underlying motivations, including the profit motive, are, generally speaking, in plain sight. They are not hidden from any careful observer. Malfeasance is not, in itself, proof of some massive conspiracy. Yet, these events also provide, in my view, evidence for why the capitalist system should be replaced with an order which is more accountable and democratic.

Yet, a common meme on the far right is to identify mainstream “liberals” or “progressives,” on the middle left, as “socialists” or even “communists.” Aside from simply disagreeing, I have, as a democratic socialist, reflected upon this popular construction. In short, I have concluded that a person who regards a Keynesian (“welfare state”) capitalist as a socialist may be a reflexive neo-fascist or at least be influenced by quasi-fascistic perspectives on some issues. Sadly, I have noticed, an angry populism is much more widespread, especially in the U.S., than I once believed. On the other hand, I would never attack or specifically judge another person.

In a capitalist world and a bourgeois society, socialism will never be simple sense. But what we can hope to aspire to is the dawning of a new enlightenment, a socialist enlightenment which will stand to some future order of things, as the eighteenth-century bourgeois enlightenment stood to the American Declaration of Independence, the French revolution and the overthrow of colonial slavery for which it helped to prepare the cultural ground....
... Individualism is a pretty pure ideology of the market, at least as we have it now.
Roy Bhaskar, Reclaiming Reality: A Critical Introduction to Contemporary Philosophy (Classical Texts in Critical Realism). New York: Routledge. 2011. Kindle edition.

I am not denying, however, that powerful members of “the establishment” have engaged in crimes or coverups, duped others, and framed the innocent. Rogue individuals might even have conspired to assassinate people, to provoke disasters, to subvert governments, and to conduct false-flag operations. Watergate, the payoffs and lies in the tobacco industry, and the pharmaceutical lobby against herbal remedies are widely known. Whether specific acts of terrorism or assassination and certain limits on technology involved conspiracies are matters for criminologists, historians, and other careful researchers, after critically evaluating the evidence, to examine.


Let us suppose, on face value, that a few of the specific claims made by the conspiracists are valid. The nagging problem, in my opinion, is with the Illuminati narrative itself. Deductively piecing together data to support a strongly held conspiratorial belief system contradicts the basic rules of evidence. In an academic content, any good investigator will bracket, or set aside, her personal assumptions. Hypothesis by hypothesis, or prediction by prediction, she then applies Ockham’s razor (parsimony or economy) to whatever data are collected and analyzed during the research process. Although no one is perfect, and mistakes are inevitable, bias is carefully avoided.

Believing in conspiracy theories can quickly make one unteachable and, consequently, biased to any future data. In my opinion, once the conspiratorial woo on angelic visitation is rejected, the issue begins to make sense. The Illuminati conspiracies magically twist and distort the reported data into a genre resembling, even though unintentionally, the worst pulp science fiction novels, comic books, and tabloid scandal sheets. Superwomen and supermen are, of course, imaginary creatures. Realistically, we are all, without exception, just ordinary human beings.

Deductive, or first-principle, conspiracy theories are different from inductively uncovering conspiracies. Collusion by banks and other profit-oriented entities is not a massive historical conspiracy. It it capitalism. Even if some particular conspiracies have taken place, and I am personally open to considering any available evidence on a case-by-case basis, they are not equivalent to a grand conspiracy meme such as this one:

Part of their [the Ascended Masters’] work is to free us from the dead hand of what could be called the Illuminati, the New World Order, the covert state, the military-industrial complex, or whatever other name you choose. It is this dark cabal who’ve withheld the free-energy technology that the galactics gave us decades ago, starting, I believe, in the Eisenhower administration, which would relieve us of our dependence on oil.
We Do Not Need Oil.” The 2012 Scenario. Retrieved on May 19, 2012.

Possibly the single most important factor, one which the conspiratorial echo chamber appears not to have recognized, is that the corporate New World Order (NWO) they fear, attack, and inaccurately characterize as a cabal dominated by “extraterrestrials” or banksters is not, in fact, a secret conspiracy at all. However, any entirely free market is, perhaps by definition, oppressive. The alliances between corporations, including banks, and governments represent an advanced, a late, form of the capitalist, imperialist system which, on a smaller scale, these same conspiracy theorists often support.

Ultimately, as a social scientist, my honest response, therefore, to any questions regarding any individual conspiracies would be an agnostic one:

... most of my colleagues were ists of one sort or another; and, however kind and friendly they might be, I, the man without a rag of a label to cover himself with, could not fail to have some of the uneasy feelings which must have beset the historical fox when, after leaving the trap in which his tail remained, he presented himself to his normally elongated companions. So I took thought, and invented what I conceived to be the appropriate title of “agnostic.” It came into my head as suggestively antithetic to the “gnostic” of Church history, who professed to know so much about the very things of which I was ignorant; and I took the earliest opportunity of parading it at our society, to show that I, too, had a tail, like the other foxes.
Thomas Henry Huxley, Agnosticism. February, 1899. Page 15.
... the [Warren] Commission has concluded that the shots which killed President Kennedy and wounded [Texas] Governor [John] Connally were fired from the sixth-floor window at the southeast corner of the Texas School Book Depository Building.
The Warren Commission, “The Shots from the Texas School Book Depository.” The Warren Report. 1964. Page 117.

Furthermore, evil, a term variously defined and sometimes measured, and conspiratorial are not synonymous. The hideous acts and coverups perpetrated by the few do not implicate bureaucracies themselves in conspiracy theories. Obviously, although people, including criminal gangs, have done hideous things, but crime is not exclusive to one class or another. Many offenders get away with murder, while others are convicted of relatively petty crimes. Offenders run the gamut. They are rich, poor, and in between. Innocents, especially the impoverished and destitute, have been imprisoned unjustly, as well. Truth be told, this world is unfair.

Lying, cheating, and stealing.
That’s white-collar crime in a nutshell. The term—reportedly coined in 1939—is now synonymous with the full range of frauds committed by business and government professionals.
It’s not a victimless crime. A single scam can destroy a company, devastate families by wiping out their life savings, or cost investors billions of dollars (or even all three, as in the Enron case). Today’s fraud schemes are more sophisticated than ever, and we are dedicated to using our skills to track down the culprits and stop scams before they start.
White Collar Crime.” The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). Official U.S. government document. Retrieved on May 31, 2012.
MKULTRA research was conducted by a large number of private scientists, in the United States and abroad, affiliated with universities, research foundations, and similar institutions .... At least 80 institutions and 185 private researchers participated .... A total of 149 subprojects were funded by the CIA ....
Most of these subprojects involved legitimate research into a variety of chemical, biological, psychological, and sociological subjects. In a few of the subprojects, researchers surreptitiously administered drugs to unwitting subjects. This wholly improper conduct is now expressly forbidden by executive order.
William J. Casey, Director (1981-1987), Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), On Writ of Certiorari to the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. Official U.S. government document. 1983. Retrieved on September 7, 2012.

If one expects humanity from much of humanity, one will end up disappointed. As a whistleblower, U.S. Army Private First Class Bradley Manning was threatened with life imprisonment:

... one of the aerial weapons team crew members verbally asks for the wounded person to pick up a weapon so that he can have a reason to engage. For me, this seems similar to a child torturing ants with a magnifying glass....
The aerial weapons team crew members sound like they lack sympathy for the children or the parents. Later in a particularly disturbing manner, the aerial weapons team crew verbalizes enjoyment at the sight of one of the ground vehicles driving over a body—or one of the bodies.
U.S. Army Private First Class Bradley E. Manning, Pfc. Bradley E. Manning’s Statement for the Providence Inquiry. February 28, 2013. Retrieved on March 3, 2013.

As seen in Project Paperclip, political pragmatism or Realpolitik, which I discussed earlier, has sometimes determined official policies:

Project Paperclip was a postwar and Cold War operation carried out by the Joint Intelligence Objectives Agency (JJOA). Paperclip had two aims: to exploit German scientists for American research, and to deny these intellectual resources to the Soviet Union. At least 1,600 scientists and their dependents were recruited and brought to the United States by Paperclip and its successor projects through the early 1970s. The most famous of these was Wernher von Braun.
In recent years, it has been alleged that many of these individuals were brought to the United States in violation of American government policy not to permit the entrance of “ardent Nazis” into the country, that many were security risks, and that at least some were implicated in Holocaust-related activities.
Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, Post-World War I1 Reccruitment of German Scientists—Project Paperclip. Official U.S. government document. April 5, 1995. Retrieved on September 7, 2012.
While the OSS [Office of Strategic Services] and its successors used former Nazis and their collaborators for intelligence purposes, the War Department began a major effort to bring German scientists and engineers to the United States. This effort served two purposes: to obtain the benefits of German scientific research and technological advances, and to deny those benefits to the Soviets, who were likewise seeking to procure the services of German scientists and engineers....
... President [Harry] Truman ... insisted that only “nominal participants” in the Nazi Party, not “active supporters,” be permitted to participate in the program, which took the code name Project Paperclip. However, Truman advised that specialists who were awarded “position or honors” by the Nazi regime for “scientific or technical ability” should not be automatically disqualified from the program. It was left to a panel consisting of representatives of the Departments of Justice and State to rule on each specialist whom the JIOA wanted to bring to the United States.
Interagency Working Group, Nazi War Crimes & Japanese Imperial Government Records. Final Report to the United States Congress. Official U.S. government document. April, 2007. Retrieved on October 17, 2012.
The [Dr. Wernher von] von Braun team at Peenemunde then decided to go south and surrender to U.S. forces rather than be captured by the Soviet army. About 120 of von Braun’s associates were taken with him to the U.S. in Operation Paperclip to demonstrate their achievements with captured V-2 rockets.... [W]hen President Kennedy called for a moon landing within the decade, von Braun got the task of creating the rocket; his Saturn V won the race to put a man on the moon’s surface in 1969.
Astronautics and Aeronautics, 1977: An Anthology.” National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA). 1986. Official U.S. government document. Retrieved on October 17, 2012.

The ubiquitousness of secrecy, security, hypervigilance, and “knee-jerk” nationalistic authoritarianism, while unfortunate, is not conspiratorial. Rather, as the dangers in the world order have continued to ramp up, some governments have imposed, or attempted to impose, increasingly Draconian laws and regulations. When considered prudent by leaders, high-risk operations have been mandated and conducted. On the other hand, according to the conspiratorial fantasy, born out of a culture of fear, secrecy demonstrates that important knowledge is concealed, behind the wizard’s curtain, which some alleged “they” do not want “us” to “have.”

There is no ambigous “they” or “the other.” One of my regular suggestions is, “If a person cannot attach the word ‘they’ to a concrete group of individuals, she should use ‘we’ instead”:

Dorothy pulls back the curtain to reveal the Wizard at the controls ....
Noel Langley, Florence Ryerson, and Edgar Allen Woolf, The Wizard of Oz. Screenplay. 1939. Based upon the book, The Wonderful Wizard of Oz (1899), by Frank L. Baum.

Factually, however, lying, deceit, coverups, and even specified conspiracies perform social functions and have been used by ill-intentioned individuals. Fictionally, there is a private, master conspiracy to take over the world. Logically, the more people who perpetrate a questionable activity, the harder it is to sweep under the rug. Especially in the age of the Internet, carrying out a large-scale complicated conspiracy, of the type discussed below, and successfully keeping it secret for a long time, would require the super-human organizational capabilities of an illusory devil or demigod:

Each new generation of the Illuminati bloodline families is exposed to the appropriate ritual to activate their possession by the reptilian entities and so the cycle goes on....
... The thought and emotional processes of the UK’s Queen Mother are not those of Elizabeth Bowes-Lyon, the little girl officially born into that body 101 years ago. They are controlled by the reptilian entity or entities, which possessed her after the hybrid DNA activation.
David Icke, The Reptilians: Why They are Obsessed with Bloodline and Ritual.

The term, secret societies, one of the bogeyman of the populist far right, is a reification. It turns a category of historically unrelated organizations into a real thing or, in a manner of speaking, a fictional essence. Certain secret societies, the Bohemian Grove, and other ritualistic activities stroke the egos of elites and reinforce a collective illusion of intellectual and moral superiority. Even outside the centers of global dominance, however, the Society for Creative Anachronism, Renaissance festivals, certain secret societies, and the initiations practiced by Greek organizations, sororities and fraternities, often serve similar esoteric functions.

The allure of mystery within the halls of power, while hardly new, does not support an Illuminati conspiracy. Instead, ritual, including participating in religious ceremonies, can make people feel as if they are somehow special. It builds a sense of community and maintains social boundaries. Such ingroup activities promote social solidarity or class consciousness, escapism, and, at times, clubbishness. Indeed, social exclusiveness and partisanship appear to be precisely the reasons why Baháʾís are not permitted to join Freemasonry and other secret organizations.

As regards your question about Masonry, the Baháʾís, the Guardian feels very strongly, must learn at the present time to think internationally and not locally. Although each believer realizes that he is a member of one great spiritual family, a member of the New World Order of Baháʾuʾlláh, he does not often carry this thought through to its logical conclusion: which is that if the Baháʾís all over the world each belong to some different kind of society or church or political party, the unity of the Faith will be destroyed, because inevitably they will become involved in doctrines and policies that are in some way against our Teachings, and often against another group of people in another part of the world, or another race, or another religious block.
Therefore, all the Baháʾís everywhere have been urged to give up their old affiliations and withdraw from membership in the Masonic and other secret Societies in order to be entirely free to serve the Faith of Baháʾuʾlláh as a united body. Such groups as Masonry, however high the local standard may be, are in other countries gradually being influenced by the issues sundering the nations at present.
The Guardian wants the Baháʾís to disentangle themselves from anything that may in any way, now or in the future, compromise their independent status as Baháʾís and the supra-national nature of their Faith.
From a letter, dated February 17, 1956, written on behalf of Shoghi Effendi to an individual Baháʾí, Lights of Guidance: A Baháʾí Reference File. Number 1388.
The highlight of a [Bohemian] Grove encampment is an opening day initiation ceremony called “The Cremation of Care,” in which the campers are given permission to forget their worldly duties and responsibilities, and instead focus on having a good time, just like in the old days, when they were young and supposedly carefree. Although the ceremony is very elaborate and has a long tradition, readers have to understand at the outset that it is a lark, a spoof of ceremonies, that has no deep or serious intent, contrary to what some conspiracy theorists have claimed. It is just what it claims to be: a way to ease everyone into a mood where they can relax and enjoy themselves....
The Bohemian Grove, and other watering holes and social clubs, are relevant to the study of power because they are evidence for the class cohesiveness that is one prerequisite for class domination. They matter in terms of class cohesiveness ....
G. William Domhoff, Social Cohesion & the Bohemian Grove: The Power Elite at Summer Camp. Retrieved on March 29, 2012.

Even so, to be class conscious is not synonymous with being a dangerous, conspiratorial psychopath or sociopath:

Arresting the Illuminati is an absolute necessity. Their psychopathic personality will not allow for peaceful negotiation.
Considering the Latest Drake Interviews: Ascension and Liberation Pitfalls. April 18, 2012. Retrieved on June 8, 2012.
The present financial meltdown may only be the latest example of the incalculable harm done to civilization, and countless individual lives, by psychopaths, a subspecies of Homo sapiens. The purpose of this essay is twofold. First, I will provide a brief tour of the psychopath subspecies so that you understand who they are and how they operate. You probably already know psychopaths, and it is overwhelmingly likely that at some point in your life a psychopath that you encounter personally will try to harm you. Second, I will draw the correlative between psychopathy and the present financial meltdown and provide a suggestion of a relatively simple change that could decrease the likelihood of the sort of abuses that could lead to future meltdowns.
Jonathan Zap, Foxes and Reptiles: Psychopathy and the Financial Meltdown. Retrieved on June 8, 2012.
Definitions of psychopathy ranged from “insanity without delirium” and “moral insanity” in the 18th century—both indicating moral deficiencies without subsequent deficiencies in intellectual functioning—to the mid-20th-century clinical profile of the psychopath, which contained 16 characteristics, among them egocentricity, lack of remorse, antisocial behavior, absence of delusions and other signs of irrational thinking, and untruthfulness. A more recent contributor defined psychopathy as consisting of characteristics along two dimensions: emotional/interpersonal and social deviance. Along with social deviance characteristics such as impulsivity, poor behavioral controls, need for excitement, and antisocial behavior are also the characteristics that address emotional and interpersonal areas. Among those are glibness and superficial charm, egocentrism and grandiosity, lack of remorse and empathy, deceitfulness, and shallow emotions.
Nickie D. Phillips, “Psychopath.” Encyclopedia of Social Problems. Vincent N. Parrillo, editor. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. 2008. Pages 731-732.

Capitalism is not a conspiracy. Factually, however, in many so-called free-market systems, the owners of the means of production will generally pay relatively little taxes. The libertarian conspiracists are oddly nostalgic for a historically fictitious utopian capitalism:

... tax-free foundations such as those of Carnegie, Ford, Rockefeller, and Bill and Melinda Gates pay no taxes while influencing political and social policy.
... those living in the United States and most of the world are serfs in a Neo-feudal system controlled by an extremely small number of bankster/globalist lords. However, abolishing this system and restoring man to his natural and fee state is possible. To accomplish this, the largest banks and corporations must be boycotted and the private Federal Reserve dissolved.